MECHANISMS

in Modern
Engineering
Design
A Handbook
for Engineers ,

Designers and Inventors

by IVAN I. ARTOBOLEVSKY, D.Sc.(Eng.)

Member, USSR Academy of Sciences

Volume
V
Hydraulic, Pneumatic
and
Electric Mechanisms
Part 1

Translated
from the Russian
by Nicholas Weinstein

MIR PUBLISHERS MOSCOW

 First published 1979

Revised from the 1976 Russian edition

Ha amAu&CKOM ftouKe

© rJiaBHaa pe^anim* <J)H3HKo-M3TeMaTn qeciioft jiHTepaTypn

HaflaTeJtbcTBa «Hayita», 1976

© English translation, Mjr Publishers, 1979

 CONTENTS

Preface 9

Table I. Classification of Mechanisms Based on Structural

Features 11

Table 2. Classification of Mechanisms Based on Functional

Features 18

SECTION TWENTY-EIGHT. SIMPLE HYDRAULIC AND

PNEUMATIC MECHANISMS 23

1. Valve Mechanisms (3591 through 3634) 25

2. Damper and Cataract Mechanisms (3635 through 3645) 56
3. Flow-Control and Directional Valve Mechanisms (3646
through 3697) . . . 63
4. Mechanisms of Materials Handling Equipment (3698,
3699 and 3700) 108
5. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing Devices (3701
through 3737) Ill
6. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Mechanisms (3738
through 3748) 138
7. Drive Mechanisms (3749 through 3758) 148
8. Brake Mechanisms (3759 through 3763) 155
9. Relay Mechanisms (3764 and 3765) 159
10. Regulator Mechanisms (3766 and 3767) . 161
11. Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices (3768 through
3786) 162

SECTION TWENTY-NINE. LEVER-TYPE HYDRAULIC

AND PNEUMATIC MECHANISMS 175

1. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mechanisms (3787 through

3850) 177

5
 2. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Mechanisms (3851
through 3892) 211
3. Regulator Mechanisms (3893 through 3913) 243
4. Flow-Control and Directional Valve Mechanisms (3914
through 3925) 261
5. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing Devices (3926
through 3942) 272
6. Damper and Cataract Mechanisms (3943 through 3947) 285
7. Drive Mechanisms (3948 through 3953) 288
8. Valve Mechanisms (3954 through 3959) 292
9. Control Mechanisms (3960 through 3968) 299
10. Mechanisms of Materials Handling Equipment (3969) . . , 308
11. Hammer, Press and Die Mechanisms (3970, 3971 and
3972) 309
12. Clutch and Coupling Mechanisms (3973) 312
13. Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices (3974 through
3989) 313

SECTION TOOTHED
THIRTY. HYDRAULIC AND
PNEUMATIC MECHANISMS 329

1. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mechanisms (3990 and

3991) 331
2. Gear and Other Rotary Pump Mechanisms (3992 through
4015) 333
3. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing Devices (4016 through
4021) 347
4. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Mechanisms (4022
through 4028) 352
5. Drive Mechanisms (4029 through 4035) 358
6. Brake Mechanisms (4036) 363
7. Speed-Change and Reducing Gear Mechanisms (4037
and 4038) 364
8. Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices (4039, 4040 and
4041) 366

SECTION THIRTY-ONE. ELASTIC-LINK HYDRAULIC

AND PNEUMATIC MECHANISMS . 369

1. Valve Mechanisms (4042 through 4049) 371

2. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing Devices (4050
through 4083) 379
3. Regulator Mechanisms (4084 through 4113) 404
6
 5

4. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Mechanisms (4H4 and

4115) 436
5. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mechanisms (4116 through
4120) 437
G, Drive Mechanisms (4121, 4122 and 4123) 441
7. Control Mechanisms (4124 and 4125) 444
8. Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices (4126 through
4129) 446

SECTION THIRTY-TWO. COMPLEX HYDRAULIC AND

PNEUMATIC MECHANISMS 449
1. Drive Mechanisms (4130 through 4224) 451
2. Regulator Mechanisms (4225 through 4274) 534
3. Hammer, Mechanisms (4275 and 4276)
Press and Die . . . 585
4. Aircraft Landing Gear Mechanisms (4277 through 4281) 587
10. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing Devices (4282) 594
5. , . .

6. Mechanisms of Materials Handling Equipment (4283 and

4284) 595
7. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Mechanisms (4285
through 4293) ; 598
8. Brake Mechanisms (4294 through 4300) 607
9. Relay Mechanisms (4301) 6 1

Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices (4302 through

4310) 616

Index . 625
 PREFACE

This fifth and concluding volume of Mechanisms in Modern

Engineering Design published in two parts, deals with
,

mechanisms based on hydraulic, pneumatic and electric

devices. The first two types are presented in Part 1 and the
third in Part 2. The mechanisms are accompanied by perti-
nent descriptions of their structure and the motions they
perform. Data are given for certain of the mechanisms on the
cinematic and dimensional relations of their links, etc. The
schematic representations of the mechanisms are, so far as
is practicable, in the same form as in the first four volumes.
But, owing to specific features, it was found expedient to
alter the methods for describing and depicting certain of the
items.
These mechanisms have been systemized, as they were in
the first four volumes, on the basis of their structural fea-
tures, with a second classification —
based on their service func-
tion — given to the first classification.
parallel
Two tables, similar to those at the beginning of Volumes
I, III and IV, enable the reader to readily locate the required

mechanism, either by its structural features or by its service

function. The mechanisms are additionally listed in alpha-
betical order in the subject index at the back of each part
of Volume V. The indices of the subgroups are the same as in
the first four volumes, but they have been supplemented by
new subgroups given for the first time in the present volume.
The reader can find all the necessary information on how
this handbook can be most efficiently used, on the conven-
tions followed in the schematic representations and the de-
scription, as well as on other matters of this nature, in the
preface and introduction published in the first volume.
9
 Grateful acknowledgement is made of the assistance of
the staff of the Theory of Machines and Mechanisms Depart-
ment, USSR Polytechnica! Correspondence Institute. Espe-
cial thanks are due to the Science Editor, N. V. Speransky,
Cand.Sc.(Eng.) for his participation in preparing this and
the preceding volumes for publication, and to E. V. Hertz,
D. Sc. (Eng.) for her expert consultation and competent ad-
vice, and for all the material she so kindly made available.
Please send all comments on the shortcomings of this hand-
book, reports on errors found by readers, and suggestions for
future changes and supplementary data to N. V. Speransky,
Institute of Mechanical Engineering, Ul. Griboyedova 4,
Moscow 101830, USSR. They will be appreciated.

/. /. Artobolevsky
(
1905 - 1977 )
 Table I
CLASSIFICATION OF MECHANISMS
BASED ON STRUCTURAL FEATURES
Group
No. XXVIII

Group
name Simple Hydraulic ami Pneumatic Mechanisms

Group
index SHP
Sub-
No. Name i
group Mechanism No.
index

1 Valve mechanisms Va 3591 through 3634

2 Damper and cataract
mechanisms DC 3635 through 3645
3 Flow-control and direc-
tional valve mecha-
nisms FC 3646 through 3697
4 Mechanisms of materi-
als handling equip-
ment MH 3698, 3699 and
3700
5 Mechanisms of measur-
!
ing and testing de-
vices M 3701 through 3737
6 Gripping, clamping and
expanding mecha-
nisms GC 3738 through 3748
7 Drive mechanisms Dr 3749 through 3758
8 Brake mechanisms Br 3759 through 3763
9 Relay mechanisms Re 3764 and 3765
10 Regulator mechanisms Rg 3766 and 3767
11 Mechanisms of other
functional devices FD 3768 through 3786

11
 Table 1 {continued)

Group
No. XXIX
Group
name Lever-Type Hydraulic and Pneumatic Mechanisms

Group
LHP
Sub-
No Name group Mechanism No*
index

Rotary vane and piston

pump mechanisms RP 3787 through 3850
Gripping, clamping and
expanding mechanisms GC 3851 through 3892
Regulator mechanisms Rg 3893 through 3913
Flow-control and di-
rectional valve me-
chanisms FC 3914 through 3925
Mechanisms ol mcasur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 3926 through 3942
Damper and cataract
mechanisms DC 3943 through 3947
Drive mechanisms Dr 3948 through 3953
Valve mechanisms Va 3954 through 3959
Control mechanisms Co 3960 through 39G8
Mechanisms of mate-
rials handling equip-
ment MH 3969
Hammer, press and die
mechanisms HP 3970 , 3971 and
3972
Clutch and coupling
mechanisms C £973
Mechanisms ofother
functional devices FD 3974 through 3989

Croup
No. XXX
Group
name Toothed Hydraulic and Pneumatic Mechaniame

Group
Index THP
Sab-
No. Name group- Mechanism No.
index

Rotary vane and piston

pump mechanisms RP 3990 and 3991
2 Gear and other rotary
pump mechanisms GP 3992 through 4015

12
 Table l { continued)

Group
No, XXX
Group
name Toothed Hydraulic and Pneumatic Mechanisms

Group
index THP
Sub-
No. Name group Mechanism No.
Index

3 Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4016 through 4021
4 Gripping, clamping and
expanding mecha-
nisms GC 4022 through 4028
5 Drive mechanisms Dr 4029 through 4035
6 Brahe mechanisms Br 4036
7 Speed-change and re-
ducing gear mecha-
nisms SR 4037 and 4038
8 Mechanisms other
of
functional devices FD 4039 , 4040 and
4041
Group
No. XXXI
Group Elastic-Link Hydraulic and Pneumatic Mechanisms
name
Group
index EHP
Sub-
No. Name group Mechanism No.
index

1 Valve mechanisms Va 4042 through 4049

2 Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4050 through 4083
3 Regulator mechanisms Rf? 4084 through 4113
4 Gripping, clamping and
expanding mecha-
nisms GC 4114 and 4115
5 Rotary vane and piston
pump mechanisms RP 4116 through 4120
a Drive mechanisms Dr 4121, 4122 and
4123
7 ;
Control mechanisms Co 4124 and 4125
8 Mechanisms of other
functional devices FD 4126 through 4129
 Table 1 (
continued )

Group
No. XXXII
Group
name Complex Hydraulic and Pneumatic Mechanisms

Group
index CHV
Sub-
No. Name group Mechanism No.
index
i

1 Drive mechanisms Dr 4130 through 4224

2 Regulator mechanisms Rf? 4225 through 4274
3 Hammer, press and die
mechanisms HP 4275 and 4276
4 Aircraft landing gear
mechanisms AL 4277 through 4281
5 Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vice s M 4282
G Mechanisms of materials
handling equipment MH 4283 and 4284
7 Gripping, clamping and
expanding inecha-
rtisms GC 4285 through 4293
8 Brake mechanisms Br 4294 through 4300
0 Relay mechanisms Re 4301
10 Mechanisms other
of
functional devices FD 4302 through 4310

Group
No. XXXIII

Group Simple Electric Mechanisms

name
Grou p
index Sm E
Hub-
No. Name group Mechanism No.
index

1 Flow-control and di-

rectional valve me-
chanisms FC 4311 through 4320
2 Relay mechanisms Re 4321 through 4334
3 Mechanisms of nieasur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4335 through 4414
4 Regulator mechanisms Rg 4415, 4416 and
4417
5 Clutch and coupling
mechanisms n 4418 through 4422
 Table 1 { continued)

Group
No. XXXI u
Group Simple Electric Mechanisms
name
Group
index

Sub-
group Mechanism No*
Index

Stop, detent and lock-

ing mechanisms SD 4423 and 4424
Switching, engaging
and disengaging me-
chanisms SE 4425 through 4430
Mechanisms for mathe-
matical operations MO 4431
Mechanisms of other
functional devices FD 4432 through 4450

Group
number XXXIV
Group
name Lever-Type Electric Mechanisms

Oronp
index

Sub-
group Mechanism No.
index

llclaymechanisms Re 4451 through 4478

Regulator mechanisms Rg 4479 through 4488
Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4489 through 4546
Stop, detent and lock-
ing mechanisms SD 4517, 4518 and
4519
Drive mechanisms Dr 4520 and 4521
Sorting and feeding
mechanisms SF 4522 through 4530
Brake mechanisms Br 4531 through 4536
Switching, engaging
and disengaging me-
chanisms BE 4537 through 4560
Mechanisms other
of
functional devices FD 4561 through 4573

15
 Table 1 (
continued )

Group
number XXXV
Group
name Toothed Electric Mechanisms
|

Group
index TE

Sub-
No. Name 1

group Mechanism No,

index

1 Relay mechanisms Re 4574 through 4592

2 Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4593 through 4601
3 Regulator mechanisms Rg 4602 through 4606
4 Sorting and feeding
mechanisms SF 1
4607
5 Control mechanisms Co 4608
6 Drive mechanisms Dr 4609 through 4624
7 Clutch and coupling
mechanisms C 4625
8 Stop, detent and lock-
ing mechanisms SD 4626 and 4627
g Mechanisms other
of
functional devices FD 4628 through 4837 1

Group
XXXVI
!

No.

Group
name Complex Electric Mechanisms

Group CE
index

Sub-
NO. Name group Mechanism No,
index

1 Relay mechanisms Re i
4638 through 4645

2 Mechanisms of measur-
ing and testing de-
vices M 4646 through 4704

3 Mechanisms for mathe-

matical operations MO 4705 and 4706
 )

Table 1 ( continued

Group
No, XXXVI
Group
name Complex Electric Mechanisms

Group
index CE
Sub-
No. Name group Mechanism No,
index

4 Flow-control and di-

rectional valve me-
chanisms FC 4707 and 4708
5 Regulator mechanisms Rg 4709 through 4719
6 Drive mechanisms Dr 4720 through 4726
7 Sorting and feeding
mechanisms SF 4727 through 4731
8 Clutch and coupling
mechanisms C 4732, 4733 and
4734
9 Brake mechanisms Br 4735
io Mechanisms of other
functional devices FD 4736 through 4745

2-0114 17
 CLASSIFICATION OF MECHANISMS
Group
Subgroup
No. index Subgroup name
SHP LHP

1 AL Aircraft landing gear me-

chanisms

2 Br Brake mechanisms 3759

through
3763

Clutch and coupling me 3973

chanisms

Co Control mechanisms 3960

through
3968

DC Damper and cataract me- 3635 3943

chanisms through through
3645 3947

6 Dr Drive mechanisms 3749 3948

through through
3758 3953

7 FC Flow-control and direc- 3646 3914

tional valve mechanisms through through
3697 3925

8 FD Mechanisms of other func- 3768 3974

tional devices through through
3786 3989

9 GC Gripping, clamping and 3738 3851

expanding mechanisms through through
3748 3892

10 GP Gear and other rotary

pump mechanisms
 Table 2
BASED ON FUNCTIONAL FEATURES

THP EHP CHP SmE LE TE CE

4277
through
4281

4036 4294 4531 4735

through through
4300 14536

4418 4625 4732

through through
4422 4734

4124 4608
aod
4125

4029 4121 4130 4520 4609 4720

h rough through through and through through
4035 4123 4224 4521 4624 4726

4311 4707
through and
4320 4708

4039 4 4302 4432 4561 4628 4736

through thr through through through through through
4041 4 4310 4450 4573 4637 4745

4022 4114 4285

through and through
4028 4115 4293

3992
through
4015

19
 Group
No* Subgroup Subgroup name
index
SHP LHP

ii HP Hammer, press and die 3970

mechan smsi through
3972

12 M Mechanisms of measuring 3926

and testing devices through
3942

13 MH Mechanisms of materials 3698 3969

handling equipment through
3700

14 MO Mechanisms for mathemat-

ical operations

15 Re Relay mechanisms 3764

and
3765

16 Rg Regulator mechanisms 3893

j

through
3767 3913

17 RP Rotary vane and piston 3787

pump mechanisms through
3850

18 SD Stop, detent and locking

mechanisms

19 SE Switching, engaging and

disengaging mechanisms

20 SF Sorting and feeding me-

chanisms

24 SR Speed-change and reduc-

ing gear mechanisms

22 Va Valve mechanisms 3591 3954

through through
3634 3959
 Table 2 ( continued)

THP CHP SmE LE TE CE

4275
and
4276

4016 4050 4282 4335 4489 4593 4646

throug through through through through through
4021 4083 4414 4516 4601 4704

4283
and
4284

4431 4705
and
4706

4301 • 4451 4574 4638

through through through through
4834 4478 4592 4645
|

4084 4225 4415 4479 I 4602 4709

through through through through through through
4113 4274 4417 4488 4606 4719

3990 4116
and through
3991 4120

4423 4517 4626

and through and
4424 4519 4627

4425 4537
through through
4430 4560

4522 4607 4727

through through
4530 4731

4037
and
4038

4042
through
4049

21
SECTION TWENTY-EIGHT

1. Valve Mechanisms Va (3591 through

3634)
2. Damper and Cataract Mechanisms DC
(3635 through 3645)
3. Flow-Control and Directional Valve
Mechanisms FC;(3646 through 3697)
4. Mechanisms of Materials Handling Equip-
ment MH (3698, 3699 and 3700)
5. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing
Devices M (3701 through 3737)
6. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding Me-
chanisms GC (3738 through 3748)
7. Drive Mechanisms Dr (3749 through
3758)
8. Brake Mechanisms Br (3759 through
3763)
9. Relay Mechanisms Re (3764 and 3765)
10, Regulator Mechanisms Rg (3766 ana
3767)
It, Mechanisms of Other Functional De-
vices FD (3768 through 3786)
 I. VALVE MECHANISMS (3591 through 3634)

SHP
3591 DISK-TYPE CHECK VALVE MECHANISM
Va

When the pressure in cavity b drops below that in cavity a

by an amount equal to that for which the valve is designed,
valve disk / is lifted, overcoming the resistance of
spring 2 and allowing fluid to flow from cavity a into
cavity b. As the difference in pressure is reduced, spring 2
returns disk / against its seat, cutting off the flow of fluid
into cavity b.

25
 SHP
3592 BALL-TYPE CHECK VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Fluid under pressure flows through inlet port 1 of the valve

body to the left* overcoming the force exertet by helical spring 2
and pushing ball 3 off its seat. The valve prevents reverse flow
of the fluid.

SHP
3593 STREAM-LINED CHECK VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Fluid under pressure flows through inlet port J of the valve body
to the right to outlet port 3, overcoming the force exerted by
helical spring 4 and pushing stream-lined valve member 2 off
its seat. The valve prevents reverse flow of the fluid. Stream-
lined member 2 offers little resistance to forward flow.

26
 *

SCREW OFFSET SHUTOFF GLOBE VALVE SHP

3594
MECHANISM Va

n fj ,

> M
I< > \ .
I
*
\$A
tj

mni
:

tik
\ ////- f
A*'
illl
AW;
4 limit “SI
fir**f*rf*
t rrj
ft.

IX
W///m Wa 98

When handwheel turned clockwise* valve disk 2 is pressed

1 is
tightly against its seat, shutting off the flow or fluid from chan-
nel 3 to channel 4. Pack nut 5 is used to compress the packing
in valve bonnet 6.

BALL-TYPE SCREW ANGLE SHUTOFF SHP

3595
VALVE MECHANISM Va

2 3

'SSSSf/fSSSf&SSfA

When link 1 is turned clockwise, screw member 6 is advanced

to the right, pressing ball 2 tightly against hole 3 and shutting
off the flow of fluid from port 4 to port 5 of the valve body.

27
 SHP
3596 TWO-BALL CHECK VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Fluid under pressure flows upward through inlet port /, overcom-

ing the weights of balls 2 and pushing them off their seats,
to outlet port 3. Two balls are. provided to prevent leakage and
reverse flow more reliably.

SHP
3597 TAPER- SEAT CHECK VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Fluid under pressure flows through inlet port / of the valve to

the left to outlet port 3, overcoming the force exerted by helical
spring 4 and pushing sliding member 2 out of its seat. The valve
prevents reverse flow of the fluid because member 2 is pressed
tightly into its seat.

28
 SHP
3598 SLIDING-SLEEVE RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM
Va

«n///n

wssss/

The valve is connected into a compressed air main with

the air flowing through ports I and 2 of the valve body.
When the pressure in the increases, valve member 3
main
is pushed upward, compressing helical spring 6, until the
valve stem runs up against bonnet 5. Upon a further increase
in pressure, sleeve 4 slides upward, continuing to compress
spring 6 and releasing air through clearance a, the clearance
between sleeve 4 and the valve stem and holes b to the
atmosphere. The force exerted by spring 6 (and the pressure
at which the air is released) can be regulated by turning
threaded bonnet 5.

29
 SHP
3599 BALL-TYPE RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM
Va

When the pressure of the fluid in passage / exceeds the

preset value, controlled by the setting of the helical spring,
ball 2 is lifted, overcoming the resistance of the spring and
allowing the fluid to flow out through ports 4 into a
receiver. The force exerted by the spring is regulated by
screw member 3.

30
 SHP
3600 BALL-TYPE RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM
Va

When the pressure of the fluid in port 1 exceeds the preset

value, controlled by the setting of the helical spring, ball
2 is pushed out of its seat, together with its holding member,
along guides 3 This overcomes the force exerted by the
.

spring and allows fluid to flow out through port 4 The.

spring can be regulated by screw 5.

31
 SHP
3601 TAPER- SEAT RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Whenthe pressure of the fluid in

port / exceeds the preset value,
controlled by the setting of the
helical spring, sliding valve
member 2 is lifted, overcoming
the force exerted by the spring
and allowing surplus fluid to
flow out through port 4 to the
receiver. The spring is regulated
by screw 3.

PRESSURE-CONTROL PLUNGER-TYPE VALVE SHP

3602
MECHANISM Va

When the pressure in passage I

exceeds the preset value, con-
trolled by the setting of the
helical spring, hollow plunger 2
is pushed downward, compress-
ing the spring and allowing
surplus fluid to flow through slits
in the plunger and port 4 into
the receiver. The spring is regu-
lated by screw 3.

32
 PRESSURE-CONTROL PLUNGER-TYPE VALVE SHP
3603
MECHANISM Va

WXA'fSSSSJ.

When the pressure of the fluid at port 4 exceeds the preset value,
controlled by the setting of the helical spring, plunger / is
pushed to the right, compressing the spring and allowing the fluid
to flow through ports 3 to the receiver. The spring can be
regulated by threaded member 2.

PRESSURE-CONTROL PLUNGER-TYPE VALVE SHP

3604
MECHANISM Va

When the pressure of the fluid

in port 1 exceeds the preset val-
ue, controlled by the setting
of the helical spring, plunger 2
is lifted, compressing the
spring and allowing surplus fluid
to flow out through holes in the
plunger and port 4 into the re-
ceiver. The spring is regulated
by threaded member 3 .

3-0114
 RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM WITH SHP
3605
A DAMPING ORIFICE Va

When the pressure of the fluid at port / exceeds the preset value,
controlled by the setting of helical spring 5, piston 2 is^pushed
to the right, allowing the fluid to pass out through port 3.
As the pressure drops, the spring returns piston 2 to its initial
position. Spring 5 is^regulated by screw 6. Axial 'orifice 4 serves
to damp the oscillations of piston 2.

SHP
3606 RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM WITH A PILOT
Va

Port a connected to the high-pressure

is
main and ports t and c to the low-pres-
sure main. When the pressure of the
fluid In port a is within the preset value,
pilot valve spool 2 Is held by helical
spring 4 in its lower position and
through slots d it connects chamber {,
above valve spool to the high-pressure
main. By means of land e of pilot
valve spool 2 chamber f Is disconnected
t

J from the low-pressure main. In this

r position, valve spool / is held in its
seat by spring 3 and the pressure differ-
' ence at Its ends. When the pressure in
port a exceeds the preset value, pilot
valve spool 2 Is lifted, disconnecting
chamber / from the high-pressure main
and connecting It to the low-pressure
main. In this position, valve spool t Is
held in its seat only by spring 3 The.

pressure in port a overcomes the resis-

tance of spring J, lifting valve spool /
and connecting port a to the low-pres-
sure main (port e) until the pressure drops
to within the preset value. Springs 3
and 4 are not adjustable.

34
 PISTON-TYPE PRESSURE-CONTROL VALVE
3607
MECHANISM

Fluid under pressure flows from port 1 to chamber 2. Due to the

hydraulic loss through slit 3 the pressure in chamber 2 is lower
,

than in. port 1. Due to the provision of channels 4 and 5 the

,

pressure established in chamber Sand behind ball 6 is the same

as in chamber 2, When the pressure increases, ball 6 is pushed
off its seat and fluid from chamber 2 flows through channels 4 5
,

and 7 to the tank. Owing to the pressure drop across metering

orifice 9, the pressure in chamber 8 is lower than that in cham-
ber 2. This forces piston 10 upward and reduces slit 3, increas-
ing the pressure drop across the slit and thereby reducing the
pressure in chamber 2. The pressure in chamber 2 and the out-
let port is regulated by adjusting spring 12 with screw 11.

i
 PRESSURE-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM SHP
3608
WITH A DAMPING ORIFICE Va

When the pressure of the fluid in port I exceeds the preset value,
controlled by the force exerted by helical spring 5, plunger 2 is
pushed to the right, allowing the fluid to flow through port 3 to
the tank. Axial orifice 4 serves to damp oscillations of plunger 2,
the degree of damping depending upon the size of the orifice.

EMERGENCY- SYSTEM-CONTROLLED SHUTOFF

3609
VALVE MECHANISM

*^'SsSSSAYS/i V/Vtf/////,

tom mpm
WAVtWi'

Iti S 5

When the emergency system switched in, fluid flows in through

is
port / and pushes plunger 2 to the right, overcoming the
resistance of helical spring 6 and shutting off inlet port 3 of
the main hydraulic system. The fluid flows through a recess in
the valve body and holes 4 to port 5.

36
 BALANCED-PISTON PRESSU RE-CONTROL SHP
3610
VALVE MECHANISM Va

When the pressure of the fluid flowing through ports 1 exceeds

the preset value, controlled by the setting of helical spring 6 ,
fluid flowing through channel 2 pushes plunger 3 and spool 4
to the right, opening chamber 5 from which fluid drains to the
tank. Narrow channel 2 operates as a damping orifice for damp-
ing the oscillations of the valve spool. When the pressure
drops, spring 6 regulated by threaded member 7 pushes spool 4
, ,

to the left, closing chamber 5.

EMERGENCY- SYSTEM-CONTROLLED SHUTOFF SHP

11
VALVE MECHANISM Va

2 1

When emergency system is switched in, fluid flows in through

the
port / and pushes plunger 2 to the left, overcoming the resistance
of helical spring 5 and shutting off inlet port 4 of the main
hydraulic system, The fluid then flows through an axial hole in
plunger 2 and out through port 3 Spring 5 is adjusted by thread-
.

ed member 6 ,

37
38
3613 RELIEF VALVE MECHANISM

When the pressure of the fluid flowing through ports / exceeds

the preset value, controlled by the force exerted by helical
spring 5, plunger 2 is lifted and it opens ball valve 3 allowing
fluid to flow out freely through port 4 .
 SHP
3614 CAM-OPERATED UN LOADINGS VALVE MECHANISM
Va
|

The valve isconnected to the high-pressure main by connec-

tion 1. When it is necessary to reduce the pressure in the main,
head a is depressed, overcoming the resistance oF helical
springs 6 and 5 and pushing rod 2 and ball 3 to the right. This
connects the high-pressure main to a relief valve. The latter
is connected to port 4 .

CAM-OPERATED NORMALLY CLOSED SHUTOFF SUP

3615
VALVE MECHANISM Va

When head a is depressed, stem overcomes the resistance of

l

helical spring 5, pushing ball 2 to the right and allowing the

flow of fluid from port 3 to port 4.
 CON ST ANT- PRES SURE- DROP BLEED-OFF SHP
3616
VALVE MECHANISM Va

When the air pressure in the

chamber under valve member 1
exceeds a preset value, member /
is compressing helical
lifted,
spring 2 and connecting the
high-pressure chamber to the
atmosphere. When the pressure
in the system is below atmo-
spheric., through holes
air flows
3 acting on disk 4 and compres-
,

sing spring 5, and enters the

system, raising its pressure.
Springs 2 and 5 are regulated by
nuts 6 and 7.

DOUBLE INTERLOCKING DIRECTIONAL VALVE SHP

3617
MECHANISM Va

Fluid delivered by the pump enters through port 1 and shifts

valve member 2 to the right, compressing spring 9 and admit-
ting fluid through connection 3 to the power cylinder and pushing
floating spool 4 to the left. With its left end, spool 4 opens
valve member 5 compressing spring <5 and discharging fluid from
,

the other end of the power cylinder through connection 6 and

port 7 to the tank.
 REMOTE-CONTROL OPERATING VALVE SHP
MECHANISM Va

S^!!

When the pilot pressure at port 1 reaches a preset value, con-

trolled by the force exerted by helical spring 3, plunger 2 is
pushed to^the right, shifting the operating member. Spring 5
returns plunger 2 to its initial position when the pressure drops.

SUP
3619 BY-PASS VALVE MECHANISM
Va

When the pressure of the fluid in port / exceeds the preset value,
piston 2 is pushed to the right, overcoming the resistance of
spring 6 and allowing the fluid to flow through port 3 to the tank.
To improve the sensitivity ofj the valve, allowing it to operate
at a lower pressure, the pressure is raised in chamber 4 through
port 5. The higher the pressure in chamber 4 t the less the pres-
sure required in port / to shift the piston.

42
 UNLOADING VALVEjMECHANISM SHP
3620
WITH A LOCKING MEMBER Va

Pressure

f Tank
When the pressure in the system exceeds a preset value, con-
trolled by the force exerted by helical spring 2, piston 1 is
lifted, compressing spring 2. This disengages wedge-shaped pin
a from piston 3, connecting the system to the tank so that its
pressure drops. Piston 3 is returned to its initial position by
depressing knob b.

SHP
3621 STARTING VALVE MECHANISM
Va

When the pressure of the air

entering through ports / exceeds
a preset value, controlled by
the setting of helical spring 3,
valve 2 pushed downward
is
and air is admitted into the
system. Spring 3, regulated by
threaded member 4, returns
valve 2 to its initial position.

43
 PRESSURE-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM SHP
3622
WITH A COILED TUBE Va

When the fluid pressure in the system exceeds a preset value,

controlled by the setting of helical spring 2, valve spool / is
pushed to the right, compressing spring 2. A part of the fluid of
the system flows through port a, annular clearance d and port b
to the tank. Coiled tube 3 prevents oscillation of spool / upon
sharp changes in the fluid pressure in the system. Spring 2 is
regulated by screw 4.

44
 3623 JET VALVE FLOW-CONTROL MECHANISM

When valve nozzle 1 is diverted to the left, the fluid delivered

jet
to the nozzle flows through left channel a to the upper end of
servomotor <3, shifting piston 4 downward. Fluid forced out of
the lower end of servomotor 3 flows through passage 5 and lifts
ball b (up to shackle e). This opens two orifices, c and d, for
the fluid. When jet valve nozzle 1 is diverted to the right, the
fluid flows through right channel f and connection 7, pressing
ball b into its seat. In this case the fluid passes through orifice d
to the lower end of servomotor 3, shifting piston 4 upward com-
paratively slowly. The volume of flow through orifices c and d
can be regulated with needle members 6 and 2.
 CAM-OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE SHP
3624
MECHANISM Va

As cam rotates about fixed axis

/
A , head a, attached to piston 2 of
the valve, is lifted, overcoming
the resistance of helical spring 3
and closing port d, which is
connected to the tank. At this,
fluid under high pressure, deliv-
ered to port b, flows into the
hydraulic system through port e.

EMERGENCY AIRCRAFT WHEEL BRAKE SHP

3 625
CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM Va

In normal braking action,

floating piston / is held
against the seat in connection
2 by helical spring 3 and by
the pressure of the fluid deliv-
ered through connection 4
from the main hydraulic
svstem of the aircraft to the
brakes through ports 5. When
the emergency system is
switched in, compressed air,
entering through the channel
of connection 2, pushes away
piston l, compressing spring
3 and closing off the main
line. Compressed air flows
through ports 5 into the
brake cylinders, thereby
braking the aircraft.

46
 RELIEF AND DRAIN VALVE MECHANISM SHP
3626
FOR AN AIRCRAFT ACCUMULATOR Va
I

Tank

Port 1 of the valve is connected to the accumulator, port 2 to

the tank, and port 3 to the main hydraulic system of the aircraft.
Nonreturn valve 4 admits fluid under pressure from the main
hydraulic system to the accumulator and prevents flow in the
reverse direction. Thus, if. the main hydraulic system gets out
of order, there is always fluid available under pressure in the
accumulator to operate the brakes. When the pressure in the
accumulator exceeds a preset value, ball a is pushed to the right
off its seat, compressing the helical spring and connecting the
accumulator to port 2 whichjleads to the tank. The maximum
t

pressure in the accumulators set by means of the spring back-

ing up ball a The force exerted by the spring is regulated by
.

threaded plug 5.

47
 SHP
3627 BRAKE CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
Va

Fluid under pressure from the accumulator is delivered to the

valve through port J. Port 2 is connected to the brakes, and
port 3, to the tank. When the brake pedal is depressed, stem 4
actuates spring 5 which presses ball a into its seat in piston 6 ,

closing off channel d and opening valve member 7. This connects

ports / and 2, and fluid under pressure is delivered to the brake
cylinders. In releasing the brakes, when the force applied to
stem 4 is reduced, the pressure of the fluid in the brake line,
acting on ball a through axial channel d, pushes the ball to the
left and connects the brake cylinders to the drain through port 3.
Spring 8 returns stem 4 to its initial position.

" -8

48
 t l
Compressed Braiss
air

When the emergency system is switched in, cam rod /, linked

to this system, is shifted to the left from its middle position,
contacting the rounded heads of plungers 2 and 3 and pushing
the former downward and allowing the latter to be shifted
upward by spring 4, This opens admission valve 2 and closes
drain valve 3. Compressed air from the tank is admitted through
connection 5 channel a and connection 6 to the brake cylinders,
,

braking the wheels. When the brake lever is released, spring 7

returns cam rod 1 to its middle position in which both of the
valves are closed, holding the brakes in the applied position.
To release the brakes, cam rod 1 is shifted to the right, at which
admission valve 2 remains closed and drain valve 3 is opened,
connecting the brake cylinders to the atmosphere through
port d (as shown).

4-0114 49
 RlfiKai
iBg
II^II
»3?8n

Compressed air admitted through port 1 and^ flows through

is

radial holes 2 into check valve <?, holding it against its seat, to
which it is held preliminarily by helical spring 4. At the same
time, the compressed air acts on the annular area outside the
seat of valve 5. As the pressure increases, the force acting on
this area becomes sufficient to overcome the resistance of spring 6
and the friction force, and valve 5 is shifted to the right. After
the valve leaves its seat, the area on which the compressed air
acts is drastically increased and the valve is reliably held in
its right-hand position. Air entering port 1 passes out through
port 8. The pressure at which the valve operates can be regulat-
ed by adjusting the force exerted by spring 6 using, for this
purpose, threaded member 7. After valve 5 is opened, valve 3 is
also opened.

50
 SEPARATOR VALVE MECHANISM FOR EXHAUSTING SHP
.1630
MOISTURE FROM MAINS Va

Valve operation isbased on periodic pressure rise upon operation

of some device in the circuit. The pipeline in which the periodic
rise occurs is connected to port / and the tank for accumulating
moisture drained from the compressed air mains is connected to
port 7. The moisture fills the right end of the valve up to ball
valve 6. When the pressure is raised in port /, plunger 2, over-
coming the resistance of spring 3 shifts to the right and first
t

closes ports 4, connected to the atmosphere, and then pushes ball

6 to the right, off its seat. At this, the moisture flows into
intermediate chamber 5. When the pressure in port / drops again,
spring 3 returns the plunger into its initial position. First
ball valve 6 closes, shutting off intermediate chamber 5 from
the mains, and then the chamber is connected through ports 4
to the atmosphere. The accumulated moisture flows out through
ports 4, The cycle is repeated each time the pressure changes in
port /. A feature of the valve is that the compressed air mains
are not connected directiy to the atmosphere outlet when the
moisture is drained off so that m loss of compressed air occurs.

51
 DIAPHRAGM TYPE PNEUMATIC VALVE
3631 MECHANISM FOR RAPID AIR DISCHARGE
TO THE ATMOSPHERE

(a) Cb)

Compressed air is deliveredthrough a directional valve to port /

and, forcing diaphragm 2 downward shuts off port 3 which is
connected to the atmosphere (Fig. a). The air flows through twelve
peripheral holes in the diaphragm to outlet port 4 of the
valve which is connected to a power cylinder. In emptying the
cylinder (Fig. b), the directional valve connects port / to the
atmosphere and air from the cylinder is discharged to the atmos-
phere through port 3. This valve is mounted near to the cylin-
der and enables a large volume of air to be rapidly discharged
upon emptying the cylinder without requiring large-diameter
pipelines leading to the directional valve. The valve finds
application for high-speed cylinders.

52
 PILOT-CONTROLLED PNEUMATIC CHECK SHP
3632
VALVE MECHANISM Va

II

3 2 4 f
a

When there is no pilot signal S in the line, the mechanism oper-

ates as an ordinary ball-type check valve permitting air or
liquid flow from a to & and preventing flow in the reverse direc-
tion. When signal S is received, piston 1, owing to the pressure
difference, shifts to the left, overcoming the resistance of heli-
cal spring 3 and, w'ith its pusher 4 moves ball 2 off its seat.
,

The valve begins to permit air flow from b to a.

53
 )

SHP
3633 PNEUMATIC SEQUENCE VALVE MECHANISM
Va

(6) (c

Through port 1 (Fig. a), compressed air flows to port 2 and fur-
ther to the air chamber of the first operating device. When the
pressure in this chamber has reached a certain preset limit,
valve member 3 opens, overcoming the resistance of helical
spring 4, and air is admitted through port 5 to the chamber of
the second operating device. In this way, consecutive operation
of two devices is obtained. The pressure at which the valve is
operated can be regulated by adjusting the force exerted by
spring 4. This is done by turning threaded member 6'. The
principleof the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

54
 3 (a) 3

This valve is intended for delivering compressed air to the

exit port when it enters from either of two admission ports, the
other port being connected at this time to the atmosphere, Air
entering through port 1 shifts plunger 4 to the position shown
and flows through passages in the plunger and port 5 to port 3
(Fig. a). The plunger shuts off air flow from port 1 to port 2
which, at this time, is connected to the atmosphere. If air is
delivered through port 2 and port / is connected to the atmos-
phere, the plunger is shifted by air pressure to the left and air
from port 2 flows out through port 3 If air is delivered simulta-
,

neously to both inlet ports, it flows to port 3. This valve can

be employed for obtaining logic function “OR" by pneumatic
means in control design. The principle of the valve is shown
schematically in Figs, b and c.

55
2. DAMPER AND CATARACT MECHANISMS
(3635 through 3645)
 PISTON-TYPE REGULATOR DAMPER MECHANISM SHP
WITH VARIABLE BRAKING FORCE DC

As piston Itravels in cylinder 2, filled with a viscous liquid,

a braking effect is obtained whose magnitude can be varied by
means of supplementary cylinder 3 which connects ports a and b
of main cylinder 2. Piston 5 in cylinder 3, adjusted vertically
by threaded member 4, regulates the opening of port a and the
flow of liquid through this port.

57
 .

SHP
3638 PISTON-TYPE REGULATOR DAMPER MECHANISM
DC

As piston / travels downward in

cylinder 2, a braking effect is

obtained and air is drawn

through Ihe clearance between
the wall of cylinder 2 and the
piston into the upper end of the
cylinder. But when piston /
travels upward, air flows out
both through the clearance and
through ball - type check valve 3
which is opened by the air.
This sharply reduces the braking
e IT ec t

PISTON-TYPE HYDRAULIC DAMPER MECHANISM SHP

3639
WITH A BALL CHECK VALVE PC

Piston 1 has holes 2 and 3, Ball-

type check valve 4 is mounted in
hole 2. As the piston travels
upward, ball 4 t owing to the
resistance of the viscous liquid
in the compresses
cylinder,
spring 5 and opens hole 6. As
piston 1 travels downward, ball
4 closes hole 6. This provides
for different speeds of piston
travel in the up and down
strokes.
 HYDROPNEUMATIC SHOCK ABSORBER MECHANISM SHP
:tt>40
FOR AIRCRAFT WHEELS DC

Cylinder 1 is secured to the frame structure of the aircraft. Mem-

ber 2 carries an aircraft wheel and has two bearings in cylin-
der /: upper guiding sleeve 3 and lower bearing 4. Plunger 5 is
rigidly secured to cylinder /. Mounted on member 2 is reversing
brake valve 6. Chamber A is filled with air under pressure.
Chambers D and B are filled with a liquid. An annular clearance
a for liquid flow is provided between member 2 and plunger 5.
When the aircraft lands and the wheels strike the ground, mem-
ber 2 travels upward. The air in the cylinder is compressed.
Liquid is displaced'from chamber D through annular clearance a
into cylinder 1 and then through the holes in guiding sleeve 3,
forcing away valve 6 up to its stop and, passing by this valve,
filling chamber B. In the reverse stroke, member 2, owing to
air pressure, travels downward and liquid from chamber 6
begins to flow into chamber A. At this, valve 6 is forced against
upper guiding sleeve 3 and closes all of its holes for the down
stroke, leaving only holes in the valve itself for liquid flow.
From chamber A, the liquid flows into chamber D through
annular clearance a.

59
 DAMPER MECHANISM FOR ELIMINATING SHP
3641
PRESSURE GAUGE HAND OSCILLATION DC

The pulsation stream

of the
of fluid flowing through ports
2 and 3 of the throttling de-
vice mounted in the pressure
gauge sets up vibrations
of pins / in their recesses.
This damps the pulsations
of the fluid and the corres-
ponding oscillations of the
pressure gauge hand.

PISTON-TYPE PNEUMATIC DAMPER MECHANISM SHP

3642
FOR SCALES DC

The damping of the oscil-

lations of scales, secured
to body 4 of the damper,
is accomplished by pis-
ton 1 which travels in
cylinder 2 The degree of
,

damping is regulated by
screw 3 which varies the
clear opening in air chan-
nel 5 .

60
 PISTON-TYPE HYDRAULIC DAMPER SHP
3643
MECHANISM FOR SCALES DC

The oscillations oT scales, secured

to cylinder 2, are clamped in
the travel of piston 1 which has
a number of holes a for the
flow of fluid from one end of
the cylinder to the other. By
setting piston /, using nut 5,
at various distances from disk
3 to vary the clearance between
the edges of the piston and disk,
the degree of damping of scale
oscillation can be changed.
Disk 3 is mounted rigidly on
rod 4.

PISTON-TYPE HYDRAULIC CATARACT SHP

3644
MECHANISM DC

The diameter of disks 1 is

slightly less than the bore of
cylinder 2. As piston rod 3
travels upward or downward,
the liquid retards or damps its
motion.

61
 SHP
3645 VANE-TYPE HYDRAULIC CATARACT MECHANISM
DC

Vane 2, turning about fixed axis A is in a liquid which fills

y

chamber 1. Damping of the oscillations of the vane is accom-

plished by the provision of hole vane 2 and clearance b be-
a in
tween vane 2 and housing 3.

62
 3. FLOW-CONTROL AND DIRECTIONAL VALVE
MECHANISMS (3646 through 3697)
SHP
3646 SLIT-TYPE FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM __

Over a part of its circumference,

plug 1 of the valve has groove
(slit) c of variable triangular
cross section. As plug / is turned,
the area of the cross section
of groove c opposite port a is
varied. This varies the pressure
difference (and rate of flow)
between ports a and b.

Section 1-1

SHP
3647 SLIT-TYPE FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM „„

Plug has groove (slit) c of trapezoidal cross section. Fluid,

/
flowing from port a to port b or vice versa, flows through opening
d formed by the edges of port b and groove c. As plug 1 is turned,
opening d is varied, thereby varying the pressure difference
(and rate of flow) between ports a and b (or b and a).

63
 NEEDLE-TYPE FLOW-CONTROL SHP
3648
VALVE MECHANISM FC

i \

r
Ports a and b are connected together through an annular slit
between needle / and its seat. This sets up a pressure difference
upon the flow of fluid. Adjusting needle / with screw 2 varies
the annular slit and, consequently, the pressure difference
(and rate of flow) between ports a and b.

SHP
3649 SLIDING FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
FC

wjv.tzt.

A c.
/
Ports a and b are connected together by slots c and d so that
a pressure difference is set up upon the flow of fluid between
them. As plug / with its bevelled end e is adjusted axially, the
clear openings of slots c and d are changed, as consequently, is
the pressure difference (and rate of flow) between ports a and b.

64
 SHP
3650 SLIT-TYPE FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM

Over apart of its circumference, plug / of the valve has groove

(slit) c. Fluid .^flowing from port a to port b or vice versa, flows
through opening d formed by the edges of port b and groove c.
As plug / is turned, opening d is varied, thereby varying the
pressure difference (and rate of flow) between ports a and b
(or b and a).

SHP
3651 GRINDER FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
FC

1 c

As plug / turned, its bevelled end c varies the clear openings

is
of ports a and b, thereby varying the pressure difference (and
rate of flow) between these ports.

5—0114 65
 SHP
3652 ONE-WAY FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
FC

As fluid flows through channel / to the right, valve member 2 is

pressed into seat and the fluid can flow only through orifice 3.
its
When fluid flows through channel 4 to the left, it pushes back
valve member 2, compressing the spring and allowing free flow.

SHP
3653 ONE-WAY FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
FC

J a 2 b /

When through port / to the left, plunger 2 is shifted

fluid flows
axially and the fluid flows through longitudinal hole a and
transverse holes b in the plunger. Upon reversal of flow, i.e.
through port 3 to the right, plunger 2 is also shifted (to the
right) but now transverse holes b are closed and fluid flows only
through longitudinal hole a.

66
 SHP
3654 DOUBLE FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM
1FC;
i i

Fluid flowing from port a to port b passes through throttling

orifice c of the first flow-control unit and throttling orifice d of
:
the second unit. Piston 1 is subject below to the action of spring
2, and above to the pressure of the fluid after first flow control.
When the pressure in port a exceeds a definite value, piston /
moves downward and closes throttling orifice c. Since the dis-
charge through throttling orifice d continues, the pressure above
piston 1 drops and the piston rises, opening throttling orifice c
again. In this way, fluctuations in flow of the fluid passing
through the flow-control valve, due to fluctuations in pressure
preceding the valve, are reduced.
 SHP
3655 DOUBLE FLOW-CONTROL VALVE MECHANISM"
FC

Fluid flowing from£port a to port b passes through annular slit c

of the first flow-control unit and through throttling orifice d
of the second unit. Piston 1 is subject at its lower end to the
pressure of the fluid after first flow control, and above, at its
upper end, to the pressure of the fluid after second flow control
and to the action of helical spring 2, When the pressure in port a
increases above a definite value, piston / moves upward and
reduces the clear opening at c. Since the discharge through throt-
tling orifice d continues, the pressure below piston / drops, pis-
ton / moves downward and the clear opening increases again.
In this way, fluctuations in flow of the fluid passing through the
flow-control valve, due to fluctuations in pressure preceding the
valve, are reduced.
 FOUR- WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3656
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

c f dg

With itslands a, valve spool i divides the inner space into two
chambers: chamber b, connected by port d to the high-pressure
system main, and chamber c, connected by port e to the low-
pressure system main. When spool / is in its extreme right-hand
position (as shown), port g is connected to the high-pressure
main and port / to the low-pressure main. When spool 1 is
shifted to its extreme left-hand position, port f is connected to
the high-pressure main and port g to the low-pressure main. The
spool is shifted to the left by pressing roller h and to the right
,

by helical spring 2.

69
 SHP
3657 SPOOL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM
FC
I I

7 10

4 2 3 3
To accomplish ascertain required operation, spool / is shifted
to the left. At by the pump along channel 2
this, fluid delivered
is admitted to port 3 and further to the working main. Return

flow passes through port 4 and an axial channel of spool l to

port 5 and into the tank. For the next^operation, spool 1 is
shifted to the right, admitting fluid from channel 2 into port 4.
Return flow passes through port 3 to port 5 and into the tank.
When spool 6 is shifted to the right, fluid from channel 2 passes
along side grooves of pusher 5, opening check valve 9 and is t

admitted through port 7 to the working main. Fluid is dis-

charged from the exhaust end of the power cylinder through port
JO, check valve 11 and internal passages of the valve body to port
5 and the tank. For the opposite operation, spool 6 is shifted to
the left. Then, fluid from channel 2 opens check valve 12, and
is admitted through port 10 to]the working main. Fluid dis-
charged from the exhaust ends passes through port 7, check valve
13 and the axial channel of spool 6 to port 5 and the tank.

70
 CAM-OPERATED BALL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL SHP
;jt>5S
VALVE MECHANISM FC

10 o\f1 8 ff 4 \ 3 f/S if 11

When cam rod shifted to the left, pusher 2 lilts ball valve 3
1 is
and admits fluid from port 4 to channel 5 and port 6. At the
same time, pusher 7 lifts ball valve 8 and admits fluid from port 9
to port 10. When cam rod 1 is shifted to the right, similar action
is obtained with the second pair of ball valves. The balls of
all four valves are held down by helical springs 11.

SHP
SPOOL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM
FC

Hydraulic
mechanisms
Tank

When spool / is shifted to the right, fluid under pressure, deliv-

ered to port c, is admitted through port d to the working end
of the power cylinder. By means of ports b and e, the exhaust
end of this cylinder is connected to the tank. When spool 1 is
shifted to the left, port a is connected to port b, and port d
to port e.

71
 SHP
3660 ROTARY DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM
FC ifr*

Tank

Pump
Rotary member / of the valve is forced into its seat in body 2 by
helical springs 3 and has four passages and ports. In the posi-
tion shown, the pump is connected through ports a and d to the
working end of the power cylinder, and the tank through ports b
and e to the low-pressure line. If member 1 is turned through
90°, the pump is connected through ports a and b to the high-
pressure line and through ports d and e to the low-pressure tine.

72
 COMPLEX ROTARY DIRECTIONAL SHP
3661
VALVE MECHANISM FC

Rotary member 1 of the valve has five through passages: three

perpendicular to the axis of the member and two Inclined pas-
sages which connect the passages at the ends with the middle
ports. Port a is connected to the pump which delivers fluid under
pressure. Ports d and b are connected to the ends of the power
cylinder, and port e to the tank. In the position shown, the
pump delivers fluid through ports a and d to the working end
of the cylinder. Fluid from the exhaust end of the cylinder is
discharged through ports b and e to the tank. If valve member 1
is turned 180°, the pump is connected through ports a and b to
the high-pressure line, and the tank through ports d and e to
the low-pressure line.

73
 PNEUMATIC FLOW- AND DIRECTIONAL-CONTROL SHP
3662
VALVE MECHANISM FC

Compressed air is admitted

through port l into the valve
body and passes out into the
atmosphere through the clear*
ance between balls a and the
valve body, the balls being
somewhat less in diameter than
bore b of the body. Depending
upon the position of the balls,
linked rigidly together, with
respect to ports 2 and 3, definite
pressures are set up in these
ports.

PILOT-OPERATED SPOOL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL SHP

3663
VAVLE MECHANISM Fq

Fluid under pressure

When fluid under pressure delivered from the pilot valve to the
is
right end chamber of the directional valve, spool / of the valve
is shifted to the left, shutting off fluid delivery through port e to
the power cylinder. Owing to overlap a, the machine tool table
dwells in its extreme position. As the fluid flows out of the left
end chamber b of the directional valve, it passes through flow-
control valve 2, This slowly increases the amount of fluid deliv-
eredj to the*power cylinder through port d and, as a result, the
speed of the table accelerates smoothly in the return stroke.

74
 SPOOL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM SHP
FOR A TURBINE FC

Tank
d nj
Check
valve
servomotor
Fluid
under
pressure

When the turbine is started, the pressure of the fluid increases

and sleeve / is shifted upward, compressing helical spring 2 and
occupying the position shown. At this, spool 4 admits fluid
under pressure through ports a and d to the servomotor of the
check valve. Upon a drop in load and when roller 5 is released,
spool 4 is raised to its upper extreme position by helical spring 3,
cutting off the flow of fluid under pressure to the servomotor
which is connected through port b to the tank.
 PILOT-OPERATED FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SHP
3665 SPOOL-TYPE PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

(b) (c)

Incoming pilot air at port a (Fig. a) shifts plunger l downward

and compressed air is admitted through the port in intermediate
cover 2 and the central channel in sleeve 3 to the right end of
the main valve to shuttle spool 4 to the left. At the same time,
air passes through a hole in plunger /, to the space under the
plunger, and fills space 5. Since the lower area of plungerj/ is
greater than its upper area, the plunger is returned to its initial
(upper) position after a certain time delay. Thus the righFend
of spool 4 is connected to the atmosphere notwithstanding^the
pilot air supplied through port a. After this, spool 4 remains in
its shuttled position (at the left) and can be shuttled back
again to the right by^admitting pilot air at port b without shut*
ting off the pilot air at port a. The principle, of. the valve is
shown schematically in Figs, b and^c.

76
 PILOT-OPERATED FIVE- WAY TWO- POSITION
3666 SPOOL-TYPE PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
VALVE MECHANISM

(b)
T (c)

When compressed admitted through threaded port a

(pilot) air is
in cover 1 (Fig. a), spool 2 is shuttled to 4the right. At the same
time air passes through a metering orifice in a connection and
central channel in spool 2 and begins to fill space 3 . As the space
is filled,the pressure in it rises. Since the effective area of the
spool at its right end is twice that at its left end, owing to the
provision of auxiliary plunger 4, after a certain time delay plung-
er 4 shuttles spool 2 to the left, back to its initial position.
The length of the time delay depends upon the volume of space
3 and can be regulated by changing this volume. This is aone
by turning screw 5 which adjusts piston 6 vertically. The direc-
tional valve is operated after the arrival of incoming pilot air
at port a and, after a time delay, is returned to its initial posi-
tion without shutting off the pilot air at port a. The principle
of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

77
 .

PILOT-OPERATED FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SHP

SPOOL-TYPE PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

7 9 8
(a)

* t

J
5 1 *
(b)

When compressed admitted through threaded port d

(pilot) air is
in cover /, spool 2 is shuttled to the left (as shown). After this,
the supply of compressed air is shut off and port d is connected
to the atmosphere. Through a pusher, spool 2 shifts auxiliary
plunger 7 so that valve member 8 closes the passage from space 9
to space JO, which is constantly connected to the atmosphere.
After the spool is shuttled, air from the main (port 3) passes
through port 4 to the operating device. At the same time, air
from port 4 passes through internal channels of the valve body
into space 9 and through the metering orifice in connection 5
into space 6 Since the effective area at the left end of plunger 7 is
greater than that at its right end, after a certain time delay,
required to fill space 6 , plunger 7 begins to shift to the right.
During the initial part of its motion, it opens valve members
and, consequently, space 9 is connected to the atmosphere. As
a result, the motion of plunger 7 is accelerated and, by means
of the pusher, it shuttles spool 2 to its initial position (at the
right). Thus, as a pulse signal (pilot air) arrives, it operates the
directional valve which, after a time delay, is returned to its
initial position. The length of the time delay can be regulated
by changing the volume of space 6. This is done by turning
screw //. The principle of the valve is shown schematically in
Figs, b and c.

78
 , .

FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP

3668 PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM
FC
WITH A THREE-WAY PILOT VALVE
15 13 ft 55 4 3

(b) (C)

Air is supplied from the main to port / and further through a groove in
spool 8 and channels in the body into space 3. Acting on shoulder 4 of
spool 5 It shuttles this spool to the position shown In Fig. a Parts 6 are
for admitting air into the directional valve with the direction of fiow con-
trolled by the pitot valve. With spool 5 in the position shown, air is admit-
ted through ports 6 and passes through the internal channels o[ spool 5
and port 7 to the right end of directional valve spool 8 This end space is
,

connected to the atmosphere through small-diameter orifice 9 But since

incoming air through port 7 exceeds the discharge through orifice 9, the
pressure in the right end space rises* The left end space of spool 8 is con-
nected to the atmosphere through a .small-diameter orifice. Owing to the
difference in pressure at its ends, spool 8 is shuttled to the left, This con-
nects port 2 to port 10 which leads to the atmosphere, and, consequently,
*

the pressure in space 3 drops. Port // Is connected to port I and the com-
pressed air acts on shoulder 13, lending to shuttle spool 5 to the right.
But, at this time, spool 5 is still held by compressed air entering through
ports 6 and, since the area of shoulder 14 is larger than that of shoulder
13, spool 5 remains In the position shown. When the pilot valve Is re-
leased, ports 0 are connected to the atmosphere and pressure shutt les spool
5 to the right. The next time the pilot valve is operated, air from ports 6
passes through channel 15 and port 16 to the left end space of spool 8 (

shuttling this spool to the right to the position shown In Fig. a. When the
pilot valve is released again, the pressure on shoulder 4 shuttles pilot valve
spool 5 back lo the position shown in Fig, a. Thus* spool 8 is shuttled upon
each pulse of pilot air. The principle of the valve Is shown schematically
tn Figs, b and c.

79
 FIVE- WAY
TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3669
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

3 2 4

(b) (c)

Air is supplied from the main through port / and, in the position
of spool 3 shown in Fig, a, passes through port 2. Port 4 is con-
nected to port 5, which leads to the atmosphere. Atj^the same
time, compressed air passes through central channel 7\ and fur-
ther through metering orifices 8 andJ9 to the left and right end
spaces of spools. Ports 10 and 11 are connected by pipelines to
normally closed two-way pilot valves. Therefore the pressure
is equal at the two ends of the spool which, due to friction,
remains in' the initial position. If port) 11 is connected through
a two-way pilot valve to the atmosphere and if the incoming air
through orifice 9 is less than the discharge through the connecting
pipeline and pilot valve, then the pressure in the right end
space drops almost to atmospheric pressure. The pressure in the
left end space remains constant and, owing to the pressure
difference, spool 3 is shuttled to the right. When port W is
connected to the atmosphere and port 11 is closed 'off, spool 3
returns to its initial position. The advantageous feature of the
directional valve is that it operates with a two-way small-size
pilot valve of simplest design which is not connected to the
compressed air main. The directional valve operates properly
only when the pipelines are of definite lengths. The principle of
the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

80
 FIVE- WAY THREE-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3670
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

When there is no incoming pilot air through ports / and e, i.e.

when these ports and the end spaces of spool 6 are connected to
the atmosphere, spring 7 slides out two pins 8 (Fig. a). The
length the pins protrude from the ends of spool 6 is limited and
adjusted by special nuts and, consequently, spool € is located
accurately in the central position. In this position, port /, to
which 'compressed air'from the^main is delivered, is closed off
and ports 2 and 3 are connected, respectively, to ports 4 and 5,
which lead to the atmosphere. Since ports 2 and 3 are connected
to the ends’of an^operating cylinder or other device, in the given
position the device is connected to the atmosphere. When pilot
air is admitted through port e, spool 6 is shuttled to the left by
the compressed air, an decompressed air from port / is admitted
into port 3 while port 2 is still connected to the atmosphere
through port 4. If port e is connected to the atmosphere and pilot
air is admitted through port /, spool 6 is shuttled to the right and
compressed air from port / is admitted into port 2 while port 3 is
connected to the atmosphere through port 5. The principle of
the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b, c and d.

6-01 14 81
 /

FIVE- WAYTHREE-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SUP

.1671
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

(a)
3 2
9 .
i l _ii

'5
>7 3f i<

T
tf /
a) (C) (d)

When there is no incoming pilot air through ports e and i.e.

when these ports and^the end spaces of spool 6 are connected to
the atmosphere, spring 7 slides out two pins 8 {Fig. a). The length
the pins protrude from the ends of spool 6 is limited and adjusted
by special nuts and, consequently, spool 6 is located accurately
in the central position. In this position, ports 2 and 3, connected
to the ends of the operating cylinder or other device, are closed
off. Port 1, to which compressed-air from the air main is deliv-
ered, is also closed off. When pilot air is admitted through port e,
spool 6 is shuttled to the left by the compressed air. At this,
port 2 is connected to port 4, which leads to the atmosphere,
and compressed air from port / is admitted into port 3. If port e
is connected to the atmosphere and pilot air is admitted through
port /, spool 6 is shuttled to the right and port 3 is connected to
the atmosphere through port 5, while compressed air from port /
is admitted into port 2. The principle of the valve is shown
schematically in Figs, b c and d.
,

82
 FIVE- WAYTHREE-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
;i672
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

8 7 3 8 2 8

lb) (C ) (d)
Li

When there is no incoming pilot air through ports e and /, i.e.

when these ports and the end spaces of spool 6 are connected to
the atmosphere, spring 7 slides out two pins 8 (Fig. a). The length
the pins protrude from the ends of spool 6 is limited and adjust-
ed by special nuts and, consequently, spool 6 is located accurate-
ly in the central position- In this position, port 1, to which
compressed air from the main is delivered, is connected to ports
2 and 3 which, in turn, are connected to the ends of the operating
cylinder or other device. Thus both ends of the operating cylin-
der are under pressure. When pilot air is admitted through port e,
spool 6 is shuttled to the left by the compressed air. At this,
port 2 is connected to] port 4 , which leads to the atmosphere,
and compressed air continues to pass from port / into port 3 .

If port e is connected to the atmosphere and pilot air is admit-

ted through port /, spool 6 is shuttled to the right and port 3 is
connected to the atmosphere through port 5 while compressed
,

air from port 1 is admitted into port 2. The principle of the

valve is shown schematically in Figs. b c and d.t

33
 FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3673
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

Spring 7 holds spool 3 in the position shown in Fig. a. At this,

port /, to which compressed air is supplied from the main, is
connected to port 2, and port 4 is connected to port 5, which
leads to the atmosphere. When pilot air is admitted through
)ort 5, the piston linked to spool 3 shuttles the spool to the
left, overcoming the resistance of spring 7. At this, port 4 is
connected to port 1 and port 2 to port 6, which leads to the
,

atmosphere. The spool remains in this position as long as pilot

air under pressure is admitted to port 8. When port 8 is connected
to the atmosphere, spring 7 returns spool 3 to its initial position.
The advantageous feature of the directional valve is that upon an
accidental drop in pressure in the pilot (control) system connect-
ed to port 8, spool 3 is shuttled to the position shown in Fig. a.
This can be employed to put the operating cylinder or device in
a safe position upon a failure of the control system. The principle
of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

84
 FIVE-WAY TWO- POM ION SPOOL-TYPE
I

U674-
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC
* fe I

Air supplied from the main through port I and further through
is
internal channel 7 of spool 3 to the left end space of the spool
(Fig. a). When pilot air is admitted through port 3, then, since
the cross-sectional area of piston 9 is considerably greater than
that of spool 3, the spool is shuttled to the position shown in
Fig, a. At this, port /, to which compressed air is supplied from
the main, is connected to port 4, and port 2 to port 6, which
leads to the atmosphere. When port 8 is connected to the atmos-
phere, th’e pressure acting on the left end of spool 3 shuttles it
to the right. This connects port / to port 2 and port 4 to port 5,
which leads to the atmosphere. The advantageous feature of the
directional valve is the absence of a mechanical spring, and this
reduces the probability of valve failure. In addition, upon an
accidental drop in pressure in the pilo l (control) system connect-
ed to port $, the valve is put into a definite position. This can be
employed to put the operating cylinder or device in a safe posi-
tion upon a failure of the control system. The principle of the
valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

85
 In the position of spool 3 shown which com-
in Tig. a, port /, to
pressed air ts supplied from the main, is connected to port 2 ,
and port 4 to port 5, which leads to the atmosphere. When pilot
air is admitted through port 8, spool 3 is shuttled to the left and
remains in this position, held by the friction forces, even after
port 8 is connected to the atmosphere. At this, compressed air
from port / is admitted into port 4, and port 2 is connected to
port 6, which leads to the atmosphere. To return spool 3 to its
initial position, pilot air is admitted through port 7. Directional
valves of this type are most widely applied in various machines
with systems oF in-travel control. The principle of the valve is
show'n schematically in Figs, b and c.

86
 FIVE- WAYTWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3676
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM pc

3 4

(a)

|2

15 V $ **
(b) (c)’

In the position of spool 3 shown in Fig. a, port /, to which com-

pressed air is supplied from the main, is connected to port 2,
and port 4 to port 5, which leads to the atmosphere. At the same
time, compressed air is admitted through channel 9 in spool 3
into left end space 7. The pressure acting on the left end of
spool 3 shifts and holds it in the position shown in Fig. a. To
switch over the valve, it is necessary to apply a mechanical
force to head d of pusher 8 which exceeds that exerted by the
air pressure at the left end of spool 5. When spool ,3 is shifted to
its left position, air from port / is admitted into port 4 ,
and
port 2 is connected to port 6, which leads to the atmosphere. If
head d is released, pusher 8 and spool 3 return to the position
shown in Fig. a. The principle of the valve is shown schemati-
cally in Figs, b and c.

87
 )

FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP i

3677
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

(a)

—jp— '-t,r

^5
(b) (c f

Spring 7 holds spool 3 in the position shown in Fig. a. At this,

port /, to which compressed air is supplied from the main, is
connected to port 2, and port 4 to port 5, which leads to the at-
mosphere. To switch over the valve, it is necessary to apply
a mechanical force to head d of pusher 3 which exceeds that exert-
ed by spring 7. When spool 3 is shifted to its left position,
air from port / is admitted into port 4, and port 2 is connected
to port 6, which leads to the atmosphere. If head d is released,
pusher 8 and spool 3 are returned by spring 7 to the position
shownjn’Fig, a. The principle of thejvalve is shown schematical-
lyjjin Figs, b and c.

88
 FIVE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3678
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

(a)
\z
— ij
i

/
¥r-
If b
(b) (c)

In the position of spool 3 shown in Fig. a, port I, to which com-

pressed air is supplied from the main, is connected to port 4,
and port 2 to port 6, which leads to the atmosphere. Spool 3
is switched over to either of its two positions manually by means

of lever 7 The spool can be linked to any mechanism (cam, le-

,

ver, etc.) for shifting. When spool 3 is shifted to its right-hand

position, air from port / is admitted into port 2, and port 4 is
connected to port 5, which leads to the atmosphere. The principle
of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

89
 FOUR- WAY THREE-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3679
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

Compressed air is s uppliedfrom the main to port 1 and, in the

position of spool 7 shown, both ports, 2 and 3, connected to the
ends of the operating cylinder or device, are closed off. When
pilot air under pressure is admitted through port 5, piston 6,
spool 7 and piston 8 begin to move to the left and piston 8
shifts sleeve 9, overcoming the resistance of spring 10. This
motion continues until sleeve 9 runs up against cover 11. After
spool 7 has been thus shuttled, air from port 1 is admitted into
port 2, and port 3 is connected to port 4 which leads to the at-
,

mosphere. If port 5 is connected to the atmosphere, sleeve 9,

actuated by spring 10, shifts piston 8 returning spool 7 to its
central position. Accurate positioning of the spool is accomp-
lished because the motion of sleeve 9 to the right is limited by
bushing /2, and piston 6 is located by sleeve 14. If pilot air is
admitted through port 13 t spool 7 is shuttled so that air from
port I is admitted into port 3, and port 2 is connected to the
atmosphere through port 4.
 FOUR- WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3680
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

Compressed air is supplied from the main to port 1 (Fig. a), two
channels in the valve body and through throttling orifices 12
(Fig. b ) into end spaces 2 and 3. At this, ports 4 and 5 are shut
off by two-port pilot valves and spool 11 is in the position
shown in Fig. a. In this position air is admitted from port /
into port 6, which is connected to one end of the operating cylin-
der or device. Port 7 is connected to port <9, which leads to the
atmosphere. If the two-port valve connected to port 4 is opened,
then, in case the flow of air through the connecting pipeline and
valve is greater than the amount admitted through throttling
orifice 1‘2 (Fig, b), the pressure in end space 3 drops and that in
end space 2 remains constant. Owing to the difference in pres-
sure, piston 9, spool 11 and piston 10 are shifted to the right.
To prevent excessive loss of air at the end of the stroke since the
two-port valve may remain open, piston 10 disconnects end
space 3 from port 4. After the spool is shuttled, air from port / is
admitted into port 7 and further to the actuator (operating
cylinder or device), and port 6 is connected to the atmosphere
through port 8.

91
 FOUR- WAY THREE-POSITION PLUNGER-TYPE SHP
3681
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

Compressed air is supplied from the main to. port 1 and fills the
internal chamber of the directional valve. Since the effective
area of piston 6 of plunger 5 is greater than that of piston 7,
plunger 5 is held in the position shown by the difference in the
forces exerted by the pressure. In the same way, plunger 8 is
held in the position shown. At this, both ports, 2 and 3, connect-
ed to the actuator (operating cylinder or device), are connected
lo port 4, which leads to the atmosphere. When pilot air under
pressure is admitted into port 9, plunger 8 begins to move to
the left, and compressed air from port I is admitted into port 3
and further into the actuator. Port 2, as before, is connected to
the atmosphere. If port 9 is connected to the atmosphere^ and
compressed air is admitted into port JO, then pi unger 5 is shift-
ed to the left, and air from port / is admitted into port 2. At
the same time, plunger 8 is pushed back to the right to its
initial position (as shown) and port 3 is connected to the atmos-
phere through port 4,
 FOUR- WAY TWO- POSITION] SPOOL- TYPE SHP
3682
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC
I

Compressed air is supplied from the main to port / and, in the

position shown, is admitted by spool 6 into port 2, which is
connected to the actuator (operating cylinder or device). Port 3
is connected to the internal chamber 4 of the valve, which is
connected to the atmosphere through port 5. When compressed
(pilot) air is admitted through port 7, piston 8 is shifted to the
right and it shifts over spool 6. At this, port 3 is connected to
port /, and port 2 is connected to the atmosphere through cham-
ber 4. To return the spool to its initial position, pilot air is
admitted through port 9.

93
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3683 PALM-BUTTON-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

Compressed air is supplied from the main to port /, and port 2,

the outlet port of the valve, is connected to the atmosphere
through port 3. When palm button 4 is pressed, spool 5 is pushed
downward, overcoming the resistance of spring 6. In its down-
ward motion, lower packing cup 7 of the spool passes a row of
radial ports disconnecting them from port 3 and the atmos-
phere. Air from port / passes through a row of radial ports 9 into
outlet port 2. When palm button 4 is released, spool 5 is re-
turned by spring 6 to the position shown. The valve can be used
as a two-way valve if a plug is screwed into port 3.

94
 TH REE- WAY TWO-POSITION BUTTON-OPERATED SHP
36N4
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM fC
1

Compressed supplied from the main to chamber 1 (Fig, a).

air is
Chamber 2 is the valve outlet and port 3 is connected to the atmos-
phere. When button 4 is pressed, compressing spring 5, the
plunger linked to the button is pushed off its seat. Air from
chamber / passes through a row of ports 6 into outlet chamber 2.
When button 4 is released, it is returned, together with'the plung-
er, by spring 5 to its initial position, shutting off air flow into
chamber 2. When button 7 is pressed, compressing spring 8, the
plunger linked to this button is pushed off its seat, and outlet
chamber 2 is connected to the atmosphere through ports 9 and 3,
This valve is designed with a pistol grip and is portable. The
principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c:
with button 4 pressed (Fig. b) and with button 7 pressed (Fig. c).
t

95
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION POPPET-TYPE SHP
3685 MEMBRANE-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

(b) (c)

When there is no mechanical actuation, compressed air, supplied

from the main, passes through connection / into chamber 9
(Fig. a). Chamber 2, the valve outlet, is connected to chamber 3
which is connected to the atmosphere through holes and a cen-
tral channel in bushing 4. When rubber membrane 5 is pressed,
plunger 6 is pushed downward. At first, rubber insert 10 closes off
the central channel in bushing 4 disconnecting chambers 2
,

and 3. Upon further motion of the plunger, it shifts bushing 4

downward so that rubber insert //is pushed off its seat. At
this, compressed air from chamber 9 passes into valve outlet
chamber 2. When membrane 5 is released, bushing 4 and plung-
er 6 are returned to their initial positions by springs 8 and 7.
The principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

96
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION POPPET-TYPE SHP
3886 MEMBRANE-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

// 1

\ \ V ST
9 7 a 12 4 2

fa)

(b ) (c)

Whenthere is no mechanical actuation, compressed air, sup-

plied from the main, passes through connection l into chamber 9
and further through channels in valve member 4 into valve outlet
chamber 2 (Fig. a). When rubber membrane 5 is pressed, plung-
er 6 is pushed downward. At first, the annular projection of the
plunger runs up against rubber insert 7 of valve member 4 ,
disconnecting chambers 9 and 2 At this time, bushing 8 is held
.

in its upper position by the pressure of air actingon its lower end.
Upon further motion of membrane 5, disk 13 presses bushing 8
downward so that rubber insert 10 is pushed off its seat. At
this, chamber 2 is connected through the longitudinal slots in
bushing 8 to chamber 3, which is connected to the atmosphere.
When membrane 5 is released, plunger 6 and valve member 4
are returned to their Initial positions by springs 11 and 12. The
principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

i 114 97
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE
3687 PALM-BUTTON-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

Compressed air, supplied from the main to port /, is admitted

through the channel in spool 4 to the left end space of the spool,
holding spool 4 in the position shown in Fig. a. At this, air from
port / is admitted into port 2. When palm button d of pusher 5 is
pressed, spool 4 is shifted to the left and connects port 2 to port 3,
which Is connected to the atmosphere. The principle of the valve
is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

93
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSiTION POPPET-TYPE SHP
3688 PALM- BUTTON-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

(a)

(b) (c)

The directional valve shown in Fig, a can be employed either as a normal-

ly closed or normally open valve, which is mechanically operated from
one stde. When used as a normally closed valve, compressed air Is supplied
from the main to port /, and port 2, the outlet port, is connected through a
channel tn valve member 5 to port 5, which is connected to the atmosphere.
The valve Is operated by pressing palm button d of plunger tf. As the plung*
er Is shifted downward, first rubber Insert 7 shuts off the channel in valve
member 5, disconnecting port 2 from the atmosphere. Upon further mo-
tion, rubber insert 4 of valve member 5 Is pushed off Its seat. At this, air
from port / Is admitted into port 2, When used as a normally open valve,
compressed air Is supplied from the main to port 3 and port t Is used
,

forconnection to the atmosphere. The given design has a palm button

formanual operation. Other versions can be operated by levers or other
mechanisms. The principle of the valve when used as normally closed is
shown schematically In Figs, b and c>

7* 99
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION POPPET-TYPE SHP
3689 PILOT-OPERATED PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

(b) (c)

The directional valve shown In Fie. a can be employed either as a nor-

mally closed or normally open valve, which Is pitot-operated from one
side. When used as a normally closed valve, compressed air Is supplied
from the main to port /, and port 2, the outlet port, Is connected through a
channel In valve member 5 to port 5, which Is connected to the atmosphere.
The valve is operated when compressed pilot air is admitted Into port
6. As plunger 7 is shifted downward by air pressure exerted on Its piston,
first rubber insert 3 shuts off the channel in valve member 5 disconnecting
t

port 2 from the atmosphere. Upon further motion, rubber Insert 4 of

valve member & is pushed off Its seat. At this, air from port / U admitted
Into port i. When the pilot air Is switched off and port Is connected to
the atmosphere, plunger 7 with its piston and valve member 5 are returned
by the action of springs to the positions shown In Fig. a* When used as a
normally open valve* compressed air Is supplied from the main to port 3 §

and port / Is used for connection to the atmosphere. The principle of the
valve when used as normally closed Is shown schematically In Figs, b
and c.
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3690 PILOT-OPERATED PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

6 2

In the position of spool 6 shown in Fig. a, port 1, supplied by

compressed air from the main, is connected to port 2, Port 3,
connected to the atmosphere, is closed off- When pilot air is
admitted to port 5 and port 4 is connected to the atmosphere,
spool 6 is shuttled to the left and held in this position by friction
even after port 5 is connected to the atmosphere. At this, port 2 is
connected to the atmosphere through port 3, and port / is
blocked. The principle of the valve is shown schematically in
Figs, b and c.

101
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3691 DIFFERENTIAL-PILOT-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

When pilot air isadmitted into port 4 spool 6 is shuttled to

,

the position shown in Fig. a, and port /, supplied by compressed

air from the main, is connected to port 2. Port?#, connected to
the atmosphere, is closed off. When pilot air is admitted to port 5
without cutting off air admission to port 4, spool 6 moves to
the left because the right end of spool 6 is of greater area than
its left end. This blocks port /, and port 2 is connected to the
atmosphere through port 3. Channel 7 is connected at all times
to the atmosphere. When air supply is cut off to both ports, 4
and 5, spool 6 will remain in either of its extreme positions owing
to friction. The principle of the valve is shown schematically
in Figs, b and c.

102
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3692 PA LM- BUTTON- AN D- P LOT-OPE RATED
I
FC
PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

2 5 5 d

In the position ot spool 5 shown in Fig, a, port 1, supplied by

compressed air from the main, is connected to port 2. Port 3,
connected to the atmosphere, is closed off. When palm button d
of pusher 6 is pressed, spool 5 is shifted to the left and it blocks
port 1. Port 2 is connected to the atmosphere through port 3.
Spool 5 is returned to its initial position by admitting pilot air
through port 4. The principle of the valve is shown schematical-
ly in Figs, b and c.
 t

THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP

3693 PALM- BUTTON-OPERATED PNEUMATIC
FC
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

5 3
(a)
2
\

V
—
•I'

13

(6 ) (0
Compressed air, supplied from the main to port I is admitted ,

into port 2 (Fig. a.). When palm button d of pusher 6 is pressed,

spool 4 is shifted to the left and connects port 2 to port 3, which
leads to the atmosphere. When palm button d of pusher 6 is
released, spool 4 is returned by spring 5 to its initial position.
The principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b
and c.
 *

THREE-WAY TWO- POSITION SPOOL-TYPE

3694 PILOT-OPERATED PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

6 '5

(a)

* rn
(O

In the initial position of spool 6, shown in Fig. a, compressed

air, supplied from the main to port /, is admitted into port 2.
When pilot air is admitted into port 4, spool 6 is shifted by
piston 7 to the left, connecting port 2 to port which leads to
the atmosphere. When port 4 is connected to the atmosphere,
spool 6't and piston 7 are returned to the initial position by
spring 8. Channel 5 is connected at all times to the atmosphere.
The principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b
and c.

105
 THREE-WAY TWO-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE SHP
3695 PILOT-OPERATED PNEUMATIC DIRECTIONAL
FC
VALVE MECHANISM

(b) (c)

Compressed air, supplied from the main to port /, passing through

hole 6, is admitted through the central channel in spool 5 to
the left end space of the spool, holding spool 5 in the position
shown in Fig. a. At this, port 2 is connected to port 3 which
,

leads to the atmosphere. When pilot air is admitted into port 4,

spool 5 moves to the left because the right end of spool 5 is of
greater area than the left end. This connects port / to port 2.
The principle of the valve is shown schematically in Figs, b and c.

m
 TWO-WAY RUBBER-TUBE-TYPE PNEUMATIC
3696
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM

Fluid {air or liquid) enters

through port Jt flows
through radial passages in
member 2 and is discharged
through the port in member
4 (Fig, a). When pilot (com-
pressed) air admitted
is
through port 5, rubber tube
3 is compressed and it
blocks the Row of air
through the radial passages
(Fig- b).

(b)

TWO-WAY DIAPHRAGM-TYPE PNEUMATIC SHP

3697
DIRECTIONAL VALVE MECHANISM FC

Compressed air is supplied from the main to port /. Depending

upon the position of roller 4 rolling along diaphragm 3, port 1
,

is either blocked or the air passes into port 2. The rate of air
flow is determined by the vertical position of roller 4 , which
deforms diaphragm 3.
 4. MECHANISMS OF MATERIALS HANDLING
EQUIPMENT (3698, 3699 and 3700)
SHP
3698 DOUBLE-ACTING HYDRAULIC JACK MECHANISM
MH

fluid i Drain
deli very

r — -

i drain Fluid
deli very

r
i ^

(a) (b)

Both cylinder 1 and piston 5 of the jack can travel. First piston
2 is placed on a support (Fig. a) and fluid is admitted into the
upper end of cylinder 1, which is raised together with the load.
When the cylinder reaches its extreme upper position, supporting
beams of equal height are placed under the feet of the cylinder
and fluid is admitted into the lower end of the cylinder. This
retracts piston 2 into the cylinder and, when it reaches its
extreme upper position, supporting beams are placed under the
piston, repeating the process as required.
 SHP
3699 HYDRAULIC TELESCOPE JACK MECHANISM
MH

Fluid delivered through ball-type check valve / enters the lower

end of cylinder 2. This lifts plunger 3 until its external shoulder
a engages internal shoulder d of hollow plunger 4. Next, both
plungers are lifted until the external shoulder of plunger 4
engages interna! shoulder b of cylinder 2. This is the limiting
position in height.
 SHP
3700 PNEUMATIC HOIST MECHANISM
MH

When compressed air is admitted

into the lower end of cylinder /,
piston 2 to which load hook 3 is
,

attached, travels upward- When

the lower end of cylinder / is con-
nected to the atmosphere, piston 2
is lowered by gravity. Air is deliv-
ered to the lower end of cylinder 1
through pipeline 4 opening check
,

valve 5, and through rotary valve 6

[Li and channel a. Valve 6 is con-
trolled by two chains which are at-
tached to the ends of control lever
7, Lever 7 is mounted on one end of
shaft >1 with the valve member on
the other end. The valve member is
spring-loaded. Thus, the lower end
of cylinder 1 can be connected either
to the compressed air main or
to the atmosphere. Spring 8 holds
control lever 7 in the position in
which the lower end of the cylinder
is closed off. In case of damage to
the pipeline or other failure of the
compressed air supply, the pres-
sure above check valve 5 drops and
m a A 9 6
this valve blocks reverse now of
compressed air out of the cylinder,
thereby preventing the dropping of
the load. The speed at which the
load is lowered in normal operation
can be regulated by adjusting screw

Y 9 which changes the rate of flow of

air from under piston 2.

110
 5. MECHANISMS OF MEASURING AND TESTING
DEVICES (3701 through 3737)

SHP
3701 FLOW DETECTOR MECHANISM

When compressed fluid (air

or liquid) is admitted into
port /, ball 3 is thrown up-
ward by the action of the
fluid stream and the fluid is
discharged through port 2.
The ball remains in its up-
per position as long as the
flow of fluid continues. The
position of the ball can be
observed through cap 4 which
is made of transparent
plexiglas.

WATER-COLUMN BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC $HP

3702 GAUGE MECHANISM FOR CONTACT
MEASUREMENT M

Compressed air is supplied from (he main through pipeline / and partly
enters tube 2 immersed in water and used as a pressure stabilizer, and
t

partly passes through restrictor a into measuring chamber 3. From the

measuring chamber, air Is admitted through nozzle 4 The work being
,

checked is placed under contact tip 7 Depending upon the clearance be*
.

tween the nozzle and the flat head of the contact tip, a definite pressure Is
established iti measuring chamber 3, Thts pressure fs measured by water*
column pressure gauge (manometer) £. This pressure Indicates whether
the work Is within the required limits of size.

in
 WATER-COLUMN BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC SHP
3703 GAUGE MECHANISM FOR DIRECT HOLE
MEASUREMENT M

N
i
1

Compressed air is suppliedfrom the main along pipeline 1

through needle flow-control valve 2, which establishes the
working pressure measured by manometer 3 Flow-control valve
.

2 is adjustable in order to compensate for drops in pressure

due to increased air consumption. Entrance nozzle, or restric-
tor, 5 is taken to correspond to the diameter of the hole to be
checked in work 4 The pressure measured by manometer 6
,

varies in accordance with the actual size of the hole in work 4

,

The scale of manometer 6 can be graduated into units that show

the deviation of the hole size from the basic value.

112
 Compressed-air is delivered from the measuringchamber of a back-
pressure gauging system and passes along channel a of gauging
plug ] to radial orifices d and b. These orifices taper outward at
their outer ends. Placed into these taper holes are steel balis 4
of a diameter dose or equal to the most expedient diameter of the
wires used in the three-wire method of measuring thread pitch
diameters for the given pitch. The diameter of the cylindrical
part of the orifices should be less than the diameter of the steel
balls to prevent their dropping into channel a. The balls are
kept from dropping out when the gauge is not in operation by
sleeve which is pushed over the gauge by spring 3, During the
inspection of a threaded hole, the gauge is screwed into the hole
in the work and the sleeve is held by the spring against the end
face of the threaded hole. The pressure of the compressed air
pushes balls 4 into the internal thread being checked. The clear-
ance between the balls and the tapered holes depends on the actual
size of the pitch diameter being checked and this determines the
air flow which is indicated by the pneumatic back-pressure
gauging system.

8-0114 113
 GORODETSKY PNEUMATIC THREAD GAUGE SHP
3705
MECHANISM M

1 d
Compressed airjisjjdelivered 'through the restrictor into the mea-
suring chamber of a back-pressure gauging system and then
passes through channel a to four measuring orifices d arranged in
pairs at the opposite threads of gauging plug I. The outlets d
of the orifices arc at the middle of the thread profiles. The provi-
sion of four orifice outlets keeps the measured results indepen-
dent of displacements of the plugin the radial and axial direc-
tions. The pressure gaugeof the system indicates the magnitude of
the clearance between the gauging plug and internal thread being
checked at the points where the measuring orifices are located.

PNEUMATIC GAUGING INSTRUMENT MECHANISM SHP

3706
FOR CHECKING END FACE SQUARENESS M
Squareness of the end face
of work J lo its axis is
checked by using differential
manometer 2. Compressed
air is delivered through re-
strictors a and d to the gaug-
ing nozzles of the measur-
ing heads. For each position
of work /, clearances
the
between its end face and the
nozzles determine the heights
of the mercury columns
in the two branches of differ-
ential manometer 2, If the
end face is square to the axis
of the work, the mercury
levels in the two branches
of the manometer will be the
same when the work is
stowly rotated.

114
 PNEUMATIC GAUGING FIXTURE MECHANISM SHP
3707 FOR CHECKING CONCENTRICITY!
OF EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL DIAMETERS
M

Work 5 of cylindrical shape, to be checked, is placed over the

outer end of plug t. Ball 2, actuated by spring 3, locates the
work against the outer surface of plug /. Nozzle a in the plug is
connected by channels to connection 4. Second nozzle d is pro-
vided in the body of the gauge. The wall of work 5 being checked
is confined between the two nozzles to which compressed air is
delivered through connection 4 from a back-pressure gauging
system. According to the clearances between the nozzles and the
wait, a pressure, measured by a manometer, is established in the
gauging system. This indicates the wall thickness. Work 5 is
turned about the axis of plug 2 to determine the differences in
thickness of the wall and, consequently, the lack of concentricity
of the internal and external surfaces of work 5.

8* 115
 3708 PNEUMATIC SNAP GAUGE MECHANISM

Installed in the body of snap gauge / are three pins: fixed back-
stop 2 and ganging anvil 3 and movable anvil 4 The movable
,
.

anvil is actuated by the deviations in the diameter of work 5 ,

which contacts the outer ends of the three pins. A definite clear-
ance is set up between the rear end of movable anvil (pin) 4 and
nozzle 6 to which compressed air is delivered, to suit the nomi-
,

nal size of work 5 The variation in clearance affects the air

.

pressure in the system. This pressure is measured by a pressure

gauge which thereby indicates the deviations in the size of the
work. The positions of pins 2 and 3 are adjustable with setscrews.

116
 *

PNEUMATIC STYLUS MECHANISM SHP

3709
FOR SURFACE ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT

a U a ?
ffS/Sffs / ///////// / / /
d
Compressed air is delivered through pipe / and past valve 2 to
channels a. As stylus d, held by spring 3 against surface b whose
roughness is being measured, slides along surface b, the irregu-
larities of surface b raise and lower the stylus and valve 2, vary-
ing the flow of compressed air in the system and its pressure.
This pressure is continuously measured by a manometer.

117
 SHP
3710 PNEUMATIC MEASURING HEAD MECHANISM
M

Contact point /, which contacts the surface ol the work being

checked, raises and lowers slider 2 which travels vertically
along supports 3 This changes the clearance between the upper
.

lug of the slider and the face of nozzle 4 to which compressed air
is delivered. This, in turn, varies the air pressure in the system
which is registered by a manuineter. bcrew 5 serves to set the
contact point to the specified size of the work.
 PNEUMATIC FLOW-GAUGE PROFILOMETER
3711 j MECHANISM FOR SURFACE ROUGHNESS
fl MEASUREMENT

Compressed air is delivered through tube partly to internally

/,
tapered glass indicator column 2 and partly through conical
valve 3. After this the air passes through orifice 4 and chamber 6
to nozzle 5 of the measuring head or tracer. The head consists
of stylus 7 mounted on fiat steel reeds 8. The upper end of the
stylus is a valve controlling the flow of air from nozzle 5 In .

operation, the tracer is placed with its fixed pins a on the surface
whose roughness is to be measured and is moved along the sur-
face at a definite speed. At this, stylus 7 oscillates vertically in
accordance with the irregularities of the surface. This continu-
ously varies the. How ol air through orifice 4. For a high enough
frequency of oscillations ol the stylus and also for a properly
chosen volume of chamber 6 and diameter of orifice 4, the indi-
cator float in the flow gauge is damped and maintains a position
corresponding to the average value of air flow. This is an
indication of the average height of surface irregularities.

119
 L1NNICK PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT MECHANISM SHP
3712 FOR MEASURING THE DEPTH OF SURFACE
IRREGULARITIES IN GRINDING GLASS M

Air is pumped by rubber bulb through water-type air-pressure

/
stabilizer 2 maintaining a constant pressure of compressed air,
,

to orifice 3 through which it enters chamber 4 Secured on rubber

.

membrane 5 in the chamber is steel nozzle 6 with a bevelled lower

edge and carefully lapped end face. Spring 7 holds nozzle 6
against the surface of the glass being checked. A weight is placed
on the top of head 8 to be sure the face of the nozzle tightly con-
tacts the glass. The pressure in the head chamber is an indica-
tion of the size and form of surface irregularities and is read off
on manometer 9 connected to the chamber. The manometer scale
,

is graduated according to glass surface finish standards.

120
 WATER-COLUMN BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC SHP
3713 INSTRUMENT MECHANISM FOR SURFACE
ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT
M

Compressor / delivers compressed air through water-type air-

pressure stabilizer 2 and restrictor a into measuring chamber
3 which is connected to measuring head 4.lThis head has measur-
ing nozzle 5 on whose carefully lapped end face work 6 rests with
its surface whose roughness is to be checked. The work is held
against the nozzle by the spindle of vertical comparator 7.
The spindle has a spherical tip. The measuring head and the
comparator spindle are strictly coaxial and are mounted on a com-
mon stand. The pressure in chamber 3, measured by water-
column manometer 8, is an indication of the size of the surface
irregularities. The manometer scale is graduated according to
standard specimens.

121
 PNEUMATIC FLOW-GAUGE INSTRUMENT SHP
3714 MECHANISM FOR CHECKING SURFACE
ROUGHNESS M

Compressed air, delivered by compressors /, passes through air-

pressure stabilizers 2 after which the stream of air is divided.
A part passes through flow gauge 3 and the rest through conical
valve 4 Then the air enters chamber 5 which has supplementary
.

nozzles. The provision oi these nozzles increases air flow through

the glass tube of the How gauge. From chamber 5 air flows to
measuring head 6 whose stylus contacts the surface being checked.
The surface irregularities vary the flow of air passing through
the flow gauge and supporting the float indicator in suspension.
The flow gauge scale is graduated according to surface finish
standards.

122
 KARNAUKHOV HYDRAULIC TACHOMETER SHP
,1715
mecKanism M

The tachometer is a centrifugal pumpwhich the magnitude

for
of the delivery head, measured by the height of the column of
liquid in a glass tube, directly proportional to the speed of
is
spindle /, Mounted on this spindle, which is driven by the shaft
whose speed is to be measured, is rotor 2 with radial holes a.
As the rotor rotates, the liquid is thrown outward from the
centre to the periphery and its pressure, measured by manom-
eter 3, indicates the speed (in rpm) of the shaft being tested.

123
 4.

SHP
3716 HYDRAULIC TACHOMETER MECHANISM
M

Shaft A of the tachometer is

driven by the shaTt whose
speed is to be measured.
Mounted on shaft Adisk 1
is
with holes. Disk 1 is located
in a water-tight vessel 2
filled with mercury. As disk
l rotates, the mercury be-
gins to rotate as well’ and,
owing to friction, tends to
rotate light disk 3 which is
prevented from rotating by
hair spring 4. The angle
through which disk 3 turns,
and it is rigidly linked to
hand 5, depends upon the
angular velocity of the shaft
being tested.

SHP
3717 PNEUMATIC TACHOMETER MECHANISM
M

Shaft A of the tachometer is

driven by the shaft whose
speed is to be measured.
Mounted on shaft A is an
impeller with radial vanes 1
When shaft A rotates, the
impeller sets up a whirling
air stream which, owing to
friction, tends to rotate light
metal cylinder 2. Secured to
the cylinder is hand 3 which
stops in a position indicat-
ing the angular velocity of
rotation of shaft A. Spring
prevents rotation of cylinder
2 and returns hand 3 to the
zero position! when';shaft A
stops.

124
 REMOTE- READING HYDRAULIC TACHOMETER SHP
3718
MECHANISM

Mounted on shaft A of
the tachometer, driven
by the shaft whose speed
is to be measured, is im-
peller 1 with radial vanes,
Liquid is drawn from
tank 2 and is pumped by
the impeller into tank 3
whose free space is filled
with air. This air is com-
pressed and flows through
tube c to a pressure
gauge whose hand indi-
cates the angular velocity
of the shaft being tested.

SHP
3719 AUTOMATIC GAS ANALYZER MECHANISM

A definite volume of the

gas being analysed is
passed from initial mea-
surement vessel 1 through
absorbing vessel 2, filled
with a compound that
absorbs the gas being ana-
lysed. The unabsorbed
remainder theof gas
passes into bell-shaped
vessel 3, displacing it.
Flexible cord 5, running
over round pulley 6 which
turns about fixed axis A,
is linked to vessel 3 at 8
and to counterbalancing
weight 7 at C. On scale 4,
hand a rigidly secured
,

to flexible cord 5, indi-

cates the reduction in vol-
ume corresponding to the
absorbed volume of gas.

125
 ,

PISTON-TYPE PNEUMATIC TIRE GAUGE SHP

3720
MECHANISM M

6 4 5 1

2 5 5

In measurement, hole a of the gauge is connected to the inner

tube in which the pressure is to be measured. At this, stem /
contacts piston 2. The pressure in the tube pushes piston 2
to the right, overcoming the resistance of spring 3 and dis-
placing stem /. When the gauge is disconnected from the inner
tube, the pressure in piston 2 drops and spring 3 returns the
piston to its initial position. Stem /, held by flat springs 5
remains in the position it was pushed by piston 2. The measured
pressure is indicated on a scale which is inscribed on stem 1 (by
the amount of the stem stickingout of cylindrical body 4). Before
the next measurement the stem is pushed back into the body.
Pin 6 prevents stem 1 from being pulled entirely out of body 4.

126
 SHP
3721 PRESSURE GAUGE TESTING MECHANISM
M

Pressure gauge / to be tested is screwed into one of the pipe con-

nections of a manifold which communicates with horizontal tank
2 and vertical cylinder 3 filled wi th a liquid. The volume of tank 2
can be varied by means of a piston adjusted horizontally by
screw 4 . Inserted into the vertical cylinder is plunger 5 with
plate 5 which by their weight develop a pressure in the tank
and manifold. The weights of the plunger and plate, as well as
that of weights 7, and the cross-sectional area of the vertical
cylinder are strictly specified. Loading the plate consecutively
with weights 7, the readings of the pressure gauge are checked.

127
 SHP
3722 RELIEF VALVE TESTING OUTFIT MECHANISM

The purpose of the test is to

plot a characteristic curve of
the valve. This curve shows
the dependence of the vol-
ume of liquid passed by the
valve per minute on the
Pressure in the delivery plpe-
ine. In the test, liquid
drawn up by pump } from
tank 2 passes through relief
valve 3 and flow-control
valve 4 connected in paral-
,

lel. When flow-control valve

4 is closed, all the liquid is
discharged to the tank
through relief valveJ. I (valve
4 is partly opened, part of
the liquid passes through it
and the rest through relief
valve 3. The pressure of the
liquid is measured by pres-
sure gauge 5.

SHP
3723 PNEUMATIC PRESSURE INDICATOR MECHANISM

When a pressure is devel-

oped, air enters through hole
} and raises piston 2 in a
transparent cylinder of plexi-
glas. At the end of the
piston stroke, rubber insert
4 closes the hole in cover 5
leading to the atmosphere.
The side surfaces of the
piston are painted red. By
watching the piston, the
operator can tell when he
has air under pressure. When
hole 1 is connected to the at-
mosphere, piston 2 drops to
its lower position by gravity.
This indicator is employed
on'the pneumatic control pan-
els ofcomplex control sys-
tems and has the same func-
tion as a signal lamp in an
automatic electrical system.

123
 MECHANISM FOR MEASURING THE VOLUMETRIC SHP
3724
EFFICIENCY OF PUMPS M

Pump / delivers Liquid through throttle valve 3 and three-way

valve 4 The required pressure, developed by throttle valve 3
.
,

is controlled by pressure gauge 5 . Liquid flows from the three-

way valve to gauging tank 2 and the amount of liquid is mea-
sured after a definite time interval. Such measurement is also
made without pressure which is relieved by opening throttle
valve 3 With valve 4 in the position shown by the dash lines,
.

the liquid drains back to the tank. Valve 6 serves to drain the
liquid from the gauging tank back to the tank.

9-0114 129
 SHP
3725 CYLINDER LEAKAGE TESTING MECHANISM

To measure the amount of

leakage, rod 6 of piston 5 is
run up against rigid stop d.
By means of pump and
/
throttle valve 2, the work-
ing pressure, controlled by
pressure gauge 4 is set up in
,

the left end of the cylinder,

Leakage from end a to end b
is measured by gauging ves-
sel 3.

SHP
3726 SHAFT SPEED EQUALIZING MECHANISM

Mounted on shaft A is round box memberwith a number of

1
concentric grooves a. The grooves are partly filled with a liquid
and the box is closed by cover b. As the shaft begins to rotate
the liquid is at rest with respect to the waits of the groove.
Owing to friction, the liquid begins to rotate and finally reaches
a speed equal to that of box /. Owing to its inertia and vis-
cosity, the liquid tends to maintain a constant shaft speed,
notwithstanding variations in speed in the drive.
 SHP
3727 THERMOSTAT MECHANISM
M

4 .T 9

Upon temperature of the surrounding medium (ambient

a rise in
temperature), the wax-like substance filling the hole in body 1
expands and pushes out stem 2. This starts up a refrigerating
system. As the temperature drops, the volume of the filling
substance is reduced and the stem is returned to its initial
position by spring 3.

SHP
3728 GAS DENSITY MEASURING MECHANISM
M

Gas enters vessel 3 through

pipe / and air enters vessel 4 b 5 S
through pipe After filling
2.
the vessels, both gases flow
out through narrow holes a
and b at the same pressure.
The more vessel 4 descends
to the moment when vessel 3
is empty, the greater the
density of the gas being In-
vestigated. The amount of
descent of vessel 4 is regis-
tered by recording device 5
on graph paper strip 6 and
serves as a measure of den-
sity of the investigated gas.

131
 SHP
3729 SOLUTION DENSITY RECORDER MECHANISM
M

Upon continuous delivery of the liquid being investigated along

pipe / into vessel 2 recording pen 5, linked by rod 4 to float 3,
t

draws a curve showing the variation in density of the investi-

gated liquid. The curve is recorded on a graph paper strip at-
tached to drum 7 which rotates about its axis. Baffle plate 6
protects float 3 against the action of nonuniform flow of the
liquid. Overflow a maintains a constant level of liquid in vessel 2.

132
 WATER-COLUMN BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC SHP
3730
GAUGE MECHANISM M

Work 1 tobe checked is placed on base 2, and above the work,

with a certain clearance, measuring head 3 is rigidly mounted.
This head is connected by tube 4 to measuring chamber 6 into
which compressed air enters through small orifice (restrictor)
b. Tube 7, immersed in water chamber 8, serves to maintain con-
stant air pressure. Surplus air is evolved as bubbles. Manome-
ter 5 is connected to measuring chamber 6 and to water cham-
ber <9. The difference in height /iTbetween the levels in water
chamber 8 and manometer 5 depends upon the clearance a be-
tween the metering orifice of measuring head 3 and work /. The
manometer tube is graduated in units of deviation of the size
of the work from the specified value.

133
 WATER-COLUMN BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC shp:
3731 GAUGE MECHANISM WITH TWO
MEASURING RANGES

Work 1,placed on base 2, is measured by reading off the difference

h in the levels of water chamber 7 and manometer 6, This differ-
ence depends upon the clearance a between the metering orifice
of measuring head 3 and the work. To obtain two ranges of
measurement, the instrument has two measuring chambers with
two restrictors, 4 and 5. Either chamber can be put into opera-
tion by opening and closing the corresponding valves 8 and 9 ,
 BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC GAUGE SHP
3732
MECHANISM

Work / is measured on
the basis of the depend-
ence between the pressure
in the measuring cham-
ber and the clearance
between the metering ori-
fice of the gauge and the
work. Pressure gauge 2
indicates the air pressure
in the measuring cham-
ber. The working pres-
sure in the instrument is
equalized by means of
receiver 3 which is con-
nected to the pressure re-
ducer (regulator). Adjust-
able flow-control valve
4 enables the range of
measurement of the in-
strument to be varied.

BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC GAUGE SHP

3733
MECHANISM

Compressed air is delivered to

pressure reducer (regulator) 5
which maintains constant air
pressure. Then passes
the air
through adjustable flow-control
valve 3 and into measuring head
1. Pressure gauge 2 indicates
the pressure in the measuring
chamber which depends upon
the clearance between the gauge
member and the work being
checked. Pressure gauge 4 Indi-
cates the working pressure.

135
 BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC INTERNAL SHP
3734
GAUGE MECHANISM M
Measuring plug 1 is inserted in-
to the bore of work 2. Axial chan-
nel 3 is connected to the measur-
ing chamber from which com-
pressed air is delivered to the
plug and where its pressure is
measured. The plug contains
bushing 4 whose tip a contacts
the bore surface oF work 2.
Sliding in the bushing is plung-
er 5 into which ball-head pin b
is pressfitted. Pin b contacts
the bore surface opposite tip
a. Plunger 5 is tapered and
partly closes air outlet ori-
fice c. Depending upon the size
of the bore diameter of the
work, the plunger opens the air
outlet orifice the corresponding
amount. This is used to measure
the bore diameter.

BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC GAUGE SHP

3735 MECHANISM FOR SIMULTANEOUS EXTERNAL
AND INTERNAL MEASUREMENTS M

Gauging nozzles / are con-

nected to the measuring
chamber from which com-
pressed air is delivered to
measuring head 2. The clear-
ance between the gauging
nozzles and work 3 depends
upon the size of work 3. The
variation in air flow depend-
ing on this clearance is used
to check the size of the work.
Simultaneously, the hole in
work 3 is checked on the ba-
sis of the clearance between
measuring plug 4} and the
hole.
 .

BACK-PRESSURE PNEUMATIC GAUGE MECHANISM SHPi

3736
FOR CHECKING PARALLELISM M

Work 1 to be checked is placed with

its ends in dual-jet snap
gauges 4 and 5 which have metering
orifices connected to measuring
chambers 3 and 2. These chambers
are connected to the branches of U-
type manometer 6. If the surfaces
of the work are parallel, the pres-
sure in both measuring chambers
will be the same and the liquid in
the branches of the manometer will
be at the same level. The lack of par-
allelism is indicated by the reading
of the manometo;

HYDRAULIC TILTING- RING MANOMETER SHP

3737
MECHANISM

Hollow ring rectangular cross

/ of
section can turn on a knife-edge
bearing about its geometric axis A.
Inside, ring / has partition a . Gas
at the standard pressure and at the
pressure to be measured is delivered
to connections 2 and 3. Weight 4
is attached outside ring 1 to obtain

the pressure to be measured inside.

The inside space of the ring is part-
ly filled with a liquid. If the pres-
sures are not equal on the two sides
of partition a, ring / turnsjthrough
a certain angle becausejthe liquid
levels are not the same. The angle
the ring turns is proportional to
the pressure difference^ on the two
sides of the partition'and is indicat-
ed on a scale which is not shown.

137
 ,

6. GRIPPING, CLAMPING AND EXPANDING

MECHANISMS (3738 through 3748)

SHP
3738 HYDRAULIC VISE MECHANISM
GC

When piston / moves to the right by the action of fluid delivered

to end a of the cylinder, movable bevelled jaw 2, rigidly linked
to the piston, clamps two round workpieces 3. Stationary jaw 4
is also bevelled. As piston / is moved to the left by spring 5,

workpieces 3 are released.

SHP
3739 HYDRAULIC VISE MECHANISM
GC

Z *
;Sl

When piston 1 moves by the action ol fluid, work 2

to the left
is clamped. Work 2 is put on pin a of piston rod 3. Here yoke 4
is the stationary jaw, and rod 3 the movable jaw. As piston /
is moved to the right by spring 5 work 2 is released.

138
 SHP
3740 HYDRAULIC VISE MECHANISM
GC

When piston 1 is moved

to the right by fluid entering its cylin-
der, movable jaw 2 slides along guide 7, clamping workpieces 3
which are mounted on arbor 4. The ends of arbor Center bushings
5 and 6, fitted into movable jaw 2 and stationary jaw 10. Fluid is
delivered to the cylinder along channel d from selector valve 8.
Workpieces 3 are released when piston / is moved to the left
by spring 9.

139
 HYDRAULIC VISE MECHANISM WITH FLOATING SHP
3741
CLAMPING PINS nr

When piston i is moved by fluid entering its cylin-

to the right
der, V-shaped workpiece 2 is damped by movable jaw 3 which
is rigidly linked to piston rod 8. Workpiece 2 is clamped against
three locating pins a of movable jaw 3 by means of two self-
equalizing pins 4 The pins are equalized upon variations in
.

ivorkpiece diameter by means of three floating pins 5, 6 and 7

with conical ends that bear against one another. Workpiece 2
is released when piston / is moved to the left by spring 9.
 FLOATING-CYLINDER HYDRAULIC SHP
3742
VISE MECHANISM GC

When piston 1 is moved to the right by fluid entering the ieft

end of cylinder 5, movable jaw 2 clamps workpiece 3 which is
mounted on fixed locating pin 4. At the same time, the action of
1

the fluid moves cylinder 5 with wedge member 6 to the left,

clamping workpiece 3 with the second movable jaw 7. When the
workpiece is clamped, wedge member 6 and a similar wedge’mem-
ber at the left end of the piston rod spread spring i mem-
bers 8 at the ends of the movable jaws, thereby jamming the
jaws in their guides.

141
 ,

SHP
137431 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING MECHANISM
GC

When plunger 1 is moved downward by fluid entering above it,

clamping member 3, mounted rigidly on plunger 1 clamps round
workpiece 2 in a V-block. The axis of plunger 1 is parallel to
hole a to be machined in workpiece 2. Locating points d of
member 3 are in a plane perpendicular to the axis of hole a,
locating the workpiece with its slot perpendicular to the axis of
the guide bushing. Workpiece 2 is released and plunger / is
returned to its initial position by spring 4.

142
 ,

HYDRAULIC CLAMPING MECHANISM SHP

3744
FOR THIN- WALLED WORKPIECES GC
I I

When piston 1 is moved to the right by fluid entering left end a

of cylinder 4, clamping member 2 linked rigidly through rod 3
t

to piston 1 and bushing 5, secured rigidly to cylinder 4, simul-

taneously clamp two thin-walled hollow workpieces 6 and 7.
Both clamping member 2 and bushing 5 have cylindrical clamp-
ing surfaces of the same radius as the surfaces they clamp. In
machining workpieces other than cylindrical (of hollow square
shape as shown), they are clamped through split bushing H
having an inner cross section corresponding to that of the
workpiece. The workpieces are released by the action of springs
9 and 10, with the fluid draining from end a back to the tank.
 Bevel gear 5 is inserted into the chuck through a slot in ring /
and is located on the addendum cone in ring 2. When piston 3
is moved to the left by fluid entering the right end of its cylinder,
ring 2, linked rigidly to piston 3 through rod 4, clamps bevel
gear 5 against ring /, Gear 5 is released when piston 3 is moved
to the right by spring 6.

144
 a

HYDRAULIC CLAMPING MECHANISM

FOR PISTON RINGS

fa)

m
(

Positions of pistons

When piston t is moved to the left by fluid entering the right end
of its cylinder, sleeve 2, rigidly linked to the rod of piston I t
damps piston rings (workpieces) 3 against locating ring 4 (in
the extreme left-hand position of piston /). When piston 5 is
moved to the right by fluid entering the left end of its cylinder,
clamping plate 7 and ring 4 , linked to the rod of piston 5 by
cross-piece 6 and two tie-rods 8 are pushed against sleeve 9 (in
,

the extreme right-hand position of piston 5), At this time, when

the pistons are in position a, the piston rings are machined. At
the end of the machining operation, piston 1 with sleeve 2 moves
to their extreme right-hand position and the newly loaded piston
rings drop downward to the spindle axis. At this, piston 5
moves to its extreme left-hand position (see position &). Then
piston 1 moves to the left to the end of its stroke, pushing the
newly loaded rings to the working position in which they eject
the machined rings (see position c). After this, piston 5 moves
to the right, clamping the rings. New rings are put into the
loading position during the machining operation.

— Oil 4 145
 .

L JP- » - ‘ * ' - If J ~
'*TTI 1

<w
When piston /iis jnoved,~to the right by fluid entering the left
end of cylinder 3,' balls a, held in a special cage of the piston,
are forced outward by bevelled member d of plunger 2 and enter
an annular groove of cylinder 3, locking piston 1 in the cylinder
(see Fig. a). To open the lock, fluid under pressure is delivered
through passage 4 (see Fig, 6} into the space between piston /
and plunger 2, This moves plunger 2 to the right, compressing
spring 5 and releasing balls a Then piston / is moved by the
fluid to the left.

146
 SHP
3748 HYDRAULIC LOCKING MECHANISM
GC

Floating piston 1 is held in the neutral central position by springs

2 and 3. Fluid entering through port 4 opens left-hand check
valve 5 and passes through port 6 to the working end of a hydrau-
lic cylinder. At this, right-hand check valve 7 is moved to the
right by piston 1 and the exhaust end of the hydraulic cylinder is
connected to the tank. As soon as fluid delivery ceases, piston J
is returned to its neutral position by springs 2 and 3, valves 5
and 7 close and lock the position of the piston in the hydraulic
cylinder. Valves 8 and 9 are relief valves.

10 * 147
 7. DRIVE MECHANISMS (3749 through 3758)

Cylinder 1 containspiston consisting of leather cup 2 clamped

a
between disks 3 and 4. The disks are secured to piston rod 5 at
whose lower end clevis 9 is secured. The clevis has axle 8 on
which roller 7 rotates. Screwed into the lower cover of cylin-
der / is eye 6 to which a cable is secured. The cable runs over
roller 7 to the valve being controlled. When the pressure of the
working fluid in the cylinder is changed, the piston is moved
together with the clevis and roller 7.

148
 DI F FE RENTIAL- ACTION SER VOMOTO R SHP
3750
MECHANISM Dr

Fluid under pressure is con-

tinually delivered to the low-
er end of differential servo-
motor / in which the effec-
tive areas above and below
the piston differ. When valve
spool 3 is shifted downward,
fluid delivered to the valve
~ Drain
is directed to the upper end
of servomotor /. Owing to
the difference in areas, piston
2 of the servomotor moves
Fluid under
pressure
downward. When valve
spool 3 is shifted upward,
the upper end of the servo-
motor is connected to the
tank and piston 2 moves
upward due to the action
of the constant pressure un-
der the piston.

SHP
3751 FLUID SECONDARY INTENSI FIER MECHANISM
Dr

Piston 2 has two channels, a

and b, that lead to the two
ends of the piston. If jet
valve nozzle / is in its mid-
dle position, the fluid pres-
sure is the same at both
ends of the piston and it
remains stationary. If jet
valve nozzle / is diverted
from its middle position,
equilibrium is disturbed and
piston 2 moves in the direc-
tion the jet valve nozzle is
inclined. At this, four-way
directional valve 3 admits
fluid to one or the other end
of servomotor 4.

149
 SHP
3752 FLUID FOLLOW-UP CONTROL MECHANISM
Dr

Fluid tinder pressure is delivered through port 4 to the annular

groove of piston 1 from where it passes through radial hole a
to the annular groove of valve spool 2, This spool is shifted
by stem 3 inside piston /. When the spool is shifted to the right,
the fluid passes from the annular groove of spool 2 through
channel b to the left end of the cylinder, moving the piston to the
right as well. From the right end of the operating cylinder, the
fluid passes through channel c in the piston to the left annular
groove of spool 2 and through its radial and axial passages to the
tank, passing through radial hole d in the rod of piston /.
When the spool is shifted to (he left, the piston moves in the
same direction.

150
 I SHP
3753 FLUID FOLLOW-UP CONTROL MECHANISM

t k
When fluid is delivered from the pump to cylinder the casing
/,
of pump 3 is moved to the right. At this, the end of the right-
hand cylinder is connected through axial channel a to the tank.
When crank 4 is turned, the end of the right-hand cylinder is
connected to the pump through axial channel b, a helical groove
on the spool and a radial hole in piston 2. At this, the casing of
pump 3, owing to the difference in the effective areas of the
pistons, is moved to the left.

151
 SHP
3754 HYDROPNEUMATIC CYLINDER MECHANISM
Dr

Compressed air From the mains is admitted by a directional de-

vice through port 1 into the annular cylinder formed by pipes 3
and 4. At this, annular piston 2 moves to the right and liquid
from the annular cylinder passes through ports 5 and 6 into the
right end of the inner cylinder. Piston 7 moves to the left be-
cause port 8 is connected to the atmosphere. With this motion of
piston 7, piston rod 9 is extended. To provide for the required
velocity of motion of piston 7 a regulating valve, not shown, is
mounted in the pipeline between ports 5 and 6. If the required
velocity of motion of piston 7 is constant and the same for the
Forward and reverse strokes, the regulating valve may be a sim-
ple flow-control valve. In the reverse stroke, port 1 is connected
to the atmosphere and compressed air is admitted into port 8.
Piston 7 moves to the right, and the liquid from the right end of
the inner cylinder is forced through ports 6 and 5 into the right
end of the annular cylinder, moving annular piston 2 to the left.

152
 PNEUMATIC THREE-POSITION CYLINDER
3755
MECHANISM

When compressed air is admitted into port 2 and ports / and 3

are connected to the atmosphere, the piston rod is set in its
middle position. If compressed air is admitted through port 3
and ports J and 2 are connected to the atmosphere, pistons 5
and 6 move to the left and the rod is extended. If compressed air
is admitted through port 1 and ports 2 and 3 are connected
to the atmosphere, pistons 4 and 5 move to the right and the
rod is retracted.

STATIONARY- ROD HYDRAULIC CYLINDER [SHP

. i

3756
MECHANISM IDr

When fluid is admitted into the right end cylinder / through

of
an axial channel in stationary piston rod 2, the cylinder, together
with table 3 to which it is attached, travels to the right. When
fluid is admitted into the left end of the cylinder, table 3 travels
to the left.

153
 When the pressure of the fluid is raised in left end / of the cylin
der, piston 2 moves to the right. It is returned to its initia
position by a spring (not shown).

When the pressure of the fluid is raised iti left end 1 of the cylin-
der, piston 2 moves rod 3 to the right arid forces the fluid out of
right end 4. When the pressure is raised in end 4, piston 2
moves rod 3 to the left.

154
 8. BRAKE MECHANISMS (3759 through 3763)

SHP
3759 HYDRAULIC BRAKE MECHANISM
Br

n I

i
9
Brake disks 1 are keyed on
shaft 3. Space 2 between the
disks and the housing is V\ \ -

filled with a liquid. The brak-

ing torque on shaft 3 is var-
ied by filling space 2 with
more or less liquid-

3700 ELASTIC-LINK HYDRAULIC BRA KE MECHANISM

Actuated by compressed air

or oil admitted through hose
/ intoelastic chamber 4,
this chamber forces station-
ary disks 2, by means of
flexible member 5, against
disks 3 rotating about fixed
axis B B. This brakes disks 3.
-

155
 SHP
3761 PNEUMATIC FRICTION BRAKE MECHANISM

0)

{*)

The action of compressed air (Fig. a), delivered through tube 6,

shifts piston 1 to the right, overcoming the resistance of spring 5.
This pushes balls 2 into conical space 3 which is limited by the
surface of pusher 4. As pusher 4 moves upward it spreads shoes 7
(Fig. £>), turning them about axis A, The pneumatic elements
of the mechanism are shown in an enlarged scale.
Moving in cylinder connected by ports a and d to the tank,
1,
are piston’2, whose rod 3 is linked to the brake pedal, andj pis-
ton 4. When the brake pedal is depressed, fluid Rows through
channel e to the rear wheel brakes and through port b to the
front wheel brakes. When the pedal is released, springs 5 and 6
move pistons 2 and 4 to the left, and fluid from the mains is
admitted into main cylinder 1. If there is a leak in the line lead-
ing to the rear brakesjthrough channel e, or if the line is dam-
aged|the*rear brakes fail to operate and piston 2 approaches and
contactsjpiston 4. Owing to the force exerted on rod 3, the
fluid flows through plug 7 to the front wheel brakes. If the leak
is in the line leading to the front wheel brakes, these brakes fail
to operate and the force exerted on the rod moves piston 2. The
pressure thus produced shifts piston 4 to the end of its stroke.
Then the fluid in the space between the pistons is forced out
through channel e to the rear wheel brakes. Ports a serve to
admit fluid from the tank to the main cylinder. Ports d com-
pensate for temperature changes in the volume of fluid, for
leakage and surplus fluid, as well as for changes in the volumes
of the operating cylinders of the brakes upon adjustments of the
brakes.

157
 HYDRAULIC FRICTION- DISK WHEEL SHP
37C3
BRAKE MECHANISM Br

Brake housing / contains six disks 2 keyed to and having only

,

axial motion in the housing, and five rotating disks 3 (alternat-

ing with disks 2 ) keyed to the wheel being braked. Fluid under
pressure is admitted through connection 4 into annular cylin-
der 5, moving annular piston 6 to the right and thereby pressing
the disks together to obtain the braking action. The disks are
forced up against shaped washer 7.
 . RELAY MECHANISMS (3764 and 3765)

When the pressure of the fluid at port / exceeds the preset value,
plunger 2 is raised, compressing a spring whose tension is adjust-
ed by threaded member 3 and surplus fluid drains through a hole
t

in the plunger and port 4 to the tank. Raised together with the
plunger is pusher rod 5, linked to the plunger, which automat-
ically switches the pump drive motor on or off.

159
 RELAY MECHANISM FOR AXIAL SHIFT SHP
3765
OF A TURBINE Re

The end of the turbine shaft designed as valve spool 1 which

is

fits into cylinder 2. Fluid admitted into cylinder 2 passes through

holes in the valve spool to safety switch 3. The piston of the
switch is subject to the action of spring 6 and the fluid pressure.
Upon axial shift, valve spool / moves to the right and opens
drain ports a. At this, the pressure of the fluid drops and spring 6
actuates the safety switch to stop the turbine. Spindle 4 and
hand 5 serve to indicate axial shift of the turbine rotor. To
check the position of the rotor, spindle 4 is pushed to the left
until it contacts the central extension of the shaft. Then hand 5
indicates the axial position of the rotor on the scale.
 1

10. REGULATOR MECHANISMS (3766 and 3767)

Dl RECT- ACTION PRESSURE REGULATOR SHP

3766
MECHANISM Rg

Throttle flapvalve 3 turns A k

about fixed axis A. Rigidly
attached to valve 3 is pul-
ley 4 over which flexible
cord 5 runs. One end of cord
5 is attached at point B to
bell member 2 and the other
end at point C to counter-
balancing weight 6. When the
pressure changes in pipeline
/, connected to the space
under bell member 2 by
tube 7 t the bell member rises
or descends. This turns throt-
tle flap valve 3 and contin-
ues until the pressure in
the pipeline approaches the
preset value again.

POLZUNOV BOILER WATER LEVEL REGULATOR SHP

3767
MECHANISM Rc

Steam Feedwater

1 1

Float / is rigidly attached to

yokes 2, which slide along
feedpipe 3, and is linked to
valve 4. When the water lev-
el in the boiler is changed
by the change in steam con- ;it;

Bf
sumption, float 1 is raised or
lowered. This operates valve
4 which changes the amount
of water fed into the boiler.

11—0114 161
 11. MECHANISMS OF OTHER FUNCTIONAL
DEVICES (3768 through 3786)

WHEELHEAD BACKLASH ELIMINATION SHP

3768
MECHANISM FD

\ \ \ v\ - \
k. \ v \ v.

Wheelhead 1 travels along the ways of base 2 and is rigidly

attached to piston 3 which is subject to the pressure of fluid
in the cylinder. Fluid is admitted to the cylinder through tube 4
and valve spool 5 which is shifted by handle 6 The fluid flow can
.

be switched over by handle 6 so that grinding wheel 9 is retract-

ed from workpiece 10 (in interna) grinding as shown). The
wheelhead is set into the required position by handwheel 7
and screw 8.
 SHP
3769 HYDRAULIC VALVE LIFTER MECHANISM
FD

When cam 1 turns counterclockwise about fixed axis A valve

,

lifter 2 is raised, compressing spring 3 and lifting valve 4 off

its seat. At this, ball valve 5 is closed by the fiuid. The fluid
seeps through the clearance between plunger 6 and cylinder 7.
Upon further rotation of cam 1, valve 4 drops back on its seat.
Regulating chamber B is filled with fluid through raised ball
valve 5, Fluid is admitted inside the valve lifter through port a.

li* 163
 COUNTERRECOIL MECHANISM WITH A VALVE-TYPE SHP
3770
RECOIL BRAKE FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS FD

Upon
recoil of the barrel, linked by rod / to piston 2, fluid is
forced out of cylinder 3 through raised valve 4 and channel a
into air tank 5, moving floating piston 6 to the right. Valve 4 is
the recoil brake. The size of the orifice through which the fluid
escapes is regulated to suit the fluid pressure and the force exert-
ed by spring 8. Maximum opening of the valve is limited by
stem 9. Upon counterrecoil, air compressed in air tank 5 forces
out the fluid through channel d, opened ball valve 7 and chan-
nel b into cylinder 3. At this, piston 6 moves in the reverse direc-
tion. Ball valve 7 is the counterrecoil brake.

164
 HYDRAULIC RECOIL AND COUNTERRECOIL SHP
3771
BRAKE MECHANISM FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS F D

Cylinder / brake and variable recoil control rod 2 are

of the
stationary during recoil and counterrecoil. Rod 3 and piston 4
recoil together with the barrel. At this, fluid from working end
d of cylinder 1 is forced out into space e where it divides into
two streams: one flowing into idle end b of the brake cylinder and
the other pushing back moderator valve 6 and passing into
space f. Upon counterrecoil, the fluid advances rod 3 onto control
rod 2 and moderator valve 6 is pressed against the end face of
the control rod, closing the hole of the valve. Fluid from space /
escapes only through grooves a on the inside surface of rod 3
into space e. After filling the vacuum, fluid from end b is
forced into end d.

VALVE RECOIL AND COUNTERRECOIL BRAKE SHP

3772
MECHANISM FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS FD

a 5
Inside cylinder /, attached to the barrel, is stationary rod 2 with
piston 3. Piston 3 has lugs a which enter helical slot d on the
inner surface of cylinder /. Piston 3 can rotate with respect to rod
2 but cannot slide along it. Arranged at both ends of piston 3
are valves 4 and 5 with ports (grooves) b. The valves, held against
rotation by keys e, can slide axially a certain distance.
Upon recoil to the right, the piston turns on its rod, closing the
ports of valve 4, held against the piston by the pressure of the
fluid which is forced out through ports b behind the piston, and
this brakes the recoil motion. Valve 5 is shifted away from the
piston. Upon counterrecoil, the fluid flow is'in the opposite
direction. Braking begins only after the vacuum is filled, and is
carried out by valve 5.

165
 GROOVE-TYPE RECOIL BRAKE AND NEEDLE-TYPE SHP
3773 COUNTERRECOIL BRAKE MECHANISM
FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS FD

Upon recoil of the barrel and rigidly attached rod / and piston 2
to the right, fluid from working end A flows through groove a on
the inner surface of cylinder 3 into idle end B. This brakes the
recoil. At this, a vacuum is set up in end B because the volume
freed by the piston in end B is greater than the volume of fluid
forced out of end A. During counterrecoii, after filling the vacu-
um, fluid is forced through groove afrom end B to end A, braking
the counterrecoii. At this, piston ^advances onto needle member 4,
secured to the cylinder, forcing out the fluid inside the recess of
the piston through the clearance. This also brakes counterrecoii.

PNEUMATIC COUNTERRECOIL MECHANISM SHP

3774
FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS FD

Upon recoil to the right, piston 2, whose rod I is attached to the

barrel, compresses the air in cylinder 3 . Upon counterrecoii,
the compressed air, acting on the piston, returns the barrel to its
initial position. Leakage of air from the cylinder is prevented by
delivering fluid to the seals of the counterrecoii mechanism at
a pressure somewhat exceeding that of the air compressed in
the mechanism. Fluid is delivered from intensifier 5 having
piston 4 with different effective areas on its two ends. Air is at
,

the right end of piston 4 and fluid at the left. The right end of
the intensifier cylinder is connected to cylinder 3.
 HYDROPNEUMATIC COUNTERRECOIL MECHANISM S HP
3775
FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS F j>

Upon recoil ol the barrel, rod 1 with piston 2, linked to the

barrel, moves to the right, forcing fluid from cylinder 3 through
throttle valve 5 into tank 4. As recoil ends, air compressed in
tank 4 forces the fluid back into cylinder 3. At this, piston 2 is
moved to the left by the fluid effecting counterrecoil of the barrel.
The opening in the throttle can be changed, thereby varying the
velocity of motion of the barrel.

AIR HAMMER MECHANISM WITH VALVE-TYPE SHP

3776
AIR DISTRIBUTION PD

In the working stroke of piston / to the right, compressed air

is admitted through channels a d and b to the left end of the
t

cylinder. From the right end of the cylinder, air is forced out
through ports f to the atmosphere. Near the end of the working
stroke, ports f are closed by the piston and the remaining air is
compressed and passes through channel g. This shifts plate
valve 2 to the left. At the end of its stroke to the right, piston 1
strikes hammer head 3. In the return stroke, air passes through
channels a, e and g to the right end of the cylinder. At the end
of the return stroke, compressed air in the left end of the cylin-
der shifts valve 2 to its initial position.
 > b
In the working stroke of piston /, when it strikes the hammer
head, compressed air is admitted t tiro ugh channel a to the right
end of the cylinder. From the left end, air is forced out through
channel d, annular groove b and port f into the atmosphere.
At the end of the working stroke, compressed air, passing along
channel g, shifts slide valve 2 to the right and is admitted through
channel d to the left end of the cylinder, effecting the return
stroke of piston 1. From the right end the air is discharged through
,

port e. At the end of the return stroke, port e is closed by pis-

ton /, air in the right end of the cylinder is compressed and it
shifts slide valve 2 to the left. This begins the working stroke
again.

Compressed admitted through channel a annular groove d

air, t

of the piston and channel b, moves piston / to the left. Air from
the left end of the cylinder is discharged to the atmosphere through
port /. At the end of its working stroke, piston 1 closes chan-
nel b and discharge port f, and opens channel g and discharge
port e. Then compressed air is admitted through channel a ,

annular groove d and channel g, effecting the return stroke of

piston /.

m
 HYDRAULIC ANGULAR VELOCITY SHP
3779
EQUALIZER MECHANISM ED

wsfiai

Torque transmitted to rotor 2, mounted on shaft A t by means

is

of friction forces between the rotor and a viscous liquid which

is rotated by housing 1. The transmission of motion by a viscous

medium provides for more uniform rotation of driven shaft A.

HYDRAULIC ANGULAR VELOCITY SHP

3789
EQUALIZER MECHANISM KD

Upon rotation of tube 1 rig-

,

idly mounted On shaft A

and partly filled with mer-
cury, the centre of gravity
of the mercury moves away
from axis x-x in proportion
to the angular velocity of
shaft A. This increases the
moment of inertia of the
shaft-tube system. Thus, by
varying its own moment of
inertia, the system equal-
izes the angular velocity of
the shaft which is subject to
periodic disturbing fluctua-
tions.
 SHP
3781 PNEUMATIC DRILL MECHANISM
FD

When button / is pressed, compressed air, admitted through dis-

tributing device 2, moves axially arranged pistons 3. Shoulders
a of pistons 3 engage inclined washer 4 mounted on spindle 5
and rotate the spindle. Exhaust air is released to the atmos-
phere through port d.

170
 HYDROPNEUMATIC FLUID REPLENISHER SHP
3782
MECHANISM FOR ARTILLERY SYSTEMS FD

/ U

2 3a
The fluid replenisher consists of tank
connected to the brake
/,
cylinder and filled partly with liquid and partly with air.
Upon recoil, valve 3 actuated by spring 2 an a compressed air,
t

closes and prevents flow of liquid into the brake cylinder. At the
end of the counterrecoil, piston 4 pushes back valve 3 and the
surplus volume of liquid, due to its heating during intensive
firing, is discharged into the replenisher. As the liquid cools, its
volume decreases and liquid forced out of the replenisher
is
into the braking cylinder.

The replenisher is a supplementary tank into which liquid

fluid
is forced from the brake cylinder when the liquid expands due to
its heating during intensive firing. Liquid is returned to the
brake cylinder when its volume decreases upon cooling, Replen-
isher tank / is connected by tube 4 to brake cylinder 2, being
separated by partition 3, The replenisher tank is filled with
liquid and air {at a pressure of atm and higher). Upon intensive
1

firing the volume of the air is reduced because surplus liquid

passes into tank I from cylinder 2 through tube 4. This raises
the pressure of the air. As the liquid cools, it is forced in the
required quantity by the air pressure back into cylinder 2.

\n
 SHP
3784 HYDRAULIC SHELL CASE TESTING MECHANISM FD

Fluid admitted under piston

1 moves it upward so that
it clamps shell case 3 through
pad 2 against crosspiece
4 which is secured to the
base by two col umns 5. A tube
with valve 6' passes through
the crosspiece to release air
when the shell case is filled
with water. When water
appears in the valve, it is
closed. Water for the lest is
delivered through tube 7.

SHP
3785 SIMPLE CARBURETTOR MECHANISM
FD
Air supplied to the engine
passes through venturi /.
Owing to the increase in air
velocity, the pressure in the
r venturi drops sharply. At
from chamber 2 is
N this, fuel
drawn up through gauged
hole a in a tube located along
the axis of the venturi. By
means of float 3, a constant
level of fuel is maintained in
—-J|C— chamber 2. As
the level
drops, float 3 descends, turn-
ing about fixed axis A. At
this, the other end of lever 4
2 5
is raised, opening valve 5
t and thereby increasing the
Fuel
amount of fuel supplied to
the float chamber. When the
valve 5 is
level rises, closed,
stopping the supply of fuel
to the chamber.

172
 PNEUMATIC PISTON-TYPE ACCUMULATOR SHP
3786
MECHANISM FD

As piston J is moved upward, air in upper space 2 is compressed,

accumulating potential energy. The liquid serves to prevent the
air from leaking through from one space to the other (below the
piston).

173
SECTION TWENTY-NINE
Lever-Type
Hydraulic

and Pneumatic
Mechanisms
LHP
1. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mecha-
nisms RP (3787 through 3850)
2. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding
Mechanisms GC (3851 through 3892)
3. Regulator Mechanisms Rg (3893 through
39 3)
1

4. Flow-Control and Directional Valve

Mechanisms FC (3914 through 3925)
5. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing
Devices M
(3926 through 3942)
6. Damper and Cataract Mechanisms DC
(3943 through 3947)
7. Drive Mechanisms Dr (3948 through 3953)
8. Valve Mechanisms Va (3954 through 3959)
9. Control Mechanisms Co (3960 through
3968)
10. Mechanisms of Materials HandlingjEquip-
ment MH (3969)
11. Hammer, Press and Die Mechanisms HP
(3970, 3971 and 3972)
12. Clutch and Coupling Mechanisms C (3973)
13. Mechanisms of Other Functional Devices
FD (3974 through 3989)
 1. ROTARY VANE AND PISTON PUMP MECHANISMS
(3787 through 3850)

LEVER MECHANISM OF A DOUBLE HINGED- VANE LHp

3787
ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrical-
ly located with respect to
the geometric axis ot hous-
ing 3. Vanes 2 turn about
axes B. When the rotor ro-
tates, vanes 2 are held against
the housing by centrifugal
force and deliver liquid in
the direction of the arrows.
Vanes 2 are retracted into
slots a in rotor /.

LEVER- ECCENTRIC MECHANISM OF A DOUBLE LH p

3788
HINGED-ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP rp

Circular rotor 1 rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A p coinciding with the
geometric axis of housing 3.
Rotor 1 contacts the internal
surface of housing 3. When
rotor 1 rotates, liquid is
delivered in the direction of
the arrows. The suction and
discharge chambers are sep-
arated by two hinged abut-
ments 2 which turn about
fixed axes B and are con-
stantly held against the ro-
tor by springs {not shown).

12-0114 177
 LEVER-ECCENTRIC MECHANISM OF A TRIPLE LHP
3789
HINGED- ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A, coinciding with the
geometric axis of housing 3.
Rotor 1 contacts the internal
surface of housing 3. When
rotor 1 rotates, liquid is de-
livered from the suction to
the discharge chambers which
are separated by three hinged
abutments The abutments
2.
turn about fixed axes and
are constantly held against
the rotor by springs (not
shown).

LEVER MECHANISM OF A SIX HINGED-VANE LHP

3790
ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor J rotates about

fixed axis A, coinciding with
the geometric axis of hous-
ing 2. Vanes 3 turn about
axes B. When the rotor ro-
tates, vanes 3 are held against
the housing by centrifugal
force or springs (not shown)
and deliver liquid in the
direction of the arrows.
Vanes 3 are retracted into
slots a in rotor i.

178
 .

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HINGED-VANE LHP

3791 ROTARY PUMP WITH LARGE ANGLE
RP
OF VANE SWING

Shaped rotor rotates about fixed axis A, eccentrically located

/

with respect to the geometric axis of housing 2. Vanes 3 and 4

turn about axes B When the rotor rotates, vanes 3 and 4 are
held against the housing by centrifugal force. In the position
shown, liquid is drawn in from suction input b, while discharge
output e is closed by vane 4. The action of the vanes alternates.

VANE ROTARY PUMP MECHANISM LHP

3792
WITH FREE CYLINDERS RP

Rotor /, having four rigid

vanes a, rotates about a fixed
axis, eccentrically located
with respect to the geometric
axis of housing 2. Four cyl-
inders 3 can roll and slide
freely along the interna!
surface of housing 2 and
along vanes a. When rotor /
rotates, cylinders .? are held
constantly against the inter-
nal wall of housing 2 by
centrifugal force, forming the
necessary seals between the
rotor and housing.

12 * 179
 ,

ECCENTRIC- ROTOR SLIDING- VANE ROTARY LHP

3793
PUMP MECHANISM RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed axis
A coinciding with the geomet-
ric axis of housing 2. Vanes 3
slide in slots a of the rotor.
When rotor / rotates, liquid is
delivered in the direction of
the arrows. Vanes 3 are held
constantly against the internal
surface of housing 2 by centrif-
ugal force, and separate the
suction and discharge chambers.

LINK WORK MECHANISM OF A FOUR LHP

3794
HINGED- VANE ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A eccentrically locat-
,

ed with respect to the geometric

A axis of housing 2. Four vanes 3
rotate about fixed axis B, coin-
ciding with the geometric axis
of housing 2. Links 4 are con-
nected by turning pairs C and
D to vanes 3 and rotor 1. When
rotor 1 rotates, liquid is deliv-
ered in the direction of the
arrows.

180
 LlNKWORK MECHANISM OF A SWINGING VANE LHP
3795
AIR BLOWER RP

Disk rotates about fixed

/
axis A. Levers 4 and 5
turn about fixed axis B
and are rigidly attached,
one each, to vanes b and
a. When disk l rotates,
vanes a and b are oscillate
ed with levers 5 and 4
by links 2 and 3, con-
nected by turning pairs C
and D to disk 1 and le-
vers 5 and 4. Vanes a
and have flap check
b
valves 6 which open
when the vanes swing
downward and dose when
they swing upward.
When disk / rotates,
vanes a and b pump air
out through pipe e.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A DOUBLE LHP

3798
SECTOR- VANE ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor i rotates

about fixed axis A, eccen-
trically located with re-
spect to the geometric axis
of housing 2. Vanes 3, of
sector shape, turn about
axes B. When rotor 1
rotates, liquid is deliv-
ered In the direction of
the arrows. The vanes
are held against the in-
ternal surface of housing
2 by centrifugal force,
and are retracted into
recesses a in rotor L
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TRIPLE HINGED LHP
3797
ELASTIC-VANE ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrically
located with respect to the
geometric axis of housing 2.
Elastic vanes 3 turn about
axes 8. When rotor 1 ro-
tates, vanes 3 are held against
the internal surface of hous-
ing 2 by centrifugal force
and deliver liquid in the
direction of the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF SEMIROTARY LHP

3798
VANE PUMP RP

Disk / rotates about fixed

axis B and is connected by
turning pair Dslider 2
to
which reciprocates in slot a
of vane 3. Vane 3 turns
about fixed axis A. When
vane 3 swings to the right,
liquid is drawn in frum
suction input b and is deliv-
ered through discharge out-
put c. When vane 3 swings
back to the left, liquid
passes through a check valve
(not shown) in the vane to
the discharge chamber at the
right of the vane, and suction
inlet b is closed by another
check valve (not shown) to
pr eve lit reverse (low of the
liquid.

182
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP
3799
OF A HINGED-VANE PUMP RP

Housing / rotates about fixed

axis A and is connected by turn-
ing pair B to vane 3 which slides
in slot a of disk 2,Disk 2
rotates about fixed axis D.
When housing / rotates, vane 3
reciprocates in slot a ot disk 2,
rotating the disk and deliver-
ing liquid in the direction of
the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP

OF A ROTARY VANE PUMP RP

Ring rotates about fixed axis A,

1
eccentrically located with re-
spect to the geometric axis of
housing 4. Ring 1 has slots in
which vanes 2 and 3 slide.
Vanes 2 and 3 have slots a
which envelope axis A, When
ring 1 rotates, vanes 2 and 3
deliver liquid in the direction
of the arrows.

183
LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP
FREE-VANE PUMP RP

Rotor / rotates about fixed

axis A, eccentrically located
with respect to the geometric
axis of housing 2. Rotor J
has three slots a in which
vanes 3 slide. The vanes
have steel balls at their
t>

outer ends and are held

constantly against the inter-
nal surface of housing 2 by
centrifugal force. When ro-
tor / rotates, the vanes deliv-
er liquid in the direction
of the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP k

SPRING-LOADED-VANE PUMP RP

Rotor / rotates about fixed

axis A, eccentrically located
with respect to the geomet-
ric axis of housing 2. Rotor
1 has four slots a in which
vanes 3 slide. Springs 4
hold the vanes constantly
against the internal surface
of housing 2. When rotor 1
rotates, vanes 3 deliver liq-
uid in the direction of the
arrows.
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY Lm
3803
MULTIPLE- VANE VARIABLE-DISPLACEMENT PUMP pp

Rotor rotates about fixed axis A and has seven vanes 2 sliding
1
in radial slots of the rotor. When rotor 1 rotates, vanes 2 are
held against the internal surface of cylindrical housing 3, located
eccentrically with respect to centre A of rotor 1. The suction and
discharge chambers are formed between vanes 2, rotor 1 and
housing 3. Housing 3 is mounted in ball bearings d in yoke
member 4. Turning yoke member 4 about shaft 5 increases or
reduces the eccentricity of housing 3 with respect to rotor /.
This increases or reduces the delivery of liquid. Channels a and
b in the rotor shaft are for the suction and discharge of the
liquid.

185
 ,

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3804
VANE PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about fixed axis A eccentrically located

with respect to the geometric axis of housing 4. Vanes 2 slide
freely in radial slots a of rotor I. Guide ring 3 has ports for
fluid flow. When rotor / rotates, vanes 2 are held against the
internal surface of guide ring 3 by centrifugal force and deliver
fluid (liquid or gas) in the direction of the arrows. Suction and
discharge chambers are formed between housing 4, guide ring 3,
vanes 2 and rotor /,

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP

OF A SLIDING- ABUTMENT
RP
ROTARY- HOUSING PUMP

'
;V'S. . s

Housing 1 rotates about fixed axis A and has guide-slots b in

which abutments 3 slide. Abutments 3 are held by springs 4
with their ends d against circular stationary rotor 2 whose geo-
metric axis is located eccentrically with respect to axis A,
When housing / rotates, liquid ts delivered as shown along
channels / and e.

186
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP I

3806 OF A SPIRAL- HOUSING

RP
ROTARY VANE PUMP

V?''
B !

Crank 1 rotates about fixed axis B and

has pin d sliding along slot c of
member 2 Member 2 is connected by a sliding pair to slider 3 which
+

rotates about fixed axis A. Vanes f* rigidly attached to member 2 slide

%

with their ends a and b along the internal surface of the housing which
has the shape of a Jimagcm of PascaL Liquid is delivered in the direction
of the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3807
SECTOR- VANE PUMP RP

Double crank / rotates about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pairs C and D to sliders 4 and 5 which slide along slots e and / of links 2
P

and 3* Links 2 and 3 rotate about common fixed axis B, Rigidly secured
to links 2 and 3 are equal sectors a. When crank / rotates* sectors a deliv-
er liquid In the direction of the arrows.

187
 LINK WORK MECHANISM OF A TWO-CHAMBER LHP
3808
SEMI ROTARY VANE PUMP RP

-I-

T 1

Crank 1 about fixed

rotates
axis A. Two-blade vane 2 oscil-
lates about fixed axis D. Con-
necting rod 3 is connected by
turning pairs B and C to crank 1
and vane 2, The pump has two
chambers, a and b. When crank
/ rotates, vane 2 delivers liquid

clockwise and separates the

suction and discharge chambers
which are connected to cham-
bers a and b.

LINKWORK MECHANISM OF A SINGLE-CHAMBER LHP

3809
SEMI ROTARY VANE PUMP RP

Crank /rotates about fixed

axis A. Vane 2 oscillates about
fixed axis Connecting rod 3
is connected by turning pairs
B and C to crank / and vane 2.
The pump has one chamber a.
When crank / vane 2
rotates,
delivers liquid clockwise and
separates the suction and dis-
charge chambers. Vane 2 has a
check valve (not shown) for

7 the liquid to pass through on

the return stroke.
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY VANE LHP
3810
PUMP WITH A CARDIOID- SHAPED HOUSING RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A and has diametral
slot a in which vane 2 slides.
The internal surface of housing 3
has the shape of a cardioid with
its pole at point A. When rotor
/ rotates, vane 2 slides with
its ends along the internal sur-
face of housing 3, delivering liq-
uid in the direction of the
arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3811
VANE PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrically locat-
ed with respect to the geomet-
ric axis of housing 2. Rotor 1
has three separate guides a in
which pistons 4 slide. Pistons
4 are actuated by springs 5.
Vanes 3 are connected by turn-
ing pairs B to pistons 4. When
rotor 1 rotates, vanes 3 are
held constantly against the in-
ternal surface of housing 2 and
deliver liquid in the direction
of the arrows.

189
 ,

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3812
THREE- VANE PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis .4, eccentrically locat-
ed with respect to geometric
axis B of housing 2. Vanes 3
rotate about fixed axis B and
slide in bearing members 4
which are connected by turning
pairs to rotor 1. When rotor 1
rotates, vanes 3 deliver liquid
in the direction ol the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3813
VANE PIJMP RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates about

fixed axis A eccentrically locat-
ed with respect to geometric
axis B of housing 2. Vane 3
rotates about fixed axis B and
slides in arc-shaped slot a of
rotor /. When
rotor / rotates,
vane 3 delivers liquid in the
direction of the arrows.

190
 LINK-GEAR-CAM MECHANISM LHP
38H OF A ROTARY VANE PUMP RP

Rotor /. having three

symmetrical guide slots
b. rotates about fixed
axis A. Varies 3, sliding
along slots have
b, rollers
4 which slide and roll in
curvilinear profiled slot a
in pump housing 2. When
rotor 1 rotates, vanes 3
deliver liquid in the
direction of the arrows,

LINK-GEAR-CAM MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3815
PISTON PUMP RP

Cylinder block f consists

of six symmetrically ar-
ranged cylinders a and
rotates about fixed axis
A. Reciprocating in the
cylinders are pistons 2
which have rollers 3 that
slide and roll along cur-
vilinear profiled slot b in
the housing. When cylin-
der block / rotates, pis-
tons 2 reciprocate with
respect to the cylinders
which are used to pump
a fluid (liquid or gas).

191
 l»nk-gear mechanism of a double-crank LHP
3SI6
ROTARY PISTON PUMP RP

Double crank rotates about fixed axis A and^ is connected by

/
turning pairs & and Oto sliders 3 and 6 which reciprocate in
guide slots 2 and 5 of rotor 4. Rotor 4 rotates about fixed axis C.
When crank / rotates, liquid is delivered in the direction of the
arrows. Guide slot 5 and slider 6 , behind a partition, are shown
by dash lines.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3817 PISTON PUMP WITH A HOUSING
RP
OF SPECIAL SHAPE

Cylinder / rotates about fixed axis A. Piston 3 reciprocates in cylinder /

and has rod b with rollers a at its ends. The internal surface of the housing
is profiled in such a manner that all the chords passing through axis A
are of equal length. This shape may be, for example, a cardioid. When
cylinder 1 rotates, rollers a roll around inside the housing and reciprocate
pump piston 3.

192
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP
3818
OF AN 0 SCI LLAT1NG-CY LINDER PISTON PUMP rp

Crank 1 rotates about fixed

axis A and is connected by turn- A'
ing pair B to piston 3 which
reciprocates in bore a of cylin- —3
der 2. Cylinder 2 turns about
fixed axis C. When crank / ro-
tates, cylinder 2 oscillates, al-
ternately connecting the pump
chamber with the suction and
discharge ports b and d.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP

3819
OF AN OSCILLATING-CY LINDER PISTON PUMP RP

Crank /^rotates about axis A and is connected by turning pairs to

fixed
three sym metrically arranged pistons 2 which reciprocate in bores d of
oscillating cylinders 3 As cylinders 3 oscillate, they open and close suc-
.

tion and discharge channels. The liquid Is drawn into the pump through
common suction inlet a and is discharged through outlet h ,

13-0114 193
 .

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM. OF A ROTARY LHP

3820
FREE- DISK* VANE PUMP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrically local-
ed with respect to the geometric
axis of housing 2. Rotor 1 has
three symmetrical radial slots
in which three cylindrical disks
3 freely slide. When rotor / ro-
tates, disks 3 are held constant-
ly against the internal surface
of housing 2 by centrifugal force
and deliver liquid in the
direction of the arrows.

3821 FREE-VANE ROTARY PUMP MECHANISM

RP

Circular rotor } rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrically locat-
ed with respect to the geomet-
ric axis of housing 4, Rotor
/ has a slot in which vanes 2
and 2' slide freely. Varies 2
and 2‘ are
connected by turning
pairs C and C
to annular
sectors 3 and 3' which slide
around a slot inside housing 4.
The suction and discharge
chambers are formed between
c vanes 2 and 2', housing 4 and
rotor I

194
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP
3822
RADIAL-PISTON PUMP RP

-AS ' S
f, // / /S ' ‘ * .

'SSA
y
'
s / /*
'
> Sj

Circular rotor 1 rotates about fixed axis B, eccentrically located

with respect to the geometric axis of housing 5. Rotor 1 has six
symmetrically arranged cylinders 5 in which pistons 2 recipro-
cate. Pistons 2 have rollers 4 which roll and slide in circular slot
b having its centre at axis A of housing 3. When rotor i rotates,
the upper cylinders draw in liquid through suction input channel
a and the lower cylinders deliver the liquid through discharge
output channel d.

13 * 195
 LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3823
OF A ROTARY PISTON PUMP RP

Rotor /rotates about fixed axis A and has cylinder d in which

piston 3 reciprocates. Piston 3 is connected by turning pair C
to member 2 which rotates about fixed axis B. Owing to the
eccentricity a between axes A and B of links / and 2, when rotor
1 rotates, piston 3 reciprocates with respect to rotor L This
motion is used to pump a liquid.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3824
OF A ROTARY PISTON PIJMP RP

Housing rotates about fixed

1
axis A. Slider 3 reciprocates
along axis y-y in guide slot a
of housing/. Piston 2 recipro-
cates along axis x-x of guide
slot b in slider 3 and is con-
nected by a turning pair to
fixed circular eccentric cam
4, Axes x-x and y-y are at
right angles. Housing 1, ro-
tating about axis A is also
t

used as a pulley. This rota-

tion reciprocates piston 2 and
slider 3 along perpendicular
axes. Eccentric cam 4 is
rigidly secured to axis A.
The motion of piston 2 is
used to pump a liquid.

196
 LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3825
OF A PISTON PUMP RP

Circular eccentric / rotates about fixed axis A and is connected by a turn-

ing pair to slider 2 which reciprocates along axis y*y in straight guides of
piston 3. Piston 3 reciprocates along axis jt^jc with harmonic motion.
When eccentric / rotates, liquid is delivered in the direction of the arrows,
passing through valves 4 ,

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF A TWO-CYLINDER LHP

3826
ROTARY PISTON PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates

about fixed axis A and
has four symmetrically
arranged ports a. Piston
3 reciprocates in cylin-
der b of rotor /. Piston
3 has cylinder d sliding
along piston 2 which ro-
tates about fixed axis B .

When rotor / rotates,

pistons 2 and 3 deliver
liquid in the direction
of the arrows.

197
 LINK-GEAR MECHANISM OF THE 01 LG EAR LHP
3827
ROTARY RADIAL PISTON PUMP RP

Rotor 1 rotates about

fixed axis A and lias four
symmetrica lly arranged
cylinders d in which pis-
tons 2 reciprocate. Pis-
tons 2 have at their ends
sliders / which recipro-
cate in guide slots e of
drum 3 Drum 3 rotates
.

about fixed axis B, eccen-

trically located with res-
pect to axis A. When
rotor 1 and drum 3 ro-
tate, pistons 2 recipro-
cate along axes y-y and
sliders along axes x-x,
f
delivering liquid from
the suction to the dis-
charge channels.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3828
OF A HOLLOW-SHAFT PISTON PUMP RP

Circular eccentric / ro-

tates about fixed axis A
together with hollow
shaft a and is connected
by a turning pair to
slider 2 which recipro-
_tj cates along axis y-y in a
guide slot of piston 3.
Piston |
reciprocates
along axis xx and its
motion is used to pump
a liquid. The hollow
shaft serves as a pipe-
line.

198
 MECHANISM OF A ROTARY SWASH-PLATE LHP
3829
AXIAL PISTON PUMP RP

Stationary cylinder block 1 contains pistons 2 reciprocated by

the driving swash plate 3 to which they are held by springs 6.
Liquid is drawn in through ball valve 10 and discharged through
ball valve 4. The body of the swash plate is hinged to drive
shaft 5 and, by means of link 7, to sleeve 8 of pressure spring 9.
In its rotation shaft 5 drives the body of the swash plate and
spring 9 holds the body in the inclined position. As the pres-
sure increases in the discharge line, plate 3 approaches its verti-
cal position (perpendicular to the axis of the pump) and the
pump delivery is reduced.
 LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3830
OF A SPLIT-COLLAR ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor ! rotates about

eccentrically located axis A,
coinciding with the geomet-
ricaxis of housing 3. Rotor
/ is encircled by split collar
2 whose rounded ends a slide
along fixed partition d of
housing 3. When rotor / ro-
tates, collar 2 slides along
internal surface b of housing
3 and delivers liquid in the
direction of the arrows.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3831 OF A DOUBLE- ROTOR SPLIT-COLLAR
RP
ROTARY PUMP
Rigidly attached to each
other, circular rotors / and 2
rotate about eccentrically
located fixed axis A, coincid-
ing with the geometric axis
of housing 5. Rotors 1 and 2
are encircled by split col-
lars 3 and 4 whose rounded
ends a and slide along
b
fixed partition d of housing
5, When rotors V and 2 ro-
tate, collars 3 and 4 slide
along internal surfaces e
and / of housing 5 and deliv-
er liquid in the direction
of the arrows. The chamber
inside surface e. of the hous-
ing is connected by chan-
nels (not shown) with the
inputand discharge channels.
 LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3832 OF A ROTARY VANE COMPRESSOR WITH
A STATIONARY ECCENTRIC RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates

about fixed axis A, eccen-
trically located with res-
pect to the geometric
axis of housing 4. Vanes
2, having flat heads a at
one end, reciprocate in
guide slots b of rotor/.
When rotor 1 rotates,
heads a of vanes 2 slide
along stationary circular
eccentric 3 and deliver
the fluid (liquid or gas)
in the direction of the
arrows. The suction and
discharge chambers are
formed between varies 2,
housing 4 and rotor /

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3833
OF A ROTARY VANE PUMP RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates

about eccentrically locat-
ed fixed axis A, coincid-
ing with the geometric
axis of housing 2. Vanes
3 rotate about axis A
and slide in bearing mem-
bers 4 which are connect-
ed by turning pairs to
rotor /. When rotor 1 ro-
tates, vanes 3 deliver liq-
uid in the direction oF
the arrows.

201
 LINKWORK MECHANISM OF A TRIPLE VANE LHP
3834
ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

fixed axis A, eccentrical-
ly located with respect to
the geometric axis of hous-
ing 5. Three vanes 3 rotate
about fixed axis D, coin-
ciding with the geometric
axis of housing 5. Links 2
are connected by turning
pairs B and C to rotor 1
and vanes 3. When rotor 1
rotates, varies 3 deliver liq-
uid in the direction of the
arrows, sliding with their
ends along the internal sur-
face of housing 5.

LEVER- ECCENTRIC MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP

3835
COLLAR PUMP RP

Circular eccentric 1 rotates

about fixed axis A, coincid-
ing with the geometric axis
of housing 4. Eccentric 1 is
encircled by collar 2 which
slides along the internal
surface of housing 4. Collar
2 is connected by turning
pair B to abutment member 3
which separates the suction
and discharge chambers and
oscillates about fixed axis C.
Member 3 has liquid input
channel a and discharge chan-
nel b. When eccentric I ro-
tates, liquid is delivered
from channel a lo channel b.

m
 LEVER-ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3836
OF A ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A coinciding with the
,

geometric axis of housing 3.

Rotor / slides along the in-
ternal surface of housing 3.
Connecting rod 4 is connected
by turning pairs B and C
to rotor I and to rocker arm
2 which oscillates about
fixed axis D. When rotor 1
rotates, liquid is delivered
in the direction of the ar-
rows. The suction and dis-
charge chambers are sepa-
rated by abutment a which
is rigidly attached to rock-
er arm 2.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3837
OF A ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor J rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A, coinciding with the
geometric axis of housing 2.
Rotor / slides along the in-
ternal surface of housing 2,
Vane 3 is connected by turn-
ing pair B to rotor 1 and
slides in angular guides b of
housing 2. When rotor /
rotates, liquid is delivered
in the direction of the ar-
rows. Vane 3 of the rotor
serves to separate the suction
and discharge chambers.

m
 LEVER- ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3838
OF A HINGED-ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A, coinciding with the
geometric axis of housing 3.
1
Rotor 1 slides along the in-
ternal surface a of housing 3
and delivers liquid in the
i i

direction of the arrow's.

Abutment 2 turns about
fixed axis B and its head b ,

held against rotor / by

gravity or a spring {not
show n), serves to separate
r

the suction and discharge

chambers.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3839
OF A COLLAR-TYPE ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular rotor 1 rotates about

eccentrically located fixed
axis A, coinciding with the
geometric axis of housing*#.
Rotor 1 is encircled by col-
lar 2, having vane a which
slides in bearing member 3.
Member 3 is connected by a
turning pair to housing 4.
When rotor 1 rotates, liquid
is delivered in the direction
of the arrow’s. Vane a of
collar 2 separates the suc-
tion and discharge chambers.
 LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP
3840
OF A ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular eccentric / rotates

about fixed axis A and is
connected by a turning pair
to sleeve e of link 2, Rigidly
attached to sleeve e is con-
centric sleeve /, Link 2 reci-
procates along straight guide
slot k of crosshead 3 which
is connected by sliding pairs
B to fixed housing 4, When
eccentric /rotates, sleeve /
rolls and slides around sleeve
4 which is part of the fixed
housing. This pumps the liq-
uid through channels a
and d. Collar 5 with shank b
separates the suction and
discharge chambers.

SLIDER-CRANK MECHANISM OF A COLLAR-TYPE

3841
ROTARY PUMP Rp

Circular eccentric l rotates

about fixed axis A, coincid-
ing with the geometric axis
of housing 4, and is connect-
ed by a turning pair to
connecting rod 2 whose col-
lar b encircles eccentric I.
Connecting rod 2 has head a
which is connected by a turn-
ing pair to slider 3, reci-
procating in fixed guides d.
When eccentric rotates, col-
/

lar b slides along the inter-

nal surface of housing 4,
delivering liquid in the di-
rection of the arrows.

205
 ,

LHP
3842 SLIDER-CRANK MFXHANISM OF A ROTARY PUMP
RP

Circular eccentric / rotates about

fixed axis A and
connected by Is
a turning pair to sleeve d of
link 2 Rigidly attached to sleeve
*

d is concentric sleeve e which has

head / sliding in fixed guide
slot k of housing 4. When eccen-
tric / rotates, sleeve e rolls and
slides around sleeves p and r t

which are parts of fixed housing

4 Collar 3 is connected by a
turning pair to sleeve d and its
shank is connected by a sliding
pair to bearing member 5 which,
in turn, is connected by a turn-
ing pair to fixed sleeve p. Collar
3 and shank
separate the
its
suction and discharge chambers
formed by sleeves e p and r. t

Liquid enters and exits through

channels a and b .

LHP
3843 SLIDER-CRANK MECHANISM OF A ROTARY PUMP
RP

Circular eccentric l rotates about

fixed axis A and Is connected hy
a turning pair to sleeve d of
link 2. Rigidly attached to sleeve
d is concentric sleeve e which has
head / sliding in fixed guide slot
ft of housing 4* When eccentric /
rotates, sleeves d and e roll and
slide around sleeves p and r t

which are parts of housing 4,

Link 3 is connected by a turning
pair to sleeve p and Its shank m
Is connected by a sliding pair to
bearing member 5 which, in
turn, is connected by a turning
pair to sleeve e. Link 3 and
its shank separate the suction and
discharge chambers formed by
sleeves d f r, p and r. Liquid enters
f and exits through channels a
h^ and b ,

206
 LHP
3*444 SLIDER-CRANK MECHANISM OF A ROTARY PUMP
RP

Crank / rotates about fixed axis A

and is connected by turning pair
B to connecting rod 2 which is ri-
gidly attached to circular housing
member a. Connecting rod 2 is
connected by turning pair C to
slider 6 which reciprocates along
fixed guide slot b. When crank /
rotates, housing member a rolls
and slides with its internal surface
around the external surface of
fixed sleeve 4. Link 3, turning
about fixed axis D, is connected
by a sliding pair to bearing mem
ber 5 which, in turn, is connected
by turning pair E to connecting
rod 2. Link 3 separates the suc-
tion and discharge chambers formed
by member a and sleeve 4. Liq-
uid is delivered in the direction
of the arrows.

LINK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP

3845
OF A ROTARY- HOUSING PUMP RP

Housing / rotates about fixed

axis A and and
rolls slides
around member 2 which rotates
about fixed axis B. Vane b of
member 2 slides in angular
guides a of housing /. When
housing 1 rotates, liquid is de-
livered in the direction of the
arrows. The input and discharge
channels are not shown.

207
 UNK-GEAR MECHANISM LHP
3846
OF A ROTARY HOUSING PUMP RP

Housing l rotates about

fixed axis A
and rolls
and slides around mem-
ber 2 which rotates about
fixed axis B. Vane a of
member 2 slides in bear-
ing member 3 which is
connected by a turning
3air to housing /. When
lousing 1 rotates, liquid
is delivered in the direc-
tion of the arrows. The
input and discharge chan-
nels are not shown.

LINK-GEAR ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3847
OF A ROTARY PUMP RP

Circular eccentric / and

link 4 having an eccen-
,

trically located cylindri-

cal chamber a rotate ,

about fixed axis/4. Eccen-

tric / is connected by a
turning pair to collar 2
whose shank b slides in
bearing member 3. Mem-
ber 3 is connected by a
turning pair to fixed
sleeve 5. When eccentric
/ rotates, liquid in cham-
bers a and d is delivered
in the direction of the
arrow's.

208
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A PUMP WITH LHP
3848
AN ECCENTRIC IN A HOUSING RP

Circular eccentric / is con-

nected by turning pair A to
rocker arm 4 which oscil-
lates about fixed axis B, Pul-
ley 5 rotates about axis B
and transmits rotation
through flexible link 3 to pul-
ley 6 of equal diameter which
is rigidly attached to eccen-

tric 1. When eccentric / ro-

tates, it moves up and down
in chamber 2, serving as a
piston in a cylinder.

SPHERICAL MECHANISM LHP

3849
OF A WOBBLE-PLATE PUMP RP

Crank / rotates about fixed

axis A and is connected by
turning pair B to link 2
which has spherical bearing
D. Axes A and B intersect
at point O, the centre of
spherical bearing D. Wobble
plate 3, mounted perpendic-
ular to the axis of link 2,
rolls over two fixed cones d
of housing 4 . When
crank /
rotates, two chambers: suc-
tion and discharge, are
formed between plate 3 and
housing 4, Liquid is drawn
in and delivered through
channels a and b.

0114 209
Crank 1 rotates about fixed axis A and is connected by turning
pair B to link*2 which has a spherical bearing. Axes A and B
intersect at point 0, the centre of the spherical bearing. Wobble
plate c, mounted perpendicular to the axis of link 2, roils over
two fixed cones b of the housing. When crank 1 rotates, plate a
delivers liquid in the chambers of the pump From
suction input d
to discharge output e. The suction and discharge chambers are
separated by partition / in the plane of the drawing.
 2. GRIPPING, CLAMPING AND EXPANDING
MECHANISMS (3851 through 3892)

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC VISE

3851
WITH A HINGED CLAMP GC

When piston / moves to the right by the action of fluid delivered

to the left end hinged clamp 3 clamps workpiece 2.
of the cylinder,
Clamp 3 is connected by turning pair A to movable jaw 4 which
is rigidly attached to rod 5 of piston /. As piston 1 is moved to
the left by spring 6, workpiece 2 is released.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3852
UNIVERSAL-JAW VISE GC

, 05 4 5
\\.
When
piston / moves to the right
by the action of fluid delivered
to the left end of the cylinder,
workpiece 4 is clamped by uni-
versal swivelling jaws 5. Fach
swivelling Jaw is a semicyllnder
rocking about axis 0 and bearing
against the cylindrical recess In
Jaw holders 2. Jaws 5 are set to
the required angle by means of
two pins 3 which arc Inserted
through holes in the Jaw holders
Section H
into recesses a of jaws 5, The
2 -
vise can clamp work with either
parallel or inclined side surfaces
and the work can be set and
clamped at the required angle*

14* 211
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HY DRAULIC VISE LHP
3853
WITH LATCH LEVERS GC

When
piston 1 moves to the right by the action of fluid deliv-
ered to the left end of the cylinder, movable jaw 2 clamps
workpiece 3 located on pin 4. At this, latch levers 5, turning
about fixed axes A and actuated by spring-loaded plungers 6,
snap over the workpiece. Fluid is delivered to the cylinder
through channel 7 and is controlled by directional valve 8.
As piston / is moved to the left by spring 9, workpiece 3 is
released and latch levers 5 pull it olT pin 4.

212
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A MULTIPLE-ACTION
3854
HYDRAULIC VISE GC

4 2 12 5 3 6

When piston 1 moves to the right by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the left end of cylinder 7, workpieces 2 and 3 are clamped
by clamp 4, hinged to rod 5, and clamp 6, rigidly attached to
cylinder 7. At the same time, damp 6, moving to the left with
cylinder 7, pushes pin 8 which turns clamp 9 about fixed axis A,
clamping third workpiece 10. The workpieces are released and
the cylinder, piston and clamps are returned to their initial
positions by springs II, 12 and 13.

213
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3855
MULTIPLE CLAMPING DEVICE GO

When fluid delivered into the left end of cylinder /, it moves

is
to the left and piston 3 moves to the right. Cylinder 1 is con-
nected by turning pair A to rocker arm 2 which turns about fixed
axis C and, by means of crosspiece 5 and swivelling clamps 5',
clamps four workpieces 4 in the vertical direction. At the same
time, piston <?, whose rod c is connected by turning pair D to
pivoted clamp 6, turns the clamp about fixed axis B, clamping
workpieces 4 in the horizontal direction. The cylinder, piston,
rocker arm and clamps are returned by spring 7 to their initial
positions, releasing workpieces 4.

214
 ,

Workpiece 4 is mounted on two locating pins 2. One pin has

a cylindrical locating surface and the other a diamond-shaped
surface with the larger axis of the diamond pin perpendicular
to the line of centres through the pins. A diamond locating pin
is required so that the workpiece can be readily mounted on
the pins even with deviations in the centre-to-centre distance
between its holes. Rocker arm 3, connected by turning pair A
to the rod of piston l t has rounded ends fitting into slots in pins 2.
When piston / moves to the right by the action of fluid delivered
to the left end oF its cylinder, workpiece 4 is clamped against the
end face of housing 6 by slotted strap 7 that engages the heads
of locating pins 2. As piston 1 is moved to the left by spring 5,
workpiece 4 is released and, after removing strap 7 can be taken
off pins 2.

215
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3857
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / moves

downward by the action
of fluid delivered to the
top end or the cylinder,
motion is transmitted
through yoke 2 and links
3 to levers 4 which turn
about fixed axes A and
clamp workpiece 5, The
maximum clamping force
is exerted at an angle a
1*«M| approaching 180°,Work-
Ltftil
piece 5 is released when
\V'A
piston / is moved upward
by spring 6.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3858
CLAMPING MECHANISM GC

When piston / moves up-

ward by the action of
fluid delivered to the bot-
tom end of the cylinder,
yoke 2, secured on the
piston rod, turns bell-
l
X i

I
*
1

l
733
-

1
/if |l
1
ll
crank lever 3 about fixed
'T'T'.
AM
x 1 axis A. The rounded end
fh
r v\> -f
L -J of one arm of lever 3
s
V 1
-2* a cm fits into the slot of yoke
2. Lever 3 transmits mo-

A
rfZ\i 7
\- .1
4
A
.

8 — Tfi
v
pEfte A tion through link 4 to
lever 5 which turns about
H .a fixed axis B and clamps
workpiece 6 located in
ll ^ rrrto \
V- block 7. Workpiece. 6
is released and all the
links are returned to
their initial positions
when piston / is moved
downward by spring 8.

216
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3859
ROLLER-TYPE CLAMPING DEVICE GC

Two triangular plates / are linked together with turning pairs by

crosspiece 2 and rocker arm 4. Rocker arm 4 turns about fixed
axis A and is connected by turning pairs 5 and C to plates 1
and to link 6, which, in turn, is connected by turning pair D to
the rod of piston 5. Pressfitted into the triangular plates are
four axles on which four rollers are mounted and rotate. Two
rollers 7 roll and slide along horizontal slots in the body of the
device, and two rollers 8 along vertical slols. When piston 5
moves downward by the action of fluid delivered to the upper end
of the cylinder, plates / turn about point O, tending to position
all the axes of the rollers in a single vertical plane. At this,
crosspiece 2 f together with inserted clamping bolt 3, moves
downward, turning damp 10 about fixed axis E to clamp work-
piece 9 which is located by V-block 11. To release the workpiece,
liquid is delivered to the bottom end of the cylinder, moving
piston 5 upward. This turns triangular plates 1 in the reverse
direction, rollers 7 slide along the horizontal slots to the right;
rollers 8 slide along the vertical slots upward, raising cross-
piece 2 and bolt 3.

217
 .

LEVER MECHANISM OF A FLOATING-CYLINDER

3860
HYDRAULIC CLAMPING DEVICE

Workpiece 3 is located by V-
block 4 and levers 2 which turn
about fixed axes A. When piston
/ moves upward by the action
of fluid delivered to the bottom
end of cylinder 6, piston rod 5
/i clamps workpiece 5 in V-block
£
s 4. Cylinder 6, floating in the

easjs body of Ihe device, moves down-

ward and locates and clamps
workpiece 3 by means of le-
vers 2 The workpiece is re-
leased, and the piston, cylinder
and levers are returned to their
initial position by springs 7
and 8.

W'hen piston / moves to the right by the action of liquid deliv-

ered to the left end of the cylinder, rocker arm 2, whose rounded
ends enter slots in damping bolts 3, moves the bolts and V-
block 6 clamping workpiece 5 against locating surface a. Work-
,

piece 5 is released when piston 1 is moved to the left by

spring 4.

218
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3862
MULTIPLE-ACTION CLAMPING DEVICE GC

Workpiece / is located by its three parallel cylindrical surfaces

of which two bear against a flat surface of the body and the
third is located by V-block 3. Workpiece 2 is located by two
perpendicular V-blocks 4 and 5. When piston 6 moves downward
by the action of fluid delivered to the top end of the cylinder,
rocker arm 7, connected by turning pair A to the piston rod,
actuates plungersJSso that the workpieces are clamped and locat-
ed by V-blocks 3 and 4. Plungers S are retracted with the
V-blocks by springs 9 to release the workpieces.

219
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A DOUBLE LHP
3863 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING DEVICE
GC
FOR RECIPROCAL MACHINING

When piston moves downward by the action of liquid delivered to the

/
top end of the cylinder, motion is transmitted through levers 2, J, 4 and
5 tn clamping lever 6 which turns about fixed axis A. This clamps the
workpieces in V-bloeks by a system of rocker clamps 7, 8 and 9 The left*
.

hand clamping device is ol identical design. The two halves of the device
(fixture) operate in a reciprocal machining cycle: while the w orkpieces in
one half are being machined, the finished workpieces are being removed
from the other hall and new blanks are loaded. The workpieces are released
when piston / is moved upward by spring 10.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3864
INTERNAL CLAMPING DEVICE GC

3 a *

Workpiece 3 is located with its hole on shoulder a and is clamped

by two levers 2 which turn about fixed axes A. When piston 1
is movedto the left by the action of fluid delivered to the right
end of the cylinder, motion is transmitted through spherical
washer 4 to levers 2. The workpiece is released and ievers 2 are
retracted to allow it to be removed when piston / is moved to
the right by spring 5.

220
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3865
INTERNAL CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved

upward by the action of
fluid delivered to the
bottom end of the cyl-
inder, motion is trans-
mitted through rocker
arm 2, connected by turn-
ing pair B to the piston
rod and turning about
fixed axis A, and bolt 3
to removable clamp 4
which clamps workpiece
5, Clamp 4 is inserted
into holes of workpiece 5
and its slot engages the
head of bolt 3. Work-
piece 5 is released (after
pulling out clamp 4)
and rocker arm 2 and
piston 1 arc returned to
the initial position by
spring 6.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3866
EXTERNAL CLAMPING DEVICE GC

Workpiece by shoulder a, is clamped by its external

3, located
flange with two clamping members 2 having slots for the round-
ed ends of rocker arm 4. Rocker arm 4 is connected by turning
pair A to rod 5 of piston /, When piston / is moved to the right
by the action of fluid delivered to the left end of the cylinder,
workpiece 3 is clamped against the locating end face. The work-
piece is released and clamping members 2are turned to allow it to
ae removed when piston 1 is moved to the left by
spring 6.

221
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3867
EXTERNAL CLAMPING DEVICE GC

Workpiece 5, located by shoulder a is clamped by its external

,

flange with three levers 2 (only two are shown) which are con-
nected by turning pairs A to link 7 whose spherical recess bears
against the spherical head of bolt 4. Bolt 4 is screwed into rod 5
of piston /. When piston 1 is moved to the right by the action
of fluid delivered to the left end of the cylinder, workpiece 3 is
clamped against locating flange 8. The workpiece is released
when piston 1 is moved to the left by spring 6. Levers 2 are
retracted to enable the workpiece to be removed by springs 9
when the front ends b of the levers have been extended well
beyond ring 7.

222
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3868
MULTIPLE-CYLINDER CLAMPING DEVICE GC

12 8 7 9 10511 9 6

When fluid delivered into the upper ends of cylinders 1 and 2,

is

and into the left end of cylinder 3, rods 4 and 5 clamp work-
pieces 7 by means of strap clamps 6 and 9. Rod 8 damps a work-
piece directly. The workpieces are clamped in two perpendicular
planes. The workpieces are released, rods 4 and 5, strap clamps 6
and 9,' and the pistons are raised by springs 11 and 10. Rod 8
and its piston are retracted by spring 12.

LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3869 |

MULTIPLE CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of the cylinder, motion is transmitted through
roller 2 ,
mounted in the piston rod, and link 3 connected
,

by turning pair A to lever 4. Lever 4 turns about fixed axis B

and exerts pressure with its profiled lug b on plunger 5, moving
it to the left in guide a so that it clamps several workpieces 6.

Each workpiece is also pressed downward by a bevelled swivel-

ling member 7. The workpieces are released in the return stroke
of piston / when fluid is delivered to the left end of the cylinder.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3870
MULTIPLE CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved downward by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the top end of the cylinder, motion is transmitted
through levers 2, 3 4 and 5 to clamping lever 6 which turns
,

about fixed axis A. This clamps the workpieces in V-blocks by

a system of rockerclamps 7 and 8. Each clamp 8 clamps two adja-
cent workpieces at three points. The workpieces are released in
the return stroke of piston 1 when fluid is delivered to the bottom
end of the cylinder.

224
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3871
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

t*/sS/A

R T~,

5H |
r

When piston / is moved forward by the action of fluid delivered

to the other end of the cylinder, its rod 2, with spherical member
3, pushes wedge member 4 which spreads two plungers 5. Plung-
ers 5 turn levers 6 about fixed axes A, clamping workpiece 7
which is located by two pins a. In the return stroke of piston /,
levers 6 are returned to their initial position by springs 8 and
release workpiece 7, Adjusting screws 9 are provided to com-
pensate for large variations in thickness of the workpiece.

15-0119 22$
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3872
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2, mounted rigidly
on the end of the piston rod, actuates roller 3. This turns lever 4
about fixed axis A to clamp workpiece 5. Workpiece 5 is released
in the return stroke of piston / to the right when fluid is de*
livered to the left end of the cylinder.

226
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3873
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

2
When piston 1 is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-
ered to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2, mounted rigidly
on the end of the piston rod, pulls clamping bolt 3 downward.
Motion is transmitted further to sleeve 4, connected by turning
pairs A to levers 5 which turn about and slide along pins at
fixed axes B. Levers 5 clamp workpiece 6. The workpiece is re-
leased and levers 5 are retracted by spring 7 after wedge 2 is
moved to the right when fluid is delivered to the left end of the
cylinder. Levers 5 are retracted by their profiled slots a which
slide along the pins at axes B.

227
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3874
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

7 7 Section I I

When piston 1 is moved to the leltiby the action of fluid delivered

to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2 mounted rigidly on the
,

end of the piston rod, pushes plunger 3 upward. At this, spheri-

cal washer 4 turns levers 5 about fixed axes A to clamp workpiece
6, located on pins, by its inner flange. Workpiece 6 is released
and levers 5 are retracted when piston / is moved to the right by
fluid delivered to the left end of the cylinder. Plunger 3 and two
levers 5 are returned to the initial position by spring 7.
 WEDGE- LEVER MECHANISM LHP
3875 OF A SWIVELLING-CYLINDER HYDRAULIC
GC
CLAMPING DEVICE

Workpiece 4 is located with its bore on pinJ2 and is set in the

horizontal position by surface a of wedge 3 which slides in an
inclined slot in the body of the device. Wedge 3 is connected
by a turning pair to the rod of piston / which is moved to the
right by the action of fluid delivered to the left end of cylinder 6
.

Cylinder 6 turns about fixed axis A. When piston / is moved to

the left by spring 5, it moves wedge 3 to the left, releasing
workpiece 4,

229
 :

WEDGE MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3876
CLAMPING DEVICE WITH A ROCKING MEMBER CC

Hi

a hi

r/j-i

m
m
\ii

jjr
I 1
J lVv^

m
f
li
X /
Nil
^1
i -

m :*

When piston / is moved upward by the

action of fluid delivered to the bottom
end of the cylinder, wedge 2, rigidly
mounted on the piston rod, pushes
roller 3 and plunger 4 to the right.
Pivoted on plunger 4 is rocking mem-
ber 5 which locates workpiece 6 on its
two datum surfaces a and h. After
this, piston 7 is moved downward by
the action of fluid delivered to the top
end of its cylinder, pulling down a tie
bolt, attached to the piston rod, and
clamp 8 which damps workpiece 6
against horizontal locating surface.
a
Workpiece 6 is released in the return
strokes of pistons / and 7.

230
 WEDGE MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3377
EXPANDING MANDREL GC

When piston 1 is moved to the right by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the left end of the cylinder, draw rod 2 by means of ,

tapered members 4 and 5, expands slotted spring sleeve 6 to

locate and clamp thin-walled workpiece 3 on its previously
machined bore. Sleeve 6 is of the spring collet type with alternat-
ing slits cut from the two ends to enable it to be expanded.

LHP
3876 WEDGE MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC CHUCK
GC

When piston 1 is moved to the left by

delivered to the
fluid
right end of the cylinder, its rod spreads plungers 2 radially
outward, clamping a workpiece by its shoulder against the
end face of the chuck. The workpiece is located on two holes by
pins 3 Six plungers 2 sliding in radial holes machined in float-
.
,

ing ring 4 are retracted to the centre by springs 5, releasing the

,

workpiece, when piston / is moved by a spring to the right.

231
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3879
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

U 5 &

When piston / is moved downward by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the top end of cylinder 8, it pushes crosspiece 3, rigidly
attached to piston rod 2, downward. Crosspiece 3 is connected
by turning pairs A to drawbolts 4 which actuate wedge clamps 5.
These clamps slide along inclined surfaces in the body of the
device and clamp workpiece 6 in both the horizontal and verti-
cal directions. The workpiece is released in the return stroke of
piston / by the action of spring 7 which raises crosspiece 3 and
drawbolts 4, and the piston forces the fluid out of cylinder 8
and back into the tank.

m
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3880
CLAMPING DEVICE GC

Section M

When cylinder / ismoved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to its left end, draw rod 2 actuates strap 3 which exerts
uniform pressure on two gib-headed bolts 4, clamping workpiece
5 in the horizontal direction. At the same time, piston 5 is
moved to the right by the fluid and its rod 7 actuates strap 8
which exerts uniform pressure on two sliders 9. Bevels a of the
sliders push plungers 10 upward so that strap clamps 11 clamp
the workpiece at two points in the vertical direction. The piston,
cylinder and all the members linked to them are returned to the
initial position, releasing the workpiece, by springs 12 and 13.
This forces the fluid out of the cylinder back to the tank through
a passage in piston rod 7.

233
 ,

WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3881
CLAMPING DEVICE WITH FLOATING PLUNGERS GC

Milling
cutter A

Workpiece located by a V-block and the previously machined

l is

surfaces a are accurately located with respect to the slot d to

be milled. Surfaces a are set into the vertical position by two
floating plungers 3 which are spread by hydraulic plunger 4.
Locating surfaces b of the plungers should be strictly vertical.
Workpiece / is clamped when piston 5 is moved to the left by
fluid delivered to the right end of its cylinder. At this, wedge 6,
rigidly mounted on the end of the piston rod, actuates roller 2
which turns damp 7 about fixed axis A to clamp the workpiece.
The workpiece is released in the return strokes of plunger 4
and piston 5. At this, clamp 7 turns to an angle of 45° and plun-
gers 3 are pushed inward by springs 3 enabling the workpiece
to be removed.

234
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3882
THREE-JAW INTERNAL CLAMPING DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2, mounted rigidly
on the end of the piston rod, pushes wedge 3 upward with
spherical member 4. This turns lever cams 5 about fixed axes A ,

clamping workpiece 6 which is located by shoulder a. Cam levers

5 are retracted and the other links are returned to the initial
position, releasing the workpiece, by spring 7. Cam levers 5 are
conventionally shown in a single plane. Actually, the three
levers are equally spaced at 120° to one another.

WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3883
SELF-CENTERING CLAMPING DEVICE GC

^Wwvwww'v:

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2 mounted rigidly
,

on the end of the piston rod, pushes member 3 upward. Rollers

a roll along cone d of member 3, turning levers 4 about fixed
axes A to locate and clamp workpiece 5.

235
 When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-
ered to the right end of the cylinder, draw bolt 2 pulls cross-
piece 6 downward. By means of pins a, this turns levers 3
about fixed axes A to locate and clamp workpiece 4 by its bore.
When piston 1 is moved by fluid to the right, spring 5 raises
crosspiece 6, retracting levers 3 and releasing the workpiece. Two
levers 3 are conventionally shown. Actually, there are three
levers equally spaced at 120* to one another.

236
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3885
SELF-CENTERING CLAMPING DEVICE GC

n m

///./ y /j

Workpiece / is and clamped by two V-blocks 2 which

located
slide in fixed slots. When piston 3 is moved upward by the action
of fluid delivered to the bottom end of the cylinder, conical
member 4 mounted rigidly on the piston rod, spreads plungers 5
,

an equal distance from the centre. Plungers 5 turn levers $

about fixed axes A. This pushes V-blocks 2 inward to clamp
workpiece /.

237
Fluid isdelivered by pump 2 at constant pressure from tank 1
to directional valve 3 and along pipeline a to the middle space
of cylinder 4 (between pistons 5 and 6). By the action of the
fluid, pistons 5 and 6 are moved upward and downward, and, by
means of levers 7 and 8, the stock is clamped by vertical and
horizontal jaws 9 and 10. Fluid, forced out of the top and bottom
ends of cylinder 4, drains back to tank / through pipelines b,
channel c and pipeline d. When the spool of valve 3 is shifted
to the left, fluid is delivered through pipelines b to the top and
bottom ends of cylinder 4. This moves pistons 5 and 6 toward
each other and jaws 9 and 10 release the stock. Fluid, forced out
of the middle space of cylinder 4, drains back to tank / through
pipeline a, groove e, channel / and pipeline g. When pistons 5
and 6 approach each other, fluid delivered by the pump drains
to tank 1 through pipeline ft. Relief valve 11 allows surplus
fluid to drain back to the tank.
 WEDGE MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3887
COLLET CHUCK GC

Collet chuck 1, intended for clamping cylindrical workpieces of

various lengths, has adjustable stop 3 passing through a slot of
split collet 2. Collet 2 is attached to piston rod 4. When piston 5
is moved to the right by the action of fluid deliverer! to the
left end of the cylinder, workpiece 7 is clamped. H is released

when piston 5 is moved to the left by spring 6.

WEDGE MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3888
COLLET CHUCK GC

Collet /, serving to locate

and clamp the workpiece
by its external cylin-
drical surface, is actuated
by wedge 2 which is
mounted rigidly on pis-
ton rod 3. When piston 4
is movedto the left by
the action of fluid deliv-
ered to the right end of
cylinder 5 t the workpiece
is clamped. Adjustable
stop 6 locates the work-
piece in height. Spring
7, bearing against sleeve
which is screwed into
collet l pushes the col-
t

let to its upper position

when piston 4 is moved
to the right by fluid de-
livered to the left end
of cylinder 5.
 LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3889
THREE-JAW SELF-CENTERING CHUCK GC

Workpiece 6 is located
and clamped by master
jaws 1 with interchange*
able top jaws 2. When
piston 3 is moved down-
ward by the action of
fluid delivered to the
top end of the cylinder,
the piston rod pulls sleeve

m
$S$\

m jjj£
1 ^ VOi
4

A
downward,

to
turning
levers 5 about fixed axes
move master jaws I
l| n toward the centre of the
\ \\ j chuck. When piston 3 is

!
L
V\Vi
1
i

r
'

moved upward by fluid

YT delivered to the bottom
1

^ y yC7/VS/ end of the cylinder,

jaws 1 are retracted, re-
leasing workpiece 6.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3890
THREE-JAW SELF-CENTERING CHUCK GC

Section H

When piston i is moved to]the*right by-the[action of fluid deliv-

ered to the left end of the cylinder, sleeve 2, mounted rigidly
on the end of the piston rod, turns levers 3 about fixed axes 0.
Levers 3 move jaws 4 outward from the centre by an equal
amount. Thus, the jaws locate and clamp a workpiece by its
bore. The workpiece is released when piston / is moved to the
left by spring 5.
 WEDGE-LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3891
THREE-JAW SELF-CENTERING CHUCK GC

mm

WA '
-Oi
-BS
T- ^
1 ""

V-':

r^^^TT’r ^3
HI
1
7ZZZ

When piston 1 is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of the cylinder, wedge 2 t mounted rigidly
on the end of the piston rod, pulls sleeves 3 and 4 downward.
This turns levers 5 about fixed axes A, moving master jaws 6
with interchangeable top jaws 7 toward the centre by an .equal
amount. The jaws are retracted by spring 8 when piston l‘ is
moved to the right by fluid delivered to the left end of the
cylinder. Two jaws are conventionally shown instead of three.

16— Oi 14 241
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3892
LANDING-GEAR LOCKING DEVICE GC

When the landing gear is lowered, fluid is delivered through

connection 1 into cylinder 6, moving piston 2 to the left. This
shifts slide block 3 whose slot engages shank a of hook member 4.
As the hook member turns about its axis it releases the landing
gear. Spring 5 returns the hook member and piston to the initial
position.

242
 3. REGULATOR MECHANISMS (3893 through 3913)

LEVER MECHANISM OF A FLUID DELIVERY

3893
REGULATOR

Rod a cup 2 is connected by turning pair A to sleeve 5 which

or
slides along the axis of lever 6 Lever 6 turns about fixed axis B.
,

Stem b of valve 3 is connected by turning pair C to sleeve 7

which also slides along the axis of Jever 6. When the pressure in
the left portion of pipe i increases, cup 2 is raised, valve mem-
ber 3 is lowered and the delivery of fluid into pipeline 4 is re-
duced. When the pressure in the left portion of pipe / drops, cup
2 is lowered, valve member 3 is raised and the delivery of fluid
is increased.

I 6* 243
 LHP
3894 LEVER MECHANISM OF A PRESSURE REGULATOR
Rg

The fluid whose pressure be controlled flows along pipe I.

is to
A portion of the fluid flows along tube 3 and through flow-control
valve 4 to the upper space of a membrane chamber. When the
pressure of the fluid increases, membrane 5 is bent downward,
shifting rod 6 and plunger 2, This changes the amount of deliv-
ery and, consequently, the pressure. The pressure of the fluid
acting on membrane 5 is counterbalanced by weight 7, mounted
on lever 8 which turns about fixed axis A. Weight 7 can be
adjusted along lever 8. When the pressure drops, the elements
of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

244
 LHP
3895 LEVER MECHANISM OF A PRESSURE REGULATOR
Rg

Mounted at the end of stem a of valve spool 4 is roller 8 which

roils and slides in slot b of lever 9. Lever 9 turns about fixed axis
A and has at one end fork d in which roller 10 of rod 11 slides
and rolls. Rod 11 is attached to piston 2. When the pressure in
pipeline / increases, piston 2 moves upward and shifts valve
spool 4 upward. This connects the upper end of cylinder 5 to the
valve into which fluid is delivered. Piston 6 and shutter 7
begin to move downward, reducing the pressure in pipeline /.
When the pressure drops, the elements of the regulator operate
in the reverse direction.

245
 LHP
3896 LEVER MECHANISM OF A PRESSURE REGULATOR
Rg

When the pressure drops in pipeline /, the force transmitted by

bellows 6 through pin 2 to lever ,3 is reduced. As a result, lever 3
is turned by spring 4 about point A so that it closes nozzle 5.

At this, the pressure in pipeline 11 increases, and piston 10

moves downward, lifting the right end of lever 8 by means of
flexible link 7. Lever 8 turns about fixed axis B and raises
valve member 9 to increase the supply of the heat-carrying agent
to the system. When the pressure in pipeline 1 increases, the
elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

246
 lever mechanism of a cam- drive LHP
3897
PRESSURE REGULATOR Rg

When the pressure drops in the system, connected by pipeline

!0 to the left end of cylinder /, piston rod 2 is moved to the
left by spring 9 and its flange engages lug a of cam 3. This turns
cam 3 about fixed axis A shifting valve spool 4 to its left-hand
,

position. At this, fluid is delivered by a pump through pipe-

lines 6 and 5 and check valve 11 into the system. When the pres-
sure in the system increases above a preset value, the piston
and rod 2 are moved to the position shown and valve spool 4
connects the pump to the tank through pipelines 6 and 7, Push-
er 8 and spring 12 flip cam 3 rapidly from one extreme position
to the other.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A PRESSURE LHP

3898
REGULATOR WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK Rg

When the pressure increases in pipe-

line piston 2 is moved upward and
turns double4ork lever 3 about roller
A entering slot a of the lever. This
*

shiFts valve spool 4 upward so that

the upper end of cylinder 5 is con-
nected to Ihe valve, into which fluid Is
delivered. At this, piston 6 and sbut^
ter 7 begin to move downward* turn-
ing lever 3 about roller B mounted
t

on the rod of piston 2 so that point

t

C begins to move downward together

with valve spool 4. After a certain
time interval, point C reaches its
initial position, valve spool 4
blocks off the ports to cylinder 5 and
the motion of shutter 7 ceases,
When the pressure in pipeline /
drops, the elements of the regulator
operate in the reverse direction,

247
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A PRESSURE LHP
3899
REGULATOR WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK Rg

When the pressure increases in pipeline l, membrane 2 is bent

to the left and it shifts jet valve nozzle 3 so that its jet is direct-
ed into the left channel and fluid is delivered to the top end of
the servomotor. Piston 5 moves downward and shutter 4 is
moved into pipeline /, reducing the pressure. At the same time,
lever 6 is turned about fixed axis A, and intermediate link 10,
connected by turning pairs B and C to lever 6 and bellows 7,
compresses the bellows. The system consisting of two bellows,
7 and 8, is filled with fluid and is fluid-tight. When bellows 7
is compressed the pressure in it increases. This compresses bel-
lows 8 which, through spring 9, shifts jet valve nozzle 3 back
to its central position. When the pressure drops in pipeline /,
the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.
Links 11 and 12 are connected by two turning pairs D to lever C,
and by turning pairs E and F to piston 5 and to shutter 4.

248
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TEMPERATURE LHP
3900
REGULATOR Rg

The working fluid is admitted into the system through flow-con-

trol valve 6 and is delivered to nozzle 3. When the temperature
of the item being controlled increases, thermoelement 1 moves
shutter 2 toward nozzle 3, thereby increasing the pressure acting
on membrane 5. This moves rod 4, rigidly attached to the mem-
brane, downward, reducing the supply of heat-carrying agent
to the system and, consequently, the temperature of the item
being controlled. When the temperature drops, the elements of
the regulator operate in the reverse direction. Rod 4 has pin a
which slides in fork b of lever 7, turning about fixed axis A.
Weight 8 can be adjusted along the axis of lever 7 to regulate
the pressure on membrane 5.

249
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TEMPERATURE LHP
3901
REGULATOR WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK

The working fluid admitted into the system through flow-

is
control valve 6 and is delivered to nozzle 3. When the tempera-
ture of the item being controlled increases, thermoelement /
moves shutter 2 toward nozzle 3 thereby increasing the pressure
,

acting on membrane 5. This moves rod 4 rigidly attached to

,

the membrane, downward, reducing the supply of heat-carrying

agent to the system and, consequently, the temperature of the
item being controlled. As rod 4 moves downward, lever 7 raises
needle 8, partially closing the orifice in flow'-control valve 6.
This reduces the delivery of working fluid to the system and the
pressure on membrane 5. When the temperature drops, the
elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction. Rod 4
has pins A sliding in forks d and / of levers 7 and 9, which turn
about fixed axes B and C. Weight 10 can be adjusted along the
axis of lever 9 to regulate the pressure on membrane 5.

250
 LHP
3902 LEVER MECHANISM OF A THERMOELEMENT
Rg

Tube / is made of a material with a larger coefficient of linear

expansion than that of rod 2 inside the tube. The outer end of
rod 2 is rigidly attached to tube / and the inner end slides in
guide bushing 8. This end of rod 2 contacts the tip of screw 4
which is screwed into lever 5. Lever 5 has two supports 6 on
which it turns. On its other end, lever 5 has shutter S, opposite
which is cylindrical nozzle 9. Fluid delivered to nozzle 9 flows in
through the clearance between the shutter and nozzle and out
through port 7. The thermoelement is immersed into the medi-
um whose temperature is to be controlled. When the tempera-
ture increases, tube 1 expands more than rod 2 which is pulled
into the tube. At this, lever 5 turns counterclockwise and shut-
ter 8 approaches nozzle 9, reducing the clearance through which
the fluid flows. This raises the pressure in the cylinder of a ser-
vomotor (not shown) which makes the necessary changes in the
item being controlled. When the temperature drops, the elements
of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

251
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SPEED REGULATOR LHP
3903
WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK Rg

i
y

When
the speed of the machine increases, the balls of centrifu-
gal governor l move outward and its sleeve is raised along axis
y-y, turning lever 2 about point A. This raises valve spool 3,
admitting fluid to the lower end of the servomotor. As a result,
piston 6 of the servomotor moves upward, turning lever 5
about fixed axis C to lower shutter 4 and reduce the supply of
the heat-carrying agent to the machine. As piston 6 moves
upward, it turns lever 2 about point B and shifts valve spool 3
downward. When the spool reaches its middle position, piston 6
of the servomotor stops. When the speed drops, the elements
of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

252
 LEVER MECHANISM OF THE TORQUE LHP
3904
REGULATOR FOR A CALCULATOR Rg

The purpose oE the regulator is to transmit a constant torque to

shaft A of the calculator mechanism when a clockwise force is
applied to bell-crank lever / (see kinematic diagram). The
torque on shaft A is equalized by regulating the clear opening of
orifice b by means of shaped washers d. At this time, orifice a
is closed by ball valve 5. As the mechanism is returned to its

initial position by spring 2, piston 4 moves downward and

fluid raises ball 5 and passes through both orifices a and b,
sharply reducing the braking effect.

253
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A LIQUID LEVEL LHP
3905
REGULATOR Rg

2-
i

5 v

B F 10

FI oat chamber Jconnected to the tank whose level is to be

is
controlled. Inside chamber 1 is float 2 (shown by a dash line)
which is attached to a lever turning about fixed axis A, Also
turning about axis A is yoke 3 through which lever 4 passes.
Lever 4 is connected by turning pair B to tie-rod 6. Secured on
the other end of lever 4 is w eight 5. Tie-rod 6 is connected by
r

turning pair C to lever 8 which, in turn, is connected by turning

pair D to link 9 and by turning pair F to intermediate link 10.
Link 9 turns about fixed axis E. Intermediate link 10 links valve
7 to lever 8 along whose axis weight 11 can be adjusted.
Hand 12, indicating the level of the liquid on a scale, is attached
to the shaft at axis A. If the level in the tank drops, float 2
moves downward and lever 4 turns counterclockwise about
axis A. This opens valve 7 and increases the supply of liquid
to the tank. The liquid flows through valve 7 in the direction
of the arrows.

254
Acting on piston / from underneath is the hydrostatic pressure
of the water and from above, the pressure of compressed air and
spring 2. Piston / remains in its middle position as long as the
torpedo maintains the preset depth. Linked to piston 1 through
bell-crank lever 4 turning about fixed axis A> is pendulum 3
,

which issensitive to the inclination (tilt) of the torpedo. When

the torpedo tilts, pendulum 3 turns with respect to the body
and is used, together with piston J, to operate the depth rudder.
When the depth at which the torpedo travels decreases, and its
nose is raised, piston / and pendulum 3 shift shutter 8 to the
right. This admits compressed air into cylinder 7 of the servo-
motor and moves piston 9 downward to lower depth rudder 6
which turns about fixed axis B. When the depth increases,
cylinder 7 of the servomotor is connected to the outlet pipe and
spring 5 raises depth rudder 6.

255
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TWO-IMPULSE FEED LHP
3907
REGULATOR Rg

'r

Acting on membrane / of the regulating valve is the difference in

the pressures in the steam superheater and in pipeline 10 con-
nected to the boiler drum. Membrane / is linked to lever 2
which turns about fixed axis A. Attached to the end of lever 2
is a chain which runs over pulley 3, turning about an axle
mounted on lever 4, Lever 4 has weight 11 at one end and the
other end is linked to valve 5. When the steam consumption is
increased, membrane 1 is bent upward, compressing spring S.
This turns lever 2 clockwise, lever 4 is moved downward by
weight 11 and plunger 5 moves upward, increasing the water
supply to the boiler. The second impulse actuating the regula-
tor is obtained by the change in the water level in the boiler
drum which is connected to thermostatic tube 7 with an elon-
gating rod. The right end of the rod is fixed and the other end is
linked to beil-crank lever 8 to which tie-rod 9 is hinged. Tie-
rod 9 is linked to the chain whose other end is secured to lever 2
of the valve. The lower end of tube 7 is connected to the boiler
drum under the water level; the upper end, to the drum above
the water level, occupied by steam. When the water level in
the boiler drum drops, the rod of thermostatic tube 7 is elon-
gated, lever 8 is turned counterclockwise so that tie-rod 9
moves downward. This lowers lever 4 and raises plunger 5,
increasing the water supply to the drum. If steam consumption
is reduced, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction.

256
 LEVER MECHANISM OF DIRECT FEEDBACK LHP
3908
IN A REGULATOR Rg

When lever 1, linked to the piston of a servomotor, turns clock-

wise, spindle 2, connected by a screw pair to the upright, turns
lever 3 about fixed axis A. Lever 5 shifts jet valve nozzle 4.
Spindle 2 is conventionally shown: its axis is in the plane of the
drawing.

17-0114 257
When jet valve nozzle 1 is shifted by a change in pressure acting
on membrane 2, valve spool 3 is shifted to connect a groove of
the spool with cylinder 4 of the servomotor whose piston 8 is
moved by the working fluid. Lever 7, turning about fixed axis
A, is linked to piston 8 by flexible link 5 and is subject to the
action of stretched spring 6. Lever 7 shifts sleeve 9, disconnecting
the groove of valve spool 3 from servomotor cylinder 4.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF DIRECT FEEDBACK LHP
3910
IN A REGULATOR Rg

When the pressure of the air

acting on feedback bellows /
is increased, the bellows is
compressed, turning lever 2 5 U4
about A. Lever 2
fixed axis
turns link 3 from which
shutter 4 is suspended. As a
result, shutter 4 approaches
nozzle 5. When the air pres-
sure drops, the elements of
the direct feedback mecha-
nism operate in the reverse
direction.

LEVER MECHANISM OF DIRECT FEEDBACK LHP

3911
IN A REGULATOR Rg

Whenthe pressure on membrane /

is increased, the membrane is bent
to the left, shifting Jet valve
nozzle 2 so that it is opposite
left-hand channel a which is
connected to the right end of
cylinder 3, From the left end of
cylinder fluid is delivered to
the right end of operating cyl-
inder 5. As piston rod £ moves
to the left, it makes the neces-
sary changes In the item being
controlled (not shown). At the
same time, lever 7 is turned 2^
about fixed axis A and* through
spring 4, shifts Jet valve nozzle 2
back to the central position.
When the pressure on membrane
/ is reduced, piston rod £ moves
in the reverse direct ton.
¥
« /

17* 259
 LEVER MECHANISM OF DIRECT FEEDBACK LHP
3912
IN A REGULATOR
Rs

When the pressure increases in

Bourdon tube /, shutter 2 ap-
proaches nozzle 3 and the pressure
before the nozzle is raised. This
pressure acts on a valve which
releases air from a servomotor,
thereby reducing the pressure
acting on membrane 4, At this,
nozzle 3 is withdrawn from
shutter 2. When the pressure
drops in the item being con-
trolled, the elements of the reg-
ulator* operate in the reverse
direction.

When the pressure increases in

pipeline /, membrane 2 is bent
upward, shifting rod 3 lever 4
,

and valve nozzle 5 upward.

jet
Lever 4 turns about fixed axis A
and jet valve nozzle 5 turns
about fixed axis B. Rod 3 and
lever 4 have points f> and a
which slide along lever 4 and
jet valve nozzle 5. When the
pressure drops in pipeline /, the
elements of the regulator op-
erate in the reverse direction.

260
 4. FLOW-CONTROL AND DIRECTIONAL VALVE
MECHANISMS (3914 through 3925)
LEVER MECHANISM OF A ROTARY LHP
1

DIRECTIONAL VALVE fc

f ^\

Direction of fluid flow controlled by rotary member 1. In the

is
position. shown, fluid from the pump passes from port a through
passage d and port b to the system. Port / is connected through
passage e to the tank. When the valve is switched over by turn-
ing valve member 1 through 45° about fixed axis A‘A, either
by means of handle 2 or by trip dogs of the machine tool actuat-
ing lugs 3, port b is connected through passage e to the tank.
Ball-click stop 4 holds the rotary member in the required
positions.

261
In the position of spoof 2 shown, fluid under pressure is deliv-
ered from the pump to the power cylinder. Fluid from the ex-
haust end of the cylinder is drained through a groove of spool 2
to the tank. Braking of the machine tool table, linked to the
piston of the power cylinder, is accomplished by cones 3 of
spool 2, which throttle the fluid being drained to the tank.
When lever 1 is turned about fixed axis A by a stop on the ma-
chine tool table, spool 2 is first stationary, owing to the pro-
vision of slot a in which pin d of the spool slides. After lever /
reaches its extreme left-hand position, when its pointed lower
end passes over the point of member 5, which is actuated by
spring 4, spool 2 is shifted to its extreme left-hand position.
At this, fluid under pressure is admitted to the other end of the
power cylinder.
 /

THREE-POSITION SPOOL-TYPE DIRECTIONAL LHP

3916[ VALVE MECHANISM FOR AIRCRAFT
1
FC
LANDING GEAR

Low firing
\ Retraction Emergency lowering
f 3 2 f
\ l /

Section I-f

Q Slot a along fuj

length of housing

lowering He tract ion

Fluid from the pump is delivered to port / and then passes through
check valve 2, a groove of spool 3 and port 4 to the power
cylinder which retracts the landing gear. Fluid from the exhaust
end of the cylinder passes from port 5 to port 6, connected by
grooves and passages d to the middle and extreme left ends of
the valve and to the tank. When lever 7 is turned counterclock-
wise about fixed axis A, spool 3 is shifted to the left. At this,
fluid under pressure is delivered through port $ to the other end
of the power cylinder, lowering the landing gear. Fluid from the
exhaust end of the cylinder drains to the tank through port 6.
Port 8 serves to connect the exhaust ends of the power cylinders
to the emergency tank used in emergency lowering of the landing
gear by means of the manual emergency pump. In this case,
lever 7 is shifted to the extreme right-hand position in which
port 4 is connected through passages d to port 8 which leads to
the emergency tank.

263
 LINK WORK MECHANISM OF A SPOOL-TYPE LHP
3917 DIRECTIONAL VALVE FOR THE ELEVATOR
FC
OF AIRCRAFT

A double spool valve device is employed to control the elevator

of aircraft. It consists of valve spool 4, connected by links 9, 8
and 7 to auxiliary valve 5. This valve contains piston / with
hollow rod 6. Moving in hollow rod 6 is piston 2, connected by
flexible tie-rod 3 to the spindle of a gyroscope. Compressed air is
admitted through a passage in the body of auxiliary valve 5
from where it passes through openings a and d, regulated by
screws, into the upper and lower ends of valve 5, From these
ends, the compressed air can pass through passages in piston /
to the upper and lower ends of hollow rod 6. In the neutral posi-
tion of piston 2, both air input passages into hollow rod 6 are
blocked off. Upon motion of the gyroscope spindle, piston 2
moves inside hollow rod 6 and connects one of the ends of valve 5
to the atmosphere. At this, piston 1 and rod 6 are moved by the
compressed air. Their motion is transmitted through links 7, 8
and 9 to valve spool 4 which controls the elevator. The motion
of piston / continues until piston 2 blocks off the passages in
piston rod 6,

264
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SPOOL-TYPE LHP
39|8
PI LOT-OP E RATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE FC

In the position shown, fluid under pressure, admitted into the

directional valve, is delivered to the power cylinder. A part of
the fluid is admitted into the housing of pilot valve spool 2
and from there, through one of the flow-control valves 4, to the
right end of spool 3. Fluid from the exhaust end of the cylin-
der is drained through the valve to the tank- Braking of the
machine tool table, linked to the piston of the power cylinder,
is accomplished by cones a of spool 3 which throttle the fluid
being drained from the cylinder. The velocity of the spool and,
consequently, the braking conditions are varied by adjusting
flow-control valves 4, At a definite setting of the flow-control
valve, the velocity of spool 3 and the braking time are constant
for all table travel speeds. When lever / is turned about fixed
axis A, pilot spool 2 is shifted to the right. At this, a part of the
fluid under pressure is admitted to the left end of spool 3, shift-
ing it to the right as well. This delivers fluid under pressure
to the other end of the power cylinder. The exhaust end of
thisjcylinder is connected to the tank.

265
 In the position shown, fluid under pressure, admitted into the
directional valve through port /, is delivered to the power cyl-
inder through ports. A part of the fluid is admitted into the
housing of pilot valve spool 2 and from there, through one of
the flow-control valves 4 to the right end of spool 3. Fluid from
t

the exhaust end of the cylinder (through port fc) is drained to the
tank through valve 3 and flow-control valve 5 which regulates
the speed of the machine tool table, linked to the piston of the
power cylinder. The velocity of spool 3 and, consequently, the
braking conditions are varied by adjusting flow-control valves 4 ,

Flow-control valve 5 has a supplementary throttling slit a

through which fluid from the ends of pilot spool 2 is drained to
the tank. When lever / is turned about fixed axis A pilot spool 2
,

is shifted to the right. At this, a part of the fluid under pressure

is admitted to the left end of spool 3, shifting it to the right as
well. During the first portion of its travel, until its end face
blocks off fluid discharge from chamber 6 , spool 3 moves at
higher velocity. In its right-hand position, spool 3 delivers
fluid to the other end of the power cylinder. The exhaust end
of the cylinder is connected to the tank.

see
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SPOOL-TYPE LHP
3920
PILOT-OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE FC

In the position shown, fluid under pressure, admitted into the

housing of directional valve spool 3 is delivered to the power
,

cylinder, A part of the fluid is admitted into the housing of

pilot valve 2 and from there, through one or the flow-control
valves 4 to the right end of spool 3 Fluid from the exhaust end
V
.

of the cylinder is drained through grooves of valve spools 3

and 2 to the tank. Braking of the machine tool table, linked
to the piston of the power cylinder, is accomplished by cones a
and d which throttle the fluid being drained to the tank- When
lever 1 is turned about fixed axis A pilot spool 2 is shifted to
,

the right. At this, a part of the fluid under pressure is admitted

to the left end of spool 3, shifting it to the right as well. In
its right-hand position, spool 3 delivers fluid to the other end
of the power cylinder. The exhaust end of the cylinder is con-
nected to the tank.

m
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SPOOL-TYPE LHP
3921
PILOT-OPERATED DIRECTIONAL VALVE FC

Fluid under pressure

e f d b 1 *

Power
cylinder

As the machine tool table travels downward, stop a of the table

trips two-arm lever / which turns about fixed axis A, turning
the lever clockwise. At this, stem 2 of the pilot valve is shifted
to the right and, owing to the special shape of land k the deliv- ,

ery of high-pressure fluid, passing through the grooves of valve

spool 3 to the working end of the power cylinder, is gradually
reduced, thereby reducing the speed of the table. As the pilot
valve spool is shifted, high-pressure fluid, admitted through
port b, is delivered to the left end of spool 3, shifting it to the
right as well. At this, the table reverses and begins to travel
upward. Fluid from the right end of spool 3 is drained to the
tank. At the moment of reversal, the motion of pilot valve
spool 2 to the right is restricted because lug e of lever / contacts
stop f of the table. As the table continues upward motion, stop f
releases lever /, valve stem 2 is shifted to the left by the action
of fluid on spool land d. At this, spool 3 also shifts to the left,
increasing fluid delivery to the power cylinder and thereby
accelerating the table after reversal.

268
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A POPPET-TYPE LHP
3922
DIRECTIONAL VALVE FC

When handle S is turned

clockwise about fixed axis A,
valve 5 is opened. At this,
fluid,delivered by the pump
to port 5, opens check valve
7 and is admitted to the
working main through port
3. When handle t is turned
counterclockwise, valve 2 is
opened. At this, fluid from
the working main is drained
through ports 3 and 4 to the
tank.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A SPOOL-TYPE LHP

3923
DIRECTIONAL VALVE FC

Valve spool / (s shifted by lever 2

which is connected by turning
pairs A and if to spool / and to
link 3, Link 3 turns about 'fixed
axis E, Lands a of the spooi di-
vide the Inner space of the valve
into two chambers: chamber b t

connected by port d to the high*

pressure main, and chamber c,
connected by port e to the low-
pressure main. In the extreme
left-hand position of the spool (as
shown), fluid from the high*
pressure main is directed to
port f and that from the low-
t

pressure main to port g.

In the
extreme right-hand position ol
the spool, fluid from the high-
pressure main is directed to port
g and that from the low-pressure
main to port /.

269
Valve spool 1 is shifted by lever 2 which is connected by turning
pairs A and B to spool I and to link 3. Link 3 turns about fixed
axis E. Lands a of the spool divide the inner space of the valve
into two chambers: chamber b. connected by port d to the high-
pressure main, and chamber c, connected by port e to the low-
pressure main. When spool 1 is shifted to its extreme left-hand
position (as shown), fluid from the high-pressure main is direct-
ed to port /. In the extreme right-hand position of the spool,
fluid from the low-pressure main is directed to port /.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A DIRECTIONAL LHP
3925
VALVE FOR RADIATOR DAMPER CONTROL FC

When lever / turns clockwise (opening of the radiator dampers),

screw 2 pushes rod 3 which runs up against valve member 4 .

The right end of valve member 4 closes the internal passage of

rod 3 and its left end opens valve 5. After this, fluid flows from
port 6 to port 7 When lever 1 returns to its initial position
.

(closing of the radiator dampers), fluid is admitted from port 7 to

the internal passage of rod 3 and drains back to the tank through
port 8 Check valve 9 allows surplus fluid from port 7 to flow to
.

port 8 when valve 4 is closed.

271
 5. MECHANISMS OF MEASURING AND TESTING
DEVICES (3926 through 3942)

LEVER MECHANISM OF A PNEUMATIC LHP

3926
TENSOMETER

Ball 4 closes the orifice of bush-

ing 3 to which compressed air
is delivered. Upon deformation
of the test specimen, on which
the legs of the tensometer (strain
gauge) rest, movable lever 2,
which can turn about point A of
body l, forces back ball 4 so
that air is released from bushing
3 through the annular clearance.
The pressure inside bushing
3, which is measured, depends
upon the displacement of mov-
able lever 2.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A CONTINUOUS* ACTION LHP

3927
DYNAMOMETER

The torque T of shaft A being measured is transmitted by le-

ver I, rigidly mounted on shaft A, to a system of levers 2, 3
and 4 with counterbalancing weight d, immersed in a vessel
with water. The value T of the torque is indicated by hand a on
a scale. Before the test, hand a is zeroed by means of weight /.
 Lever / turns about fixed axis A. At point B, link 2 with weight d
is] suspended from lever L At point £, the force F to be mea-
sured is applied to lever 1. Force F turns lever / about axis A,
lifting counterbalancing weight d which is immersed in a ves-
sel with water. The force F is proportional to the height a that
the weight is raised. Force F is indicated on scale c. Before the
test, the hand is zeroed by means of weight 3.

Cylinder rigidly linked to link 2£and the rod of piston 3 to

1 is
link 4. The liquid in the cylinder is subject to a pressure which
corresponds to the tensile force F applied to links 2 and 4 .
The liquid enters cylinder 5 and moves piston 6 downward,
stretching spring 7. The extension of spring 7 is registered by
pin a, mounted on lever 10 which turns about fixed axis A.
Hand d indicates the magnitude of force F on scale 9, while pin a
plots a graph of the force on chart paper attached to revolving
drum 8.

18-0114 273
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC ROTARY LHP
3930
DYNAMOGRAPH m I

!l

1
:

View facing arrow f

The dynamograph is mounted on drive shaft I of the machine

and isfurnished with pulley or sprocket d which transmits
torque to the driven shaft through lever 2. Lever 2 turns bell-
crank lever 3, and lever 3 turns bell-crank lever 4. Axial force,
acting on rod 5, is transmitted to ball a of load cell 3 which is
mounted on fixed yoke 7. The pressure of the liquid in load cell 5
is indicated by a pressure gauge.
 lever mechanism of an instrument LHP
3931
FOR CHECKING VALVE FACES

2
8 7
/

Poppet valve / is inserted into standard sleeve 2, which is mount-

ed in the body of the instrument. The valve face is pressed into
the conical seat by lever 3, which turns about fixed axis A and
contacts the valve through cover 4 and thrust member 5. Mem-
ber 5 is loaded by spring 6. Compressed air is delivered from the
pneumatic measuring device to chamber a of cover 4. If the
face of the valve is concentric to its stem, no air passes through
the joint between the valve face and seat in the sleeve. This
raises the pressure in chamber a, as indicated by the pressure
gauge of the instrument. In case of runout of the valve face
with respect to its stem, air leaks out between the face and
seat joint and escapes to the atmosphere through hole d. At
this, the pressure drops in chamber a. When knob 7 is depressed,
lever 8, turning about fixed axis B, lifts out the tested valve.

is* 275
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR GAUGING LHP
3932 AN INSIDE DIAMETER DURING
A GRINDING OPERATION

As the size of workpiece !

changes during internal grind-
ing, lever 2 turns about fixed
axis 0 and changes the position
of plunger 3 with respect to
nozzle 4 of the measuring head
to which compressed air is de-
livered. The pressure in the in-
strument (not shown) depends
upon the clearance between the
.. 1 face of the nozzle and plunger 3.
This clearance depends upon
the size of the hole being ground.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A GAS BALANCE LHP

3933
FOR CHECKING DENSITY

The gas to be checked admit-

is
ted through tube 6, As the space
above bell-shaped member / is
filled with the gas, the pressure
inside and outside the member
differs. As a result, member /
2 4
and weight <? are displaced ver-
tically. At this, hand 5, turn-
ing about fixed axis A, indi-
cates density of the gas
the
being checked. Weight 3 is con-
nected by a flexible link to
lever 2. Weight 4 keeps the
flexible link taut.

27G
 LHP
3934 LINKWORK MECHANISM OF A GAS ANALYZER
M

J L.

The gas being analyzed for CO a and the air are brought into rota*
ry motion in the gas and air chambers, / and 2, by fans 3 and 4
which are driven in opposite directions by electric motor 7.
Shafts A and D of the gas and air impellers, 5 and 6, are not
linked to the fan shafts, but are linked together by four-bar
rocker arm linkwork A BCD. Mounted on shaft D of air impel-
ler 6 is hand a. The pressure produced by the fans in the gas and
air chambers is transmitted to the impellers which tend to rotate
in opposite directions. Since the specific mass of the COa in the
gas being analyzed is greater than that of air, the torque in the
gas chamber is greater than that in the air chamber, and the hand
of the instrument is deflected in one direction. The deflection of
the hand corresponds to the content of C0 8 in the analyzed gas.
The instrument is zeroed by passing air through both chambers.

277
 Chamber 2, with two cylinders, 3 and 4, rotates in stationary
housing /. At one end, chamber 2 has shank a by means of
which it is driven by the shaft whose speed is to be measured-
Fitted into the other end of chamber 2 is stationary nipple b
from which the pressure developed in the chamber is transmitted
to a pressure gauge with a scale. Stationary nipple b has a pin
connected by a turning pair to crank 9 which reciprocates the
rod with pistons 5 and 6 when chamber 2 rotates (see kinematic
diagram). Upon reciprocation of pistons 5 and 6, air drawn in
through ports c is delivered through tubes d to chamber 2.
From chamber^? air passes through tube e to chamber 7 in which
piston 8 slides freely. The pressure of the entering air tends to
shift piston 8 to the right to open port / for releasing the air.
On the other hand, centrifugal force tends to move piston 8 to
the left to close port f. Consequently, the pressure established
in chamber 7 and in chamber 2 is proportional to the centrifugal
force of piston 8 i.e. to the square of the speed of shaft being
,

tested.

278
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A BELL-TYPE LHP
3936
DRAUGHT GAUGE

The instrument two bell-shaped members, / and 2,

consists of
suspended from a triple-arm lever 3 which turns about fixed
axis A. Members / and 2 are immersed in two communicating
vessels holding a liquid. When
the space under a bell-shaped
member is connected by tube 7 to the place where the measure-
ment is to be made, the pressure under the member displaces it.
This turns lever 3 whose rotation is transmitted through tie-
rod 4, connected by turning pairs B and E to lever 3 and seg-
ment gear 5, and meshing gears 5 and 6 to hand b of the instru-
ment, Weight <9, mountedfon arm a of lever 3, stabilizes the
motion of this lever.

279
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TWO-HAND LHP
3937
AIRCRAFT SPEED INDICATOR M

difference in pressure inside and outside, dou-

Deformed by the
ble aneroid capsule 1 turns shaft 4 through tie-rod 2 and crank 3.
Turned together with shaft 4 is segment gear 5, meshing with
pinion 6. Pinion 6 is mounted on a shaft together with gears 7
and 8, and hairspring 15 which eliminates backlash. Gear 7
meshes with pinion 9 on whose shaft hand 11 is mounted.
Gear 8 meshes with gear 10 on whose hollow shaft hand 12 is
mounted. Hand 11 rotates ten times faster than hand 12, At
a speed increase of lOO km^h, hand 11 makes one revolution and
indicates a reading in tens of kilometres, while hand 12 makes
0.1 revolution and* indicates a reading in hundreds of kilome-
tres. Hands 11 and 12 indicate zero when fixed magnet 13 attracts
iron rod 14. When the aircraft reaches a speed exceeding a cer-
tain minimum value, rod 14 breaks away from magnet 13 t after
which the instrument responds to all changes in speed. Flat
spring 16 t whose end a bears against the centre of aneroid cap-
sule /, provides for a uniformly graduated scale. Screws 17
adjust the action of spring 16.

280
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TWO-HAND LHP
3938
ALTIMETER M

When the external pressure drops, aneroid capsule / expands

and, by means of tie-rod 2 turns shaft 3 with segment gear 4
, .

Segment gear 4 turns pinion 5 which is secured to targe gear 6 ,

meshing with pinion 7. Large hand 8 is rigidly mounted on the

shaft of pinion 7. Hand 8 makes one revolution per 1000 m
altitude. Hand 9 driven through a train of gears, 15 14 17
, , ,

and 16 with a gearing ratio of 10 l, makes one revolution per

, :

10 000 m. A uniformly graduated scale is obtained by the pro-

vision of spring counterbalance 10 whose elasticity compensates
for the nonlinear deformation of the capsule by the varying air
density. The hands are set by knob 11 which turns plate 12 on
which gears 14 and 17 are mounted. At the same time, the pin-
ion of knob 11 turns scale 13 indicating the barometric pressure.
,

281
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A GASOLINE LHP
3939
GAUGE PICKUP M

The motion of float 3 is transmitted to rocker arm 4 and lever 5

which passes through bellows 6 to ensure complete airtightness
of the outlet. Spiral spring 8 tends to turn lever / to its extreme
position in which arm 7 contacts lever 5. The fuel level in the
tank is registered by lever / which slides along the coil of
potentiometer 2. Leads 9 of the potentiometer are connected
to an electric instrument wTiich indicates the gasoline level
in the tank.

282
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TENSILE LHP
3940
AND COMPRESSION TESTING MACHINE M

Upper grip 3 for test piece 4 comprises a frame joining pistons

5 and 6'. Cylinder 8 is connected to one pump, cylinder 9 to
another. Pulsator 7, serving to apply a variable load, is con*
nected by a pipeline to cylinder 8. When crank / rotates about
fixed axis A , link 13 f connected by turning pairs E and F to
crank / and to rocker arm 11, oscillates the rocker arm about
fixed axis D. This oscillation is transmitted through roller 12
to plunger 2 of pulsator 7. The pulsator is set up manually
by means of shaft 10.

283
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TENSILE LHP
3941
TESTING MACHINE M

When crank rotates about

1
fixed axis D link 9, connect-
,

ed by turning pairs CandD

to crank 1 and to roller 10,
oscillates and the roller is rol-
led along surface a of link 3.
This oscillates lever 2 about
fixed axis A , applying a vari-
able load to test piece 8.
Guidesurfacea, inclined with
respect to lever 2, can be
turned by special device 4 to
regulate the applied load. In
A t D ^ testing with a static load it
is applied by a pump deliver-

ing fluid to cylinder 5. Plung-

7 \
er 6 transmits the load to
\Q 3
upper grip 7,

LEVER MECHANISM OF A TENSILE LHP

3942
TESTING MACHINE

Plunger 2 transmitting motion

,

and the load to upper grip 3, is

actuated by fluid delivered by
an installation which is not
shown. The device for applying
a variable toad consists of two
slidcr-crank mechanisms with
common crank 1, rotating about
fixed axis A, and connecting
rods 8 and 9, connected by turn-
ing pairs B to crank / and by
turning pairs E and D to pis-
tons 10 and 11, Pistons 10
and 11 reciprocate In cylinders
4 and 5. When crank 1 rotates,
£ 10 fluid is delivered alternately
from cylinders 4 and 5 into
cylinder 6, thereby applying a
variable load to test piece 7.

234
 ,

6. DAMPER AND CATARACT MECHANISMS

(3943 through 3947)

LHP
3943 LEVER MECHANISM OF A VANE-TYPE DAMPER
DC

LEVER MECHANISM OF A PISTON-TYPE LHP

3944
DAMPER DC

Oscillations of shaft / are damped by means of piston 3, attached

by curved rod 2 to the shaft and swinging in closed chamber 4
filled with a viscous liquid.

LEVER MECHANISM OF A PISTON-TYPE LHP

3945
DAMPER FOR A POINTER INSTRUMENT DC

Oscillations of shaft 1 on which

the hand is mounted, are
damped by the motion of piston 2
in annular cylinder 3 filled with
0
a viscous liquid. End a of the
annular tube is of smaller diame-
ter toincrease the degree of
damping near the extreme end >}.
position of the oscillating mo-
tion.

285
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC SHOCK LHP
ABSORBER FOR AN AUTOMOBILE SUSPENSION DC

SI M
'«> J

IS

li

When lever / turns clockwise, lever 2 and shaft A turn in the

same direction, the end of lever 2 being withdrawn from pis-
ton 3. This piston is moved out of cylinder 4 by spring 5 and
the cylinder is filled with fluid through opened check valve 6.
When lever 1 turns in the opposite direction, lever 2 and shaft A
turn with it. At this, the end of lever 2 pushes piston 3 to the
right, compressing spring 5. Check valve 6 closes and the fluid
can escape into the housing only through the passage provided
by the flat on pin S without lifting valve 7. Only a small amount
of fluid can flow out of cylinder 4 ,
thereby decelerating the
motion of the piston. Valve 7 opens only upon a drastic increase
in the load transmitted to lever 1.

286
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A DOUBLE HYDRAULIC LHP
3947 SHOCK ABSORBER FOR AN AUTOMOBILE
SUSPENSION DC

When lever / turns clockwise, cam 2, rigidly secured to lever 1,

turns in the same direction and plungers 3 and 4 move to the
left. At this, fluid flow's from chamber a to chamber b through
the clearance between pin 5 and the ring of valve 6 which is
loaded by spring 7. When lever 1 turns counterclockwise,
plungers 3 and 4 move to the right and the fluid flows from
chamber b to chamber a along the same path. If lever / is
turned suddenly clockwise, the plungers move rapidly to the
left, developing high pressure in chamber a. Then, as the
fluid flows from chamber a to chamber b, it opens ring valve 6
and compresses spring 7. Upon reversal of the plungers, fluid
flows from chamber b to chamber a, opening conical valve 8
and compressing stronger spring 9. Fluid from in between the
plungers can flow into chambers a and b through check valves 10
and SI, loaded by weak springs.

287
 7< DRIVE MECHANISMS (3948 through 3953)

LEVER-TYPE ADDING MECHANISM WITH TWO LHP

3948
CYLINDERS Dr

1
2 *

Piston i reciprocates in cylinder 3 which turns about fixed

axis A. Piston 2 reciprocates in cylinder 4 which turns about
fixed axis B Piston rads a and b of pistons 1 and 2 are connected
.

by turning pairs D and C to crosspiece 6 which, in turn, is con*

nected by turning pair E to link 5. Link 5 reciprocates in fixed
guides d. Upon independent motion of pistons / and 2 actuated
,

by fluid delivered to cylinders 3 and 4, link 5 reciprocates.

The displacement of link 5 is proportional to the sum of the
displacements of pistons / and 2.

LEVER-CAM MECHANISM WITH LHP

3949
A HYDRAULIC DRIVE Dr

Piston reciprocates in cylinder 4 which turns about fixed

1

axis A. Rod a of piston 1 is connected by turning pair C to

cam 2 which turns about fixed axis 3. As piston I is moved
by fluid delivered to cylinder 4, cam 2 is turned and it recipro-
cates link 3 in fixed guides b. Link 3 is held in contact with
cam 2 by its weight.

288
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A FOLLOW-UP LHP
3950
CONTROL SYSTEM Dr

When tie-rod l r linked to the control lever, moves to the left,

lever 2 turns about point 0, shifting valve spool 3 to the right.
At this, servomotor 4 blocked off from the drain and is con-
is
nected to the pressure main. The Quid moves piston 5 to the
right. Lever 6, turning about fixed axis A , actuates the mecha-
nism being controlled through tie-rod 7. If tie-rod / continues
to move to the left, lever 2 turns about point D. If tie-rod 1
is stopped, lever 2 turns about point B, spool 3 is shifted to the
left, disconnecting servomotor 4 from the pressure main and
connecting it to the tank. When tie-rod / is returned to its
initial position, valve spool 3 and servomotor 4 are also re-
turned to the initial position.
 LEVER MECHANISM, OF A^TRACER^ FOLLOW-UP LHP
3951
DEVICE Dri

Upon uniform horizontal

travel of slide 1, former bar
c, mounted on the slide, actu-
ates the end of lever 2. Le-
ver 2 turns about fixed axis
A and is linked to valve 3.
Pump 4 delivers fluid to pow-
ft er cylinder 5. When valve
1 1 h
L |
member 3 is raised, pres-
sure in cylinder 5 drops and
11 f r ^ piston 6 moves downward
n with slide l. When valve
member 3 is lowered, slide 1
i ^
ITFTTM^ v
i J f
moves upward. Thus, piston
6 follows up the motion of
valve member 3 and the cut-
ting tool describes a curve
which is similar to, but a
mirror image of, the profile
of the former bar.

LEVER MECHANISM FOR TRANSMISSION FROM LHP

3952
A SERVOMOTOR PISTON TO A VALVE Dr

Piston / of the servomotor reciprocates in cylinder 6. Connect-

ing rod 2 is connected by turning pairs B and C to piston / and
to crank 7 which turns about fixed axis A. Motion of piston 1
turns crank 7 and shaft a, rigidly secured to the crank. Mounted
outside on shaft a is flange 3 to which link 4 is secured. The
fork-shaped end of link 4 is hinged to tie-rod 5 which is con-
nected to the stem of the valve being controlled.

290
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SUPERFINISHING LHP
3953
HEAD DRIVE Dr

When the hydraulic motor is switched on, fluid under pressure

is delivered to spools / and 2. A part of the fluid, passing
through a groove of pilot spool 2 and passage 5, is delivered
to the left end of main spool 1, holding it in the right-hand
position. The main stream of fluid passes through another
groove of spool 2 and passage 6 to the right end of motor cylin-
der 7, moving piston 3 to the left. At this, the piston rod pushes
pin 8, turning lever 4 about fixed axis A and shifting pilot
spool 2 to the right. At this, fluid under pressure is delivered
through passage 9 to the right end of spool 1. From the left
end fluid passes through passage 5 to the drain pipeline. In the
extreme left-hand position of spool 1, fluid passes through
passage 10 to the left end of cylinder 7; piston 3 moves to the
right and fluid from the right end of the cylinder drains to the
tank through passage 6 and a groove of spool 1.

19 * 291'
 8. VALVE MECHANISMS (3954 through 3959)

When cam 1 rotates about fixed axis A, lever 2, turning about

fixed axis 0, depresses the stem of valve member 3. Fluid
delivered to chamber ajis discharged through port 4. When
the roller of lever 2 runs off the lobe of cam 1 valve member 3
,

is closed by the action of spring 5.

 LHP
3955 LEVER MECHANISM OF A SHUTOFF VALVE
Va

d' '
a' d' a
'

When pedal turning about fixed axis A (see Fig. a) t is released,

/,
valve member 2 is pressed by spring 3 against lever 4, which
turns about fixed axis B. At this, passage a, through which
fluid is delivered, is connected to port d Port d is connected
,

to the working end of the power cylinder. When pedal / is

depressed (see Fig. b), lever 4 depresses valve member 2, com-
pressing spring 3. This blocks off passage a and portd is connect-
ed to chamber b which leads to the drain pipe. At the same
time, plate valve member 5 is opened.

293
 LHP
3956 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC VALVE
Va

When the piston of servomotor / is moved downward by the

action of fluid delivered to the cylinder, cable 2, running over
round pulleys 7, 6 and 9 and attached to the servomotor housing
at point a, turns lever 3 about fixed axis A. This lifts stem 4
which has pin d sliding in slot b of lever 3, The conical tip
at the lower end of stem 4 opens the hole in valve seat 5, screwed
into the body of the valve into which fluid is delivered. When
the piston of servomotor / moves upward, the valve is closed
by the action of weight 5 which can be adjusted to the required
position along the axis of lever 3,

294
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A BRAKE
3957
CONTROL VALVE Va

Pump

Pedal /turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pair £ to spring link 7. When pedal 1 is depressed, rocker
arm 2, connected by turning pairs C and D to link 7 and to
*
link 6, pushes piston 3 upward. This opens valve 4 and fluid
from the pump is delivered to the brakes. When pedal 1 is
released to release the brakes, piston 3 moves downward and
opens valve 4 '. At this, fluid from the brakes passes out ot
port 5 and drains to the tank.

295
 LHP
3958 LEVER MECHANISM OF A BY-PASS VALVE
Va

TTTT7TT-TTTTT
(!

"Vh r * P P r r w-r-r wyzr dimszsmZZZ5333ZSCT

Hydraulic
* accumulator ,

Cone brake
Friction
dutch
(c)

When pipelines 5 and 6 are connected to the atmosphere, the

components of the valve are in the positions shown in Fig. a.
Fluid delivered by the pump is directed through grooves of valve
spools 1 and V to the power cylinder of the friction clutch, engag-
ing the clutch, and through regulating valve 2 to the hydraulic
accumulator. The power cylinders of the accelerator and brake
are connected to the housing. When a vacuum is set up in
pipeline 6, piston 8 moves downward, lever 4 is turned by
spool / which is lifted by spring 9 (see Fig. 6). At this, the
pump delivers fluid under pressure to the accumulator which
maintains the pressure in the system. Fluid from the hydraulic
accumulator is delivered through regulating valve 2 and valves 1
and /' to the power cylinder of the brake. At the same time,
fluid is admitted into the chamber above regulating valve 2,
shifting the spool downward. Fluid delivered from the accumu-
lator is throttled through an orifice of regulating valve 2.
This gradually reduces the pressure in the system, ensuring
smooth braking. The power cylinders of the accelerator and
friction clutch arc connected to the housing. When a vacuum
r
is set up in pipeline 5, piston 7 moves downward, lever 4 is
turned by spool 1' which is lifted by spring 10 (see Fig. c).
At this, the pump delivers fluid under pressure through a groove
of valve spool 1* to the power cylinder of the accelerator. The
power cylinders of the friction clutch and the brake are now
connected to the housing. Ball relief valve 3 protects the system
against overloads.

297
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A STEAM TURBINE LHP
3959
CHECK VALVE WITH A SERVOMOTOR Va

Handwheel / turned manually to start the turbine. This

is
lifts upper plate 2 of the valve. Steam, passing through the
valve, forces lower plate 3 of the valve downward, turning
lever 9 about fixed axis A and raising weight 4 which can be
set at various places along the axis of lever 9. Servomotor 5
is provided for rapidly closing the valve in case of a drop of
load to prevent reversal of the steam. During normal operation
of the steam turbine, fluid is delivered to the upper end of
servomotor 5. The pressure of the fluid holds piston 6 down
against stop a, compressing spring 8 At this, plate 3, linked
.

to rod 7 of the piston, is also in its lower position. Upon a drop

of load, the upper end of the servomotor is connected to the
drain. Spring 8 lifts piston 6 and rapidly raises lower plate 3
onto its seat, preventing steam reversal.

298
 9. CONTROL MECHANISMS (3960 through 3968)

LEVER MECHANISM FOR A REMOTE-CONTROLLED LHP

3960
AIRCRAFT ELEVATOR Co

When lever / is turned clockwise about fixed axis A, tie-rod 2

turns lever 3 about axis 0. A projection of lever 3 fits with
a certain lengthwise clearance in a slot of link i0. Valve spool 4
is shifted to the right. At this, a part of the fluid, admitted
under pressure into the body of valve spool 4 is delivered
t

through rotary valve 5 to the top end of power cylinder 6.

Piston 7 moves downward so that elevator 8 is inclined upward.
Fluid from the bottom end of cylinder 6 is drained through the
valves to the tank. At the same time, a part of the fluid under
pressure is admitted to the right end of spool 4. This pressure
is transmitted to the control lever. As elevator 8 is raised,
turning about fixed axis B, tie-rod 9 turns lever 10 about fixed
axis C. At the same time, lever 3 with axis 0 is displaced,
enabling control lever 1 to continue to turn in the same direc-
tion. II control lever / is turned counterclockwise, the elevator
is lowered.

299
When lever / is turned clockwise about fixed axis A t lever 2,
linked to lever 1 by flexible cables 3 and 4 , turns in the opposite
direction. Lever 2 turns about the same fixed axis B as eleva-
tor 5 and is hinged to the stem of valve spool 6. The valve is
mounted on power cylinder 7 of the elevator drive. As lever 2
turns, it shifts spool 6 to the left so that fluid under pressure
is delivered to the left end of power cylinder 7. Cylinder 7 is
linked to lever 2 by pin a, fitting with some clearance in a slot
of the lever. The rod of piston <S is fixed. Cylinder 7 is moved
to the left by the action of the fluid, turning the elevator.
The ends of cylinder 7 are connected to the ends of cylinder 9,
right end to left end and vice versa. The rod of piston 10 is
hinged to lever 1. Thus, the effort required to turn lever 1 is
proportional to the load on the elevator. The magnitude of this
effort depends upon the ratio of cross-sectional areas of cylin-
ders 7 and 9. Fluid from the exhaust ends of cylinders 7 and 9
drains through grooves of valve spool 6 back to the tank. When
lever / is turned in the opposite direction, the elements of the
mechanism operate in the reverse direction.
 ,

LEVER MECHANISM FOR A REMOTE-CONTROLLED

3962
AIRCRAFT ELEVATOR Co

Fluid under pressure

7 3 9 Tank $ 7
'tu U
|

When lever / is turned clockwise about fixed axis A, lever 2,

linked to lever 1 by flexible cables 3 and 4, turns in the opposite
direction. Lever 2 , secured to elevator 5, turns about fixed
axis B and is hinged to the stem of valve spool 6. The valve
is mounted on power cylinder 7 of the elevator drive. As lever 2
turns, it shifts spool 6 to the left so that fluid under pressure is
delivered to the left end of power cylinder 7. Cylinder 7 is
linked to lever 2 by pin a, fitting with some clearance in a slot
of the lever. The rod of piston 8 is linked to lever 2 through
rocker arm 9 and tie-rod 10 which are used so that the pilot
can feel the load on the control lever. Cylinder 7 is moved
to the left by the fluid, turning the elevator. Onj the other
hand, the pressure of the fluid on piston 8 is transmitted through
links 9 and 10 to lever 2 and, consequently, to control lever /.
The force required to turn the control lever is determined from
the moment of resistance of the elevator and the ratio of the
lengths of the upper and lower arms of lever 9. Fluid from the
right end of cylinder 7 drains to the valve and back to the tank.
If the motion of lever l is stopped at any point, spool 6 of
the valve stops and its body, moving along with cylinder 7,
blocks off fluid delivery to the left end of cylinder 7. When
lever / is turned in the apposite direction, the elements of the
mechanism operate in the reverse direction.
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR A REMOTE-CONTROLLED LHP
3963
ENGINE THROTTLE Co
1

control lever l is turned counterclockwise about

fixed
When
axis A, piston 2, whose rod is linked to lever /, moves
down-
ward, forcing fluid from cylinder 4 into cylinder 5. Piston 6
is raised by the action of the fluid, turning
lever 3, linked
to the throttle, about fixed axis B. When control lever
/ is

turned clockwise, piston 2 moves upward and piston 6 is moved

downward by the action of spring 3. At this, lever 3 also turns
clockwise. Spring 7 counterbalances spring 8.
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR LANDING LHP
3964
FLAP CONTROL Co

Lever connected by turning pairs A and B to rod a of piston

1 is
8 and to link 7 which turns about fixed axis C. Roller 9, mount-
ed at the end of rod b of piston 6 rolls and slides in slot d of
,

landing flap 10 which turns about fixed axis D. When lever /

is oscillated, pump 2 draws in fluid from tank 3 and delivers
it to one end of power cylinder 4. Fluid from the opposite end

of the cylinder is forced out through rotary valve 5 and drains

back to tank 3. Valve 5 can be turned to reverse the direction
of motion of piston 6. Piston 6 and, with It, landing flap 10
of the plane can be locked in any intermediate position by
ceasing to pump and setting valve 5 in the neutral position.
 Control lever J is connected by turning pairs B and C to link 6,
turning about fixed axis A , and to rod a of piston 2 which
,

reciprocates in fixed cylinder 7. Roller 9, mounted at the end

of rod b of piston 4, rolls and slides in slot d of landing flap 5
which turns about fixed axis D. Piston 4 reciprocates in fixed
cylinder 3. When control lever I is turned clockwise, fluid
is delivered into power cylinder This moves piston 4 to the
left and its rod b turns landing flaps 5 of the plane. Piston 4
is moved to the right by spring 8.

304
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR LANDING FLAP LHP
3966
AND GEAR CONTROL Co

Lever 1 is connected by turning pairs B and C to link 8, turning

about fixed axis A and to rod a of piston 9 which reciprocates
,

in fixed pump cylinder 2. Rod b of piston !0, reciprocating

in fixed cylinder 5, is linked to the mechanism of the aircraft
landing flaps (not shown). When lever / is oscillated, pump 2
draws in fluid from tank 3 and delivers it to power cylinders 4
of the landing gear or to power cylinder 5 of the landing flaps,
Two rotary directional valves, 6 and 7, connected in parallel,
enable the landing gear and landing flap mechanisms to be
separately controlled. Landing gear control valve 6 is shown
turned on.

20—0114 305
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR LANDING FLAP LHP
3967 AND GEAR CONTROL WITH AN EMERGENCY
Co
DEVICE

Gear pump 1 draws in fluid from tank 2 and delivers it to

power cylinders 3 and 4 of the landing gear and skid or to
power cylinders 5 of the landing flaps. Hand pump 6 is used
tn emergencies if the mechanical pump gets out of order. Valves
7 are check valves and valves 8 are relief valves.

30G
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR CONTROLLING LHP
3968
AIRCRAFT TAIL WHEEL BRAKE SHOES Co

At the moment skid 1 contacts the earth in landing, cam 2,

of suitable profile, moves piston 3 to the right. At this, fluid
from chamber 5 is delivered through connections 6 to the brakes.
Springs 4 take up a part of the force developed in braking.

20 * 307
 10. MECHANISMS OF MATERIALS HANDLING
EQUIPMENT (3969)

When lever / turned counterclockwise about fixed axis D

is
of the pump, fluid from tank 2 is drawn into cylinder 3 through
suction valve 4. When lever / is turned in the opposite direc-
tion, fluid from the pump cylinder is delivered through opening
ball-type discharge valve 8 into power cylinder 5, lifting plung-
er 6 of the jack together with the load. To lower the load,
lever / is inclined clockwise somewhat farther than its extreme
working position. At this, lug a of plunger 7 of the pump pushes
back the ball of discharge valve 9 and pin d at the end of
,

plunger 7 pushes back the ball of delivery valve 8. Both valves

are opened and the fluid drains back to tank 2. The speed at
which the load is lowered can be regulated by opening valves 8
and 9 more or less.

308
 11. HAMMER, PRESS AND DIE MECHANISMS
(3970, 3971 and 3972)

Crank rotates about a fixed axis. Connecting rod 5 is connected

/

by turning pairs B and C to crank 1 and to piston 2 which

reciprocates in pneumatic cylinder 3. When crank 1 rotates,
motion is transmitted to piston 2 of cylinder 3 from which
compressed air is delivered through valve 4 and passages 5
and 6 to power cylinder 7, Depending upon the position of
valve 4, controlled by a special mechanism (not shown), air
passes either through passage 5, in which case ram 9 is driven
downward to strike a blow, or through passage 6 in which
case the ram is lifted for the next blow.

309
 LHP
3971 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC PRESS
HP

Piston 1 reciprocates in fixed hydraulic cylinder 2. Connecting

rod 3 is connected by turning pairs A and B to piston 1 and
to bell-crank lever 4 which is connected by turning pairs C, E
M
and K to links 9 5 and 8. Links 8 and 9 turn about fixed axes
,

and D, and link 5 is connected, by turning pair F to ram 6

of the press. Ram 6 reciprocates in fixed guides a. Pressure
is applied to billet 7 when piston 1 travels to the left.

310
 LHP
3972 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC PRESS
HP

Piston / reciprocates in fixed hydraulic cylinder 2, Connecting

rod 3 is connected by turning pairs A and B to piston 1 and
to rocker arm 7 which turns about fixed axis C. Link 4 is con-
nected by turning pairs B and.D to rocker arm 7 and to ram 5
of the press. Ram 5 reciprocates in fixed guides a. Pressure
,s applied to billet 6 when piston 1 travels to the left.

m ' I j- ! ®“ A dP" I L. V — ^ *1 p‘ - - *
 12. CLUTCH AND COUPLING MECHANISMS
(3973)

LEVER- ECCENTRIC MECHANISM LHP

3973
OF A HYDRAULIC PISTON-TYPE CLUTCH

Eccentric 1 rotates about fixed axis A and is encircled by

collar 3 which is connected by turning pair B to piston 7.
Piston 7 slides in cylinder 6. Connecting rods 4 are connected
by turning pairs E and D to collar 3 and to pistons 5 which
slide in cylinders 8, Rotation is transmitted from the drive
shaft, on which eccentric / is mounted, to the driven shaft,
linked to cylinder block 2, through collar 3 connecting rods 4
,

and pistons 5. The working ends of the cylinders are connected

together by passages in which flow'-control valves 9 are in-
stalled. These valves vary the speed ratio.

312
 13. MECHANISMS OF OTHER FUNCTIONAL
DEVICES (3974 through 3989)

LEVER MECHANISM OF A GAS- HOLDER-TYPE LHP

3974
MANUAL AIR BLOWER FD

Lever J turns about fixed axis A. Link 2 is connected by turning

pairs B and C to lever J and to bell member 3. When lever /
is oscillated, the pressure under bell member 3 is alternately
reduced and increased. This is used to pump air into pipeline 4 .

313
 LHP
3975 LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF A FUEL PUMP
FD

Cam / rotates about fixed axis A. Lever 2 turns about fixed

axis B of component 7 and its roller b rolls along the surface
of cam /, Lever 2 has profiled surface d along which roller a of
connecting rod 3 Connecting rod 3 is connected by turning
rolls.
pair C to slider 4 Link 5 is connected by turning pairs E and F
.

to connecting rod 3 and to rocker arm 6 which turns about fixed

axis /<”. When cam / rotates, lever 2 oscillates. Slider 4 is linked
to the plunger of the fuel delivery pump. Fuel delivery can
be regulated by turning rocker arm 6. This varies the stroke
of slider 4 and, consequently, the amount of fuel delivered per
stroke.

314
 LHP
3976 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HAND PUMP
FD

Lever 2 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pairs D and B to two connecting rods 5 of equal length, which
are connected by turning pairs E and C to pistons L Pistons /
reciprocate in fixed cylinders 6. Pistons / are reciprocated by
rocking lever 2 manually. This draws in fluid through port a and
poppet valves 3, and delivers it through ball discharge valves 4
to discharge port d.
 .

LEVER MECHANISM OF A BRAKE LHP

3977
APPLICATION VALVE FP

When lever linked to the brake pedal, is turned about fixed axis A ,

shaft f is turned together with fork 2 f keyed to shaft f By means of sleeve

.

3 and spring 4, fork 2 pushes piston 5 upward in the housing guides. The
upper guide has hig a which prevents discharge valve member 6 from drop-
ping below a certain definite point. The hollow rod of piston 5 has a coni-
cal bore into which valve member 6 seats, disconnecting the upper and
lower chambers, d and h of the housing. When valve member 5 is raised,
f

chambers d and b are connected together owing to a fiat milled on the left
side of the stem of valve member 6. Delivery valve 7 at the top of the
1

housing, Is held In its seat 9 by spring 8 Compressed air is delivered from

the tank to the brake application valve through ports 10 and 1/ to deliv*
ery valve 7 . In the absence of braking action, piston 5 is in its lower posi-
tion owing to the action of spring 12. Delivery valve 7 Is closed and dis-
charge valve 6 rests on lug chamber d, connected with the brake cham-
bers through port 13, is also connected, in this case, with chamber b and
with the atmosphere through port 14. When the brake pedal is depressed,
piston 5 moves upward and valve member 6 is seated in the piston rod,
disconnecting chambers b and d. Upon further movement, valve member 6
pushes up valve 7, opening it and admitting compressed air Into the brake
chambers. At the same time, due to the provision of passage e t Ihc pres-
sure above piston 5 increases, shifting it downward together with valve
member 6 Valve 7 is also moved downward by spring
, The pressure of
the air in the brake chambers stops increasing* If the force applied to the
brake pedal Is increased, valve 7 opens again and admits additional com-
pressed air to the brake chambers. If the force applied to the pedal Is re-
duced, piston 5 moves downward and valve member 6 is held by lug a
so that a part of the air from the brake chambers is discharged to the at-
mosphere, releasing the braking effect to some extent. After this, the equi-
librium positions of the piston and valves are re-established. When the
pedal is released, air from the brake chambers Is discharged to the atmos-
phere and braking action ceases. The pressure of the air delivered to the
brake cylinders is regulated by limiting the stroke of lever /.

316
 LHP
3978 LEVER-CAM MECHANISM FOR GEAR SHIFTING
FD

Hhvy//M
„ n

3 -

When cam / rotates about fixed axis 0, lever 2 turning about

,

fixed axis E and having valve member 4 at one end, brings

member 4 into contact with one or the other hollow plunger 3 ,

depending upon the position of cam /. The pertinent plunger 3

is shifted and chambers A and D (or A and D‘) are disconnected,
and chambers D and B (or D' and B‘) are connected together.
If chambers D and D' are connected to the atmosphere, then
piston 5, travelling in cylinder 6 whose ends are connected to
chambers B and B', is in equilibrium. If a vacuum is set up in
chambers D and £>', and with lever 2 in the position shown,
piston 5 moves to the left because a vacuum is set up at the
left end of cylinder 5. The right end is connected through a pipe-
line and hollow plunger 3 to chamber A and, consequently,
to the atmosphere. The motion of piston 5 shifts the gears.
When valve member 4 closes upper plunger 3 f piston 5 moves
to the right.

317
 When an engine, on whose shaft disk 1 is mounted, exceeds
a preset speed, weight 2 moves outward, beyond the circumfer-
ence of the disk, as a result of centrifugal force and strikes the
end of rod 3. When rod 3 moves to the right, ring a releases
sleeve 4. While the engine is running at normal speed, sleeve 4
is held against ring a by spring 5. Spring 5 is stronger than
spring 6 and therefore holds valve member 7 open in the fuel
supply line. When sleeve 4 is released, spring 6 closes off fuel
supply to the engine.

318
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR PROTECTING LHP
3980
A TURBINE AGAINST AXIAL SHIFT FD

2 3 1

Upon axial shift of the rotor, pin /, actuated by spring 2,

moves together with the shaft and, by means of nut 3, turns
latch 4 about axis C. When the rotor shifts to the right a defi-
nite distance, latch 4 disengages valve member 6, which is
raised by spring 5. At this, port a of the valve is closed and
port b is opened, connecting the cylinder of the valve servo-
motor to the drain. As a result, the valve is closed and ceases
to admit steam into the turbine.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TURBINE LHP
398!
SAFETY CUTOFF FD

Mounted in transverse hole of turbine shaft i is weight 2

a
whose centre of gravity does not coincide with the turbine
shaft axis. Weight 2 is subject to centrifugal force and to the
action of spring 3 which holds it against stop a. If the speed
of the turbine exceeds the preset value, centrifugal force over-
comes the resistance of spring 3 and weight 2 extends from shaft 1
so that it strikes lever 4, turning it about fixed axis A, which
releases lever 5, turning about fixed axis B, Lever 5 is turned
clockwise by spring 6 so that latch 7 releases sleeve 8. Spring 9
moves sleeve 8, together with valve member 10, to the left,
closing the valve and shutting off the steam supply to the
turbine.

320
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A TURBINE LHP
3962
SAFETY CUTOFF FD

system

The turbine safety cutoff consists of weight / which, during

normal operation of the turbine, is held by spring 2 and nut 3
against stop 4. These components are arranged in a transverse
hole in the main shaft of the turbine. At a speed in excess
of the maximum permissible value, the weight is extended by
centrifugal force so that it strikes lever 5 which turns about
fixed axis A. This releases pawl a and spring 10 turns lever 6
clockwise about fixed axis B. At this, valve spool 7 is shifted
downward. In the position shown, corresponding to normal
operation, fluid is delivered under pressure by the valve into
the control system through pipeline 8. When valve member 7
shifts downward, fluid from the control system drains through
the valve back to the tank along pipeline 5. This leads to a drop
in pressure in the control system, the shutoff valve rapidly
closes and ceases to admit steam into the turbine. Fluid under
pressure is discharged through pipeline 1L

21-0114 321
 —

LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP

3983 ATTACHMENT FOR MACHINING FROM BOTH
FD
ENDS OF THE WORKPIECE

12 a 8

ik

\ '
facing
arrow 1 n—
L4I

CF-if
i- W l

mS- * ±t
pxLHr-
1

® * 7|

T^fi
m*

Whenpiston / is moved to the right by the action of fluid

delivered to the left end of cylinder 2 in which piston / travels,
fork 3 turns about fixed axis D. Cylinder 2 turns about fixed
axis A. At this, sleeve 4 is shifted to the left by trunnions 5
and blocks 6 that prevent rotation of sleeve 4, The inner member
of the sleeve is mounted on tube 7 which rotates together with
the spindle and chuck 8 of the lathe. When sleeve 4 is shifted,
tube 7 moves axially, sliding in bushings 9 and 10, mounted
in the spindle unit. Mounted on the right end of the spindle
is jaw chuck 8 which clamps workpiece 11 when tube 7 is moved
to the left. The workpiece is released in the return stroke of
piston /. The tool for machining the rear end of the work is
held in taper socket a of inner spindle 12 which passes through
tube 7 inside the lathe spindle. Tool spindle 12 obtains its
working feed from lever 13 which turns about fixed axis B.
When lathe saddle 15 travels to the left, its stop d runs up
against feed rod 14. This turns fork 13 and feeds tool spindle 12
to workpiece If. Upon return travel of saddle 15 (to the right),
tool spindle 12 is retracted to its initial position by the action
of spring 16 on rod 14. Screw b of rod 14 serves to adjust the
length of the stroke of tool spindle 12.

322
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC LHP
3984
MILLING FIXTURE FD

Body / of the fixture carries the V*blocks in which workpieces 2

are clamped and rotates with respect to stationary base 3 .

Four workpieces are simultaneously loaded and clamped in

each clamping section. As piston 4 is moved downward by
the action of fluid delivered to the top end of its cylinder,
it turns bell-crank lever 5 to which pad 6 is secured, counter-
,

clockwise. As a set of four workpieces approaches milling cut-

ters 7, roller 8 runs onto pad 6, pushing pin 9 outward and
turning lever 10 about axis A. This clamps the workpieces
by means of two self-adjusting wedge-head pins //. The clamping
action continues during the time the four workpieces are being
milled. When the workpieces leave the milling cutters, roller 8
runs off pad 6, spring 12 pulls lever 10 toward the centre and
the workpieces are released. Then pin 13 is disengaged by
spring 14 from a tooth of internal ratchet wheel /5, striking
ejector 16 which ejects the milled workpieces out of the fixture.

21 * 323
 LEVER MECHANISM FOR A BEARING-CAP LHP
3985
CLAMPING FIXTURE FD

When piston I is moved to the left by the action ol fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of its cylinder, motion is transmitted
through crosspiece 2 to four levers 3. As the levers turn, they
clamp bearing caps 5 against plate 6 which also serves to locate
the caps radially. At the same time, two spring-loaded plung-
ers 7 hold the end faces of the caps against body 4 of the fixture.
The caps are released when piston 1 is moved to the right by
spring ft.

324
 LHP
3966 LEVER-TYPE INDEXING MECHANISM
FD

As machine table 1 travels to the left, stop* a shifts stem 2

of valve spool 3 so that fluid, delivered through pipeline 4,
is directed through pipeline 5 to the bottom end of cylinder 6 ,

raising piston 7. This turns identical and symmetrically ar-

ranged pawls 9 and 10, linked to piston rod 8, about fixed axes,
disengaging them from two identical index disks 11 and 12
which are turned about fixed axes A through one division by
a driving device (not shown). At the same time, table / begins
to travel to the right, stop a releases stem 2 and valve spool 3
is shifted to the right by spring 13. This directs fluid to the
top end of cylinder 6 and pawls 9 and 10 drop into the next
slots of disks 11 and 12, holding them against rotation until
the indexing operation is repeated in the next stroke of table /.

325
 .

LHP
3987 LEVER MECHANISM OF A FLYING SHEAR
FD

Upper blade / mounted on slider 2 which reciprocates in

is
guides a of frame 7 Frame 7 turns about fixed axis A. Slider 2
is driven by piston 6 which reciprocates in stationary steam
cylinder 5 and is connected by turning pair B to connecting
rod Connecting rod 4 is connected by turning pair C to slid-
4.
er 2. Rocker arm 3, turning about fixed axis D, is connected
by turning pair C to connecting rod 4. In shearing stock 9,
piston € of steam cylinder 5 moves downward, frame 7 turns
in the direction of the moving stock and blades 1 and 8 make
the cut. Lower blade 8 is secured rigidly to oscillating frame 7.

326
 5 S a 8 10

Fuel delivered through pipe / into chamber 2, which contains

is
float 3 operating needle valve 4. From the float chamber, the
fuel passes through metering orifices 5 and 6 into the narrow
end of venturi 7 where the fuel-air mixture is formed. At the
moment of starting, the fuel-air mixture must be enriched.
This is accomplished by the provision of choke 8 in air supply
pipe 10 and additional needle valve 9. Rigidly mounted on the
shaft of choke 8 is cam // which is rigidly attached to control
lever 12. In starting, lever 12 is turned to close choke 8, cam 11
turns lever 13 to raise needle valve 9. This enriches the fuel-air
mixture because additional fuel is admitted into venturi 7
through valve 9 and passages a and d. Automatic valve 14
is mounted on choke 8, As soon as the engine starts running,
the vacuum acting on the choke is sharply increased and valve 14
is withdrawn from the choke, opening holes b in the choke.
This admits additional air into the venturi and cuts down enrich-
ment of the mixture. As the engine heats up, the choke is grad-
ually opened, closing needle valve 9 and leaning the fuel-air
mixture.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF AN AUTOMOBILE LHP
3989
ENGINE STARTING DEVICE FD

—
—10
16

!r-l -17

P/

13 12

Fuel isdelivered through pipe / into chamber 2 which contains

float 3 operating needle valve 4. From the float chamber, the
Fuel passes through metering orifice 5 into the narrow end of
venturi 6 where it is mixed with air entering at increased
jressure through metering orifice 19. The mixture strength can
je varied by varying the relative positions of the throttle valve
and choke. Rigidly mounted on the choke shaft are levers 9
and 10 which are attached to each other. Lever 9 is the control
lever. Lever 10 is linked by tie-rod 11 to lever 12 which is
rigidly secured to cam 13. The position of throttle valve 14
depends upon the setting of screw 15 which contacts cam 13.
In starting, choke 8 is closed by means of tie-rod 16, turning
lever 10 counterclockwise so that tie-rod 11 turns cam 13.
This slightly opens throttle valve 14. As soon as the engine
starts running^the vacuum behind the choke is sharply increased
and valve 18 1 is withdrawn from the choke, opening holes
provided in the choke. This admits additional air into the
venturi and cuts down enrichment of the mixture. As the engine
heats up the throttle valve is gradually opened. This can be
done by means of tie-rod 17.

328
 SECTION THIRTY
Toothed
Hydraulic

and Pneumatic 1

Mechanisms
THP
1. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mecha-
nisms RP (3990 and 3991)
2. Gear and Other Rotary Pump Mecha-
nisms GP (3992 through 4015)
3. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing
Devices M (4016 through 4021)
4. Gripping, Clamping and Fxpanding Me-
9 chan isms GC (4022 through 4028)
5. Drive Mechanisms Dr (4029 through 4035)
6. Brake Mechanisms Br (4036)
7. Speed-Change and Reducing Gear Me-
chanisms 'SR (4037 and 4038)^ '^1
8. Mechanisms’ of Other ^Functional De-
T
vices’* FD (4039, 4040 and 4041). * ^
 1. ROTARY VANE AND PISTON PUMP MECHANISMS
(3990 and 3991)

THP
3990 VANE PUMP MECHANISM
RP

Rprtinn .T-.7~

Disk /rotates about fixed axis A and has vanes a Stationary

.

cylinder / is rigidly attached to housing d and has circular

recess e Upon rotation of disk 1, vanes a continuously move
.

the fluid in the direction of arrows c and b. The suction and

discharge chambers arc separated by the entry of teeth g of
rotor 4, rotating about fixed axis B into recess e. Disk / and
,

rotor 4 are driven by meshing gears 2 and 3, with the same

number of teeth, which are keyed on shafts together with
disk J and rotor 4.

331
 VANE-TYPE AIR BLOWER MECHANISM THP
.1991
WITH DISTRIBUTOR ROTORS RP

d .

1
! I

J i '
i J I

Vane /rotates about fixed axis A. Two identical distributor

rotors, 2 and 3, rotate about fixed axes B and C, and have
circular recesses d. Upon rotation of vane /, air is continuously
moved in the direction of arrows a and b. Rotors 2 and 3 serve
to separate the suction and discharge chambers. Vane / and
rotors 2 and 3 are driven by meshing gears with the transmis-
sion ratios

^12 f. \ M

and
— 3— ~ i

where io lt cu 2 , w3 , n it n 2and n a are the angular velocities and

speeds of vane / and rotors 2 and 3.

332
 2. GEAR AND OTHER ROTARY PUMP MECHANISMS
(3992 through 4015)

THP
3992 ROTARY GEAR RUMR MECHANISM
GP

Impellers / and 2 rotate

about fixed axes B and A and
each has three identical
teeth d whose profile is made
up of portions of cycle curves.
When impellers / and 2
rotate, fluid is delivered con-
tinuously in the direction of
m
arrows a and b.The suction
and discharge chambers are
separated by imparting a
special profile to teeth d of
impellers / and 2. The im-
pellers are driven by two
meshing identical gears
keyed on shafts with impel-
lers / and 2.

THP
3993 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers / and 2 rotate

about fixed axes A and B and
each has six identical teeth
d whose profile is made up of
portions of cycle curves.
When impellers 1 and 2 ro-
tate, fluid is delivered con-
tinuously in the direction of
arrows a and b. The suction
and discharge chambers are
separated by imparting a
special profile to teeth d of
impellers / and 2, The im-
pellers are driven by two
meshing identical gears
keyed on shafts with im-
pellers 1 and 2.

333
 .

THP
3994 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Two identical impellers, / and 2 ,

rotate about fixed axes A and

B and have the shape of semi-
disks d with recesses e whose
profile is made up of portions of
cycle curves. When impellers 1
- ,8 and 2 rotate, fluid is delivered
'2 continuously in the direction
of arrows a and The suction
b.
and discharge chambers are sep-
arated by imparting a special
profile to recesses e. The impellers
are driven by two meshing iden-
tical gears keyed on shafts with
impellers 1 and 2.

THP
3995 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

t'M k

. !,

Impellers t and 2 rotate about fixed axes A and B Teeth c of Impeller t

engage tooth spaces d of Impeller 2 The profiles of teeth c and tooth spaces
*

d are made up of portions of cycle curves* When impellers / and 2 rotate,

fluid is delivered coni inuonsly in the direction of arrows a and fr. The suc-
tion and discharge chambers are separated by imparting special profiles
to teeth c and tooth spaces d. The impellers are driven by two meshing
identical gears keyed on shafts with impellers / and 2.

334
 HINGED-ABUTMENT SINGLE-TOOTH ROTARY THP
3996
PUMP MECHANISM GP

Impeller J rotates about fixed

axis A and has tooth d. When
impeller 1 rotates, the tip of
tooth d slides along the circu-
lar inside surface c of the hous-
ing and continuously delivers
fluid in the direction of arrows
a and b. The suction and dis-
charge chambers are separated
by lcvcr-type hinged abutment
3, turning about fixed axis B
and held to the impeller by
spring 2.

THP
3997 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers / and 2 rotate about

fixed axes A and B and have
symmetrically arranged pin-
shaped teeth d and mushroom-
shaped teeth e. When impellers
I and
2 rotate, fluid is continu-
ously delivered in the direction
of arrows a and b. The suction
and discharge chambers are
separated by imparting special
profiles teeth d and e. The
to
impellers are driven by two
meshing identical gears keyed
to the shafts of impellers 1
and 2.

335
 A

THP
3998 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers 1 and 2 rotate about

fixed axes1?
I
and B and have
__ ^ I

teeth c and d whose profiles are

made up of portions of cycle
1 2 .
curves. When impellers i and
1
’ J
2 rotate, fluid is continuously
?!iij
ifi
!M ij
delivered in the direction of
r t.'
* arrows a and b. The suction and
V ;
i

,Sjj
discharge chambers are separat-
h i !
l!

wji\\ ed by imparting special pro-

fil es to teeth c and d of impel-

lers I and 2. The impellers are

driven by two meshing identi-
cal gears keyed to the shafts of
impellers / and 2,

THP
3999 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers 1 and 2 rotate about

fixed axes and B and have
identical finger-shaped teeth d
whose profile is made up of
portions of cycle curves. When
impellers 1 and 2 rotate, fluid
v A 1

is continuously delivered in the

fcVj. j direction of arrows a and b.
The suction and discharge cham-
bers are separated by imparting
/>7\ a special profile to teeth d. The
impellers are driven by two
meshing identical gears keyed
to the shafts of impellers /
and 2.

336
 THP
4000 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers 1 and 2 rotate

about fixed axes A and
B and have symmetrical-
ly arranged teeth c and
d and tooth spaces e.
When impellers J and 2
rotate, fluid continu-
is
ously delivered in the
direction of arrows a
and The suction and
b.
discharge chambers are
separated by imparting
special profiles to teeth c
and d and to tooth spaces
e of the impellers, The
impellers are driven by
two meshing identical
gears keyed to the shafts \b
of impellers 1 and 2.

SLI DING-ABUTMENT THREE-TOOTH ROTARY THP

4001
PUMP MECHANISM GP

Impeller / rotates about

fixed axis A and has
three tooth spaces c. Flat
abutment 2 slides in fixed
guides d and is held in
contact with impeller J
by spring 3. Abutment
2 separates the suction
and discharge chambers.
When impeller 1 rotates,
fluid is continuously de-
livered in the direction
of arrows a -and b.

22-0114 337
 THREE-TOOTH ROTARY PUMP MECHANISM
4002
WITH A DISTRIBUTOR ROTOR

Impeller 1 rotates about fixed axis A and has three teeth d.

Distributor rotor 2 rotates about fixed axis B and has circular
recess c. Rotor 2 serves to separate the suction and discharge
chambers. Upon rotation of impeller 1 fluid is continuously
,

delivered in the direction of arrows a and b. Impeller 1 and

rotor 2 are driven by two meshing gears keyed on the shafts
of the impeller and rotor. The gears have the transmission ratio

•
= ®i = 2i = L

where <o lP tn 2p /j t and n 2 are the angular velocities and speeds

of impeller / and rotor 2 .

338
 THP
4003 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Impellers 1 and 2 rotate about

fixed axes A and B. Impeller 1
has two teeth d and impeller 2
has two recesses c whose pro-
files are made up of portions of
cycle curves. When impellers /
and 2 rotate, fluid is continu-
ously delivered in the direction
of arrows a and b. The suction
and discharge chambers are
separated by imparting special
profiles to teeth d and recesses c
of the impellers. The impellers
are driven by two meshing iden-
tical gearskeyed to the shafts of
impellers / and 2.

Two identical impellers, I and

2, rotate about fixed axes A
and Parts c and d of the im-
peller profile are circular arcs;
parts e are cycle curves. When
impellers 1 and 2 rotate, fluid
is continuously delivered in the
direction of arrows a and b.
The suction and discharge
chambers are separated by im-
parting special profiles to im-
pellers / and 2. The impellers
are driven by two meshing iden-
tical gears keyed to the shafts
of impellers l and 2.

22 * 339
 TWO-TOOTH ROTARY PUMP MECHANISM THP
4005
WITH A DISTRIBUTOR ROTOR GP

Impeller I rotates about fixed axis A and has two symmetri-

cally arranged teeth d. Distributor rotor 2 rotates about fixed
axis B and has recess c. The profiles of recess c and of teeth d
are made up of portions or cycle curves. When impeller 1 and
rotor 2 rotate, fluid (air or liquid) is continuously delivered
in the direction of arrows a and b. The suction and discharge
chambers are separated by imparting special profiles to teeth d
and recess c or the impeller and rotor. The impeller and rotor
are driven by two meshing gears keyed to the shafts of impel-
ler / and rotor 2. The gears have the transmission ratio

UJJ llj *

°it ®s. «i and n4 are the angular velocities and speeds

of impeller / and rotor 2.
 THP
4006 ROOTS ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
CP

Impellers 1 and 2 rotate about

fixed axes A and B and have
identical and symmetrically ar-
ranged teeth d whose profile
is made up of portions of cycle
curves. When impellers 1 and 2
rotate, fluid is continuously de*
livered in the direction of ar-
rows a and b The suction and
.

discharge chambers are separat-

ed by imparting special profiles
to impellers I and 2. The impel-
lers are driven by two meshing
identical gears keyed to the
shafts of impellers 1 and 2.

THP
4007 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Two identical impellers, / and

2 t rotate about fixed axes A
and B and have two teeth d
each with profiles made up of
portions of cycle curves. When
impellers 1 and 2 rotate, fluid
(air or liquid) is continuously
delivered in the direction of
arrows a and b. The suction and
discharge chambers are sepa-
rated by imparting special pro-
files to impellers 1 and 2. The
impellers are driven by two
meshing identical gears keyed
to the shafts of impellers 1
and 2.

341
 THP
4008 ROTARY GEAR PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Two identical gears, / and 2, rotate about fixed axes A and B

and have teeth with involute profiles. When gears 1 and 2
rotate, fluid is continuously delivered in the direction of arrows
a and b.

342
 THP
4009 ROTARY SCREW PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Section ab
jj j j

\8

Screw having a two*start helical groove d, rotates about

/,
fixed axis D and is the element driven by external power.
At its left end screw I has gear 3 which meshes with internal
gear 4 having twice as many teeth as external gear 3 and is
rigidly attached to internal link 2, rotating about fixed axis C.
Link 2 has a single-start internal helical projection (thread) a
fitting into groove d of screw /. The inside diameter of link 2
{disregarding the projection) is twice the outside diameter
of screw /. When screw / rotates, it rotates link 2 and fluid
is delivered in the direction of the arrows.

343
 THP
4010 ROTARY WORM PUMP MECHANISM
OP

Worm l rotates about fixed axis A and meshes with worm

wheel 2 which rotates about fixed axis B. When worm / ro-
tates, fluid is delivered between the thread of the worm and the
housing in the direction of the arrows. Worm wheel 2 serves
to divide the worm thread groove into sections.

LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF A WEIGHT-LOADED THP

4011
SLIDING- ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP GP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed axis
A, coinciding with the geo-
metric axis of housing 2. Sliding
abutment 3 reciprocates in fixed
B guide a and has roller 4 which
rolls and
slides along slot b of
loading lever 5. Lever 5 turns
about fixed axis B and its
weight 6 can be adjusted to the
required position along the axis
of the lever to hold abutment 3
against rotor /. When rotor /
rotates, it slides along the in-
ternal surface of housing 2 and
delivers fluid in the direction
of the arrows. Abutment 3 sepa-
rates the suction and discharge
chambers.

344
 LEVER-CAM MECHANISM THP
4012
OF A SLIDING- ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP GP

Circular^ rotor 1 rotates about

eccentrically located fixed axis
' 1

X
/ I _+>
A, coinciding with the geomet-
ric axis of housing 4. Sliding
abutment 2 reciprocates in fixed
guides a and is held against ro-
tor / by the action of spring 3.
When rotor / rotates, it slides
along the internal surface of
housing 4 and delivers fluid in
the direction of the arrows.
Abutment 2 separates the suc-
tion and discharge chambers.

LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF TWO-CHAMBER THP

4013
DOUBLE-ABUTMENT ROTARY PUMP GP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed axis
A, coinciding with the geomet-
ric axis of housing 2. Abut*
ments 3 and 4 reciprocate in
fixed guides a of housing 2 and
are held against rotor 1 by
means of springs (not shown).
When rotor / rotates, fluid is
delivered in the directions of
the arrows. Abutments 3 and
4 divide the pump into two
chambers so that the process
of suction and discharge is
repeated twice for each revolu-
tion of rotor 1.

345
 LEVER-CAM MECHANISM OF A ROTARY PUMP THP
4014
WITH AN OSCILLATING HOUSING GP

Circular rotor / rotates about

eccentrically located fixed axis
B (with respect to the geomet-
ric centre Oof the rotor). Hous-
ing 2 is of oval shape with its
internal surface constantly con-
tacting rotor / at two opposite
points, for instance, b and d.
When rotor I rotates, housing 2
oscillates about fixed axis A. In
each revolution of rotor l,
suction and discharge occur in
two chambers a, separated by the
rotor. Fluid is drawn in and
discharged in a direction perpen-
dicular to the plane of the
drawing.

THP
4015 FIXED-CAM ROTARY PISTON PUMP MECHANISM
GP

Rotor about fixed axis

/ rotates,
A and has guides a with per-
pendicular axes. Reciprocating
in guides a are pistons 4 which
have rollers 2. These rollers
roll and slide along the groove
of fixed face cam 3, The centre
line of the groove is a circle
with its centre at point 0, locat-
ed eccentrically with respect lo
axis A. When rotor 1 rotates,
pistons 4 reciprocate and deliv-
er a fluid, drawing it in and
discharging it along passages
which are not shown.

346
 3. MECHANISMS OF MEASURING AND TESTING
DEVICES (4016 through 4021)

In checking the bore diameter and surface of cylinder 1, mea-

suring head 2 is inserted into the cylinder by means of gear
rack 3 which meshes with pinion 4, rotating about fixed axis A.
If in its upward travel the measuring head encounters any
obstacle (decreased bore diameter* flaw in the wall, etc.),
it stops and rack 3, moving upward along stationary rod 5,
compresses spring 6 and, by means of microswilch 7, switches
off the electric motor of the drive. This also transmits a signal
indicating that there is a flaw in the cylinder. The bore diame-
ter is measured by the Row ;»f compressed air through internally
tapered glass indicator column 8 to measuring head 2 and
out through the clearance between the head and the bore.
The Row-gauge scale is graduated in units of the deviation
of the actual size from the specified value.

347
 GEARING MECHANISM OF A PNEUMATIC THP
4017
TACHOMETER WITH AN IMPELLER M

the shaft whose speed is being measured rotates counter-

If
clockwise, the tachometer shaft with axis A is linked to the
shaft being tested. If the tested shaft rotates clockwise, it is
linked to the tachometer shaft with axis D and rotation is
transmitted through gears 1 and 2 to impeller 3. Thus, impel-
ler 3 always rotates counterclockwise. The vanes of impeller 3
deliver air in the direction of the tangential outlet of housing 4,
lifting shutter 5 and overcoming the resistance of flat spring 6.
The pressure of the air against shutter 5 and the angle through
which it is turned depend upon the angular velocity of the
shaft being tested. The shaft speed is indicated by the hand
of an instrument linked to shutter 5.

348
 GEARING MECHANISM OF A PNEUMATIC THP
4018
TACHOMETER WITH AN IMPELLER M
I I

Rotation of high-speed spindle / is transmitted through gears 3

and 4 to low-speed spindle 2 and further, through bevel gears 5
and 6, to the impeller with vanes a. The impeller is keyed
to the shaft of gear 6 and rotates counterclockwise about axis A.
Rotating in the housing, vanes a deliver a stream of air directed
against vane d which is rigidly attached to hand b. The torque
on vane d is counterbalanced by spiral spring 7 which is wound
up by this torque a proportional amount. Since the impeller
must always rotate in the same direction, regardless of the
direction of rotation of the shaft whose speed is being measured,
the drive can be reversed by bringing the other gear 5 into
mesh with gear 6. Gears 5 are shifted in and out of mesh by
lever-hand 8 which turns about fixed axis B.
 RACK-AND-PINION MECHANISM THP
4019 OF A FLOAT-TYPE DIFFERENTIAL MANOMETER
WITH CONCENTRIC VESSELS

Upon a change in pressure in

vessel /,with mercury
filled
and communicating with ves-
3 is raised or lowered.
sel 2, float
Float 3 has a stem with rack a.
The motion of float 3 is trans-
mitted through pinion 4, mesh-
ing with rack a to hand 5 ,

which is rigidly attached to the

pinion and turns about fixed
axis A.

RACK-AND-PINION MECHANISM THP

4020
OF A FLOAT-TYPE DIFFERENTIAL MANOMETER

Upon a change in pressure in

vessel I, filled with mercury
and communicating w'ith vessel
2, float 3 is raised or lowered.
Float 3 has a stem with rack a.
The motion of float 3 is trans-
mitted through pinion 4, mesh-
ing w'ith rack a, to hand 5
which is rigidly attached to
the pinion and turns about fixed
axis A.

350
 LEVER-GEAR MECHANISM OF A GAS THP
4021
MEAN PRESSURE INDICATOR M

n 11

The reading of this indicator is the gas mean pressure in an engine cylin-
der during a complete cycle of the engine. The housing / of the instrument
Is connected to the space in which the pressure is to be measured by connec-
tion 2, The housing contains cylinder 3 with plunger 4, The pressure of
the gas moves plunger 4 downward, compressing spring 5* Through a four-
bar Tfnkwork, motion ol plunger 4 is transmitted to segment gear 6 which
meshes with gear 7. Mounted on the shaft of gear 7 Is flywheel 9. The fly-
wheel has a considerable mass and ft absorbs all the fluctuations tn pressure
acting on plunger 4 . Owing to its Inertia, flywheel 9 holds plunger 4 In a
position corresponding to the mean pressure. Flexibly linked to flywheel 9
through a spring Is damping disk 10 which is mounted on shaft // togeth-
er with hand 12 which Indicates the mean pressure on scale IS of the
instrument.

351
 4. GRIPPING, CLAMPING AND EXPANDING
MECHANISMS (4022 through 4028)

RACK- AND- PIN ION MECHANISM THP

4022
OF A HYDRAULIC CLAMPING DEVICE GC

4 B
s'''"'

'
n
o- O
o V"0
0s
1

V
A Jl
/ /
S////

V//1>

Whenpiston 1 is moved to the right by the action of fluid

delivered to the left end of its cylinder, gear rack 2, rigidly
attached to the piston rod, turns pinion 3 about fixed axis A.
Pinion 3 is rigidly secured to lever 4. Link 5 is connected by
turning pairs B and C to lever 4 and to clamping lever 6 which
turns about fixed axis D. Lever 6 clamps workpiece 7 which
is located an pin 8. Workpiece 7 is released in the return stroke
of piston 1.

352
 RAC K-AND- PINION MECHANISM THP
4023 OF A HYDRAULIC ECCENTRIC CLAMPING
DEVICE GC

When piston / is moved forward by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the end of its cylinder, gear rack 2, rigidly attached
to the piston rod, turns pinion 3 and shaft A. This turns eccen-
trics 4, mounted on shaft A, actuating straps 6 which clamp
workpiece 5. In order to clamp the workpiece simultaneously
with two eccentrics, bolts 7 are provided as supports on which
straps 6 can tilt. These bolts are interlocked through crosspiece 8
which can turn about fixed axis D.

23-0114 353
 RACK- AND- PINION MECHANISM THP
4024 OF A HYDRAULIC ECCENTRIC CLAMPING
GC
DEVICE

B AX

2 ** '

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid de-

livered to the right end of toils cylinder, gear rack 2, rigidly at-
tached to the piston rod, turns pinion 3 about fixed axis D This
,

turns eccentric 4 which is keyed to the pinion shaft, actuating

clamping lever 6. With its other end lever 6 clamps workpiece 5.
When piston / is moved to the right, workpiece .5 is released.

When piston 1 is moved downward by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the top end ofjitsjpiston, its’rod, designed as a^gear
rack, turns pinion shaft 2. Shaft 2 has three toothed portions
and its motion is transmitted to columns 3, having rack teeth
and rigidly attached to top plate 4, Downward motion of plate
4 clamps workpiece 5, Top plate 4 is raised and workpiece 5
is released in the return stroke of piston 1.

354
 RAC K- AND-P1NION MECHANISM THP
4026 OF A HYDRAULIC LOCATING AND CLAMPING
GC
DEVICE

When piston 1 is moved to the right by the action of fluid

delivered to the left end of its cylinder, pinion 2, mounted
on axle A which is pressfitted into the piston rod 3, also moves
to the right, actuating both gear racks, 4 and 5. Upper rack 4
is integral with a wedge whose motion turns cam levers 6 about

fixed axes D so that they locate workpiece 7 by its circular

recess. Lower rack 5 carries crosspiece 8 whose ball-shaped
ends enter slots in two plungers 9 As they move to the right
.

(see view facing arrow II), plungers 9 clamp workpiece 7 against

the top plate through two pushers 10 which slide along inclined
slots in plungers 9. Thus, in the working stroke of piston I,
pinion 2 moves both gear racks until the workpiece is located.
This stops rack 4 and pinion 2 begins to rotate, moving rack 5
to the right until the workpiece is firmly clamped.

23 * 355
 1

PINION- AND- SCREW MECHANISM THP

4027
OF TWIN VISES GC

Section I-

FTtD

j; i

\ n
n n

When piston / is moved to the right by the action of fluid

delivered to the left end of its cylinder, gear rack 2 t rigidly
attached to the piston rod, turns pinions 3 which are attached
to screws 4. Each screw 4 has two portions, one with right- and
the other with left-hand thread, and the screws are constrained
against axial movement, When the screws are rotated, V-block
jaws 5 with internal right- and left-hand threads, mounted
on the screws, move toward each other, locating and clamping
round workpiece 6. To compensate for differences in diameter
of workpiece 6. the torque is transmitted from pinion 3 to
screw 4 in one of the two vises through a spiral spring (not
shown).

356
 GEAR MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC THP
4028
THREE-JAW CHUCK GC

When piston 1 is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of its cylinder, helical gear 2 constrained
„

against rotation by key a moves to the left. This turns helical

,

pinions 3 which mesh with gear 2 and carry jaws 4. As jaws 4

turn outward, they locate and clamp workpiece 5 by its circu-
lar recess. Workpiece 5 is released when piston / is moved
to the right by spring 6,

357
 5. DRIVE MECHANISMS (4029 through 4035)

Plunger 1 is reciprocated by the action of fluid delivered to

the ends of cylinder 4. Rack a of plunger / rotates pinion 2
about fixed axis A. Pinion 2 also meshes with gear rack 3 which
is secured to table b of the machine tool. Table b is recipro-
cated by delivering fluid alternately to ends c and d of fixed
cylinder 4.

Cylinder / turns’about fixed axis A. Piston 6 reciprocates in

the cylinder and is connected by turning pair B to lever 7 which
turns about fixed axis C. Pawls 2 and 3 are connected by turning
pairs E and F to lever 7 and engage ratchet wheel 4 which
rotates about fixed axis 0. When piston 6 is reciprocated by
the action of fluid delivered to the ends of cylinder 1, pawls 2
and 3 rotate ratchet wheel 4 clockwise. Spring 5 serves to keep
the pawls in contact with the ratchet wheel.

358
When piston / is moved by the action of fluid delivered to the
end of its cylinder, its motion is transmitted through gear
rack 2, rigidly attached to the piston rod, pinion 3 and worm 4
to worm wheel segment 5. Segment 5 turns with the fixture
about pin A on which the workpiece is located.

Piston l reciprocates in cylinder 4 which turns about fixed

axis A. Rod b of piston I is connected by turning pair C to
segment gear 2 which oscillates about fixed axis B. Segment
gear 2 meshes with gear rack 3 which reciprocates in fixed
guides a.

359
 11 5 2 1

Uniform rotation istransmitted from standard motor I through

gearing to plate 2 of a friction drive and further, through roll-
er 3 to disk 4. The speed of disk 4 is varied by electric motor //
which turns cam 5 through worm gearing. Cam 5, by means
of lever 6, carrying a segment gear and turning about fixed
axis A moves gear rack 7 which meshes with the segment
,

gear and carries roller 3. Motion of roller 3 varies the transmis-

sion ratio of the friction drive and, consequently, the speed
of disk 4. Rotation of disk 4 is transmitted through gearing
to sun gear 8 which meshes with planet gear 9. Gear 9 is mount-
ed on lever 10 which turns freely on the shaft of gear 8. Planet
gear 9 also meshes with the internal teeth of gear 12, having
twice as many teeth as gear 8. Gear 12 is driven by hydraulic
motor 13 through a chain drive and a gear meshing with the
external teeth of gear 12. The transmission ratio of the plane-
tary mechanism is selected so that the angular velocity of
gear 8 is twice that of gear 12 and the axis of planetary gear 9
is stationary. Upon a variation in speed of hydraulic motor 13,
lever 10 turns and, through levers 14 and 15, shifts valve
spool 16. Spool 16 controls fluid delivery to the cylinder with
piston 17 which varies the delivery of hydraulic pump 18.
To eliminate fluctuations of the valve spool upon deviations
from the established speed, levers 19 and 20 close the valve.

360
When driving segment gear 1, meshing with the rack of valve
spool 2, is turned, spool 2 is shifted to the right or left of the
neutral position (as shown). This admits fluid under pressure
into the system through passage a, the holes in guide sleeve 3
and passages and grooves to annular groove d of the spool.
Depending upon the position of valve spool 2, fluid is delivered
to one of the ends of cylinder 4. This moves piston 5, and the
rack teeth on the piston rod turn driven gear 6 in the corre-
sponding direction. Fluid from the exhaust end of cylinder 4
is discharged through the axial hole in spool 2 and port b.

361
 Rack / mounted on the travelling slide of the machine tool.
is

Rack 2 is imparted the speed at which the slide should travel.

When the two racks travel at the same speed, axis A of pinion 3
,

meshing with both racks, remains stationary. When the slide

travels faster than required, the axis of pinion 3 is displaced
to the left, turning lever 4 about fixed axis B and shifting
member 5 of the flow-control valve to the right. This reduces
fluid flow to the power cylinder of the slide, decreasing slide
speed. When the slide travels slower than required, the axis
of pinion 3 is displaced to the right, member 5 is shifted to the
left and the flow of fluid to the power cylinder increases.

362
 6. BRAKE MECHANISMS (4036)

When pistons / are moved outward by

the action of fluid deliv-
ered between them, floating brake shoes 2, which do not have
rigid supports, are forced against brake drum 3 to perform the
braking operation. Shoes 2 are held together by two extension
springs 4 and bear against inserts 6 of pistons / which have
flanges that rest upon the end faces of cylinders 5. At its outer
end, one of each set of two pistons i has attached fork 7 in
whose slot sprocket 8 with eccentric trunnions can slide. The
clearance between the shoes and the brake drum can be adjusted
by turning sprocket 5.
 7. SPEED-CHANGE AND REDUCING GEAR
MECHANISMS (4037 and 4038)
GEAR-FRICTION PLANETARY MECHANISM THP
OF A FOUR-SPEED GEARBOX cp

Pump15 delivers fluid into chambers a and b t shifting rings 12 and 13

inward into contact with the friction surfaces of sun wheels 9 and 10. At
this, sun wheel 9 is shifted to the right* out of contact with friction wheel
14 which is rigidly mounted on driving shaft /« Sun wheel 10 is shifted to
the left, out of contact with carrier 4 which Is rigidly mounted on driven
shaft 3, As a result, wheels 9 and 10 stop rotating. Internal sun gear 6
and planet gears 8 are also stationary. Rotation of the driving shaft is
transmitted by gear 2 to planet gears 5 and carrier 4. This drives the driven
shaft at minimum speed* To obtain the second speed, fluid is drained
from chamber a through discharge valve 17 to the tank. Sun wheel 10
remains stationary, and wheel 9 is shifted to the left by springs // into
contact with tapered friction wheel M* Owing to friction* wheel 9 rotates
together with w heel 14, The rotation of driving shaft / is transmitted by
r

two sets of planetary gearing to driven shaft J, The speed oE the driven
shaft Is higher than in the first case. To obtain the third speed, valve 17
is closed and valve 16 is opened* Ring 12 Is shifted by the action of fluid
in chamber a and It brakes wheel 9. Wheel 10 Is shifted to the right by
springs // Into contact with the friction surface of carrier 4 and rotates
together with the carrier. The rotation of driving shaft / is transmitted by
sun gear 2 and planet gears 5 to Internal gear 6. From gear 6 rotation Is
transmitted further to planet gears 8 and sun gear 10, The speed of driven
shaft 3 is higher than In the preceding case. To obtain the maximum speed,
pump 15 Is switched off. Wheels 9 and 10 are shifted outward by springs //
into contact with tapered friction wheel 14 and with carrier 4. At this,
sun wheel 6 rotates at the speed of the drive motor*

364
 CAM-GEAR MECHANISM FOR PERIODIC THP
4038
SPEED CHANGING SR

The mechanism is started and stopped by means of clutch /

which engages and disengages gear 2 whose rotation is trans-
mitted to shaft A. Keyed to shaft A is cam 3 which actuates
lever 4. As lever 4 turns in either direction it depresses one
ol plungers 5 of pneumatic directional valve 6. Air admitted
into one of the ends of cylinder 7 moves piston 8 toward the
other end. At this, lever 10 shifts clutch member 9 in one or
the other direction. In the left-hand position of clutch member 9 t
shaft A is imparted a higher speed through gears 11 and 12 ,
and in the right-hand position, through gears 13 and 14 t the
speed of shaft A is lower.

365
8. MECHANISMS OF OTHER FUNCTIONAL DEVICES
(4039, 4040 and 4041)

Rotor 1 rotates about fixed axis A and has four vanes b which
slide in slots of rotor 1 and are held by centrifugal force against
the wall of cylindrical chamber d whose axis is located eccentri-
cally with respect to axis A. Sun gear 6, rigidly mounted on the
shaft of rotor 1, meshes with three planet gears 2 which, in
turn, mesh with internal gear 3, rigidly secured to the body
of the drill. Planet gears 2 rotate about axes B of carrier 4
which is rigidly mounted on drill spindle 5. Air admitted
through hose a rotates four-vane rotor S whose rotation is
transmitted through planetary gearing to spindle 5,
 RAC K-AND- PINION MECHANISM THP
4040
OF A PNEUMATIC WINDSHIELD WIPER FD

When compressed air is admitted through passage / and valve 2

to the left end of cylinder 3, pistons 4, rigidly attached together,
are moved to the right. At this, rack a turns segment gear 5
and its shaft A on which blade 6 is rigidly mounted. This
also turns blade 7 linked to blade 6, about fixed axis B. Air
,

from the right end of cylinder 3 is exhausted through passages 8

and 10 and valve // to the atmosphere. As piston 4 travels
to the right, sleeve 12 shifts the shank of link 13 which is at-
tached to crosspiece 14 t joining valve members 2 and 11. This
moves the valve members to the right. Now, compressed air
admitted through passage 1 flows through nipple 9 and pas-
sage 8 to the right end of cylinder swinging blades 6 and 7
in the opposite direction. Air from the left end of the cylinder
is exhausted through valve 11 to the atmosphere.

367
 THP
4041 WORM GEARING OF A METERING PUMP
FD

When shaft A rotates, motion is transmitted through worm /,

worm wheel 2 and connecting rod 3 to slider 4, piston rod 5
and piston 6. Space a between piston 6 and membrane 15 is
filled with fluid. As piston 6 travels to the right a vacuum is set
up in space a and membrane 15 is bent to the right. This sets
up a vacuum in chamber d into which the fluid to be metered
is drawn through valve 7. As piston 6 travels to the left, mem-
brane 15 is bent to the left, forcing out the rnetered fluid through
valve 8 into the discharge pipeline. The accuracy of pump deliv-
ery is maintained by the provision of special valve 9 which
by-passes fluid into space a, replenishing leakage losses. Relief
valve 10 protects the system against overloads by releasing
fluid from space a. The amount of fluid fed in each stroke can
be varied without stopping the pump as follows: as slider 4
travels to the left, a part of its stroke is idle until it reaches
gear 11, mounted on the threaded portion of piston rod 5.
In its travel to the right, a part of the stroke of slider 4 is also
idle until its cover reaches nut 12 which is screwed on the end
of piston rod 5. The amount of idle travel of the slider (and
dwell of rod 5) depends upon the distance between gear 11
and nut 12 which can be adjusted by turning gear 13, meshing
with gear IL The position of gear 11 on rod 5 is registered by
indicator 14 which shows the length of the piston stroke on
a scale.

368
 SECTION THIRTY-ONE
Elastic-Link

Hydraulic

and Pneumatic
Mechanisms
EHP
1. Valve Mechanisms Va (4042 through 4049)
2. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing
Devices M(4050 through 4083)
3. Regulator Mechanisms Rg (4084 through
4113)
4. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding
Mechanisms GC (4114 and 4115)
5. Rotary Vane and Piston Pump Mecha-
nisms RP (4116 through 4120)
6. Drive Mechanisms Dr (4121, 4122 and
4123)
7. Control Mechanisms Co (4124 and 4125)
8. Mechanisms of Other Functional De-
vices FD (412G through 4129)

24-0114
 I. VALVE MECHANISMS (4042 through 4049)

The mechanism is intended for maintaining constant speed of

a machine tool table regardless of the load (cutting variables).
Pump / delivers fluid through flow-control valve 6 and pipeline
7 to the power cylinder whose piston is linked to the table.
The upper chamber in housing 2 of the relief valve is connected
to pipeline 7, and the lower chamber to pump / through pipe-
line 5 Housing 2 contains diaphragm 3 subject to the constant
.

pressure of spring 8 Provided in the lower chamber of housing

.

2 is an orifice into which needle valve member 4 enters. IF the

load on the piston of the power cylinder increases at a constant
setting of flow-control valve 6 , the pressure of the fluid in the
system increases, as it does in the upper chamber of housing 2 .
This bends diaphragm 3 downwards moving needle member 4 ,

attached to the diaphragm, into the discharge orifice, thereby

increasing the amount of fluid delivered by the pump into
pipeline 7. As a result, the speed of the piston and table is
automatically equalized. Tabic speed is varied by flow-control
valve 6 If valve 6 is closed to some extent, the pressure in the
,

lower chamber of housing 2 increases, diaphragm 3 is bent

upward, opening the discharge orifice. When flow-control
valve 6 is opened, the discharge orifice is closed.

24 * 371
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A BRAKE VALVE EHP
4043
WITH AN ELASTIC DIAPHRAGM Va

\Mmosphere

Lever /,rigidly secured to lever d, is linked by tiered 2 to the brake pedaL

The force exerted on (he pedal is transmitted through lever /, plunger 3 t
sliding sleeve 4 spring 5 and its thrust member £ to diaphragm 7 whose
r

shaped nut // rests on plate 8 The edges oi plate 8 rest on the stems of
a

input valve $ connected lo the tank, and discharge valve I0 W connected

t

to the atmosphere. When the brake pedal is released, the input valve is
closed and the open discharge valve connects the space under diaphragm
7 with the atmosphere. This space is connected through passage a to the
brake chambers of the wheels (of an automobile). When the brakejpedsl
is depressed, plate 8 opens input valve 9 and closes discharge valve fO*
Compressed air from the tank is admitted through valve 9 and passage a
into the brake chambers, producing the braking action. The pressure under
diaphragm 7 increases, bending the diaphragm upward and compressing
spring 5 Plate 8 follows the diaphragm. Since spring 12 of the input valve
.

is taken several times stronger than spring 13 of the discharge valve, the
input valve is closed and the discharge valve remains closed. If the brake
pedal remains in a constant position, a certain constant pressure is main-
fained in the brake chambers* If the pressure on the pedal is increased,
a new amount of compressed air Is delivered from the tank, the pressure
in the brake chambers increases as does the braking action. If the pressure
on the pedal is reduced, diaphragm 7 bends upward, the discharge valve
Is opened to some extent, an<F the pressure in the space under the dia-
phragm, as well as in the brake chambers. Is reduced because a part af the
air Is released into the atmosphere. This reduces the braking action. When
the pedal is released, spring 5 returns it to Its initial position, dia-
phragm 7 is bent upward. Input valve 9 remains closed, and discharge
valve 10 is completely opened* This releases the brakes.
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A BRAKE VALVE EHP
4044 WITH AN ELASTIC MEMBRANE Va

Atmosphere

drake

Composted
air

When brake pedal / is depressed, roller 2 depresses plunger 3,

compressing spring 4, The force of spring 4 bends membrane 5
downward. This closes discharge valve 6 (which is not com-
pletely dosed in the initial the membrane) and
position of
opens input valve 7, Compressed air from the tank is admitted
through passage a and is delivered to the brake cylinders
through passage d, producing the braking action. At the same
time, pressure in passage d is transmitted through orifice b
into the space under membrane 5. If pedal 1 is held in the
depressed position, membrane 5 takes up a position in which
both valves are closed and the pressure in the brake cylinders
is constant. When released, pedal 1 is returned to its initial
position by spring 8, and plunger 3, by spring 4. At this,
membrane 5 is bent upward, opening discharge valve 6 and
closing input valve 7, Air from the brake cylinders is discharged
to the atmosphere through passage e in the stem of the membrane
and port f. This releases the brakes.

373
 RAPID BRAKE RELEASE VALVE MECHANISM EHP
4045
WITH AN ELASTIC DIAPHRAGM Va

Atmosphere

When compressed nir is delivered from the brake valve to

port o, rubber diaphragm 1 is raised and the air is directed
through ports d and b to the brake chambers. At the same time,
diaphragm 1 closes off air discharge to the atmosphere. When
braking has been completed, the pressure under diaphragm 1
drops rapidly and the diaphragm is bent downward by the
pressure of the air in the brake chamhers and by spring 2,
This closes’port a and opens port /, allowing the air to escape
to the atmosphere, by-passing the brake valve. As a result,
the brakes are more rapidly released.
;

374
 truck-trailer combination emergency EHP
4046 VALVE MECHANISM WITH AN ELASTIC
Va
»
DIAPHRAGM i

Valve member / linked by its stem to diaphragm 2 which is held down

is
by spring 3 to the valve housing* Spring 4 tends to lift diaphragm 2 and
valve member / to their upper position* The upper and lower glides of
valve member / have orifices through which air can pass. Compressed air
from the tank of the truck is delivered under diaphragm 2 . Compressed
air from the brake valve is delivered to the upper port of the acceleration
valve above diaphragm 5, Chamber a oF the acceleration valve is connected
through port d to the auxiliary tank* Chamber b of the emergency valve Is
connected through port f to the brake chambers of the rear wheels of the
trailers* When trie brakes are not applied, compressed air from the main
tank raises valve member / and the edge of diaphragm 2 pressing the
t

diaphragm against annular projection c* At this, air passes through cham-

ber a and port d into the auxiliary tank- Chamber b is connected to cham-
ber e of the acceleration valve. When the brakes are applied, compressed
air from the brake valve, acting on diaphragm 5, opens valve member $.
This admits air from chamber a into chambers e and b § and, through port
ft
to the brake chambers of the wheels* Chamber a is replenished oy air,
first from the auxiliary tank through port d and then, when the pressure
In this tank drops to a definite value, from the main tank* In releasing
the brakes, when the air pressure in the upper part of the acceleration
valve drops, air from the brake chambers Is discharged through chambers b
and t, lifting diaphragm 5 slightly. If one or all the trailers break away
from the truck, they are braked to a full stop by the emergency valve*
Rupture of the pipeline leads to a drop in pressure under diaphragm 2
of the emergency valve* Then the pressure of the air of the auxiliary tank
In chamber a bends diaphragm $ downward, moving valve member /
onto Its seat* Chamber b Is connected to chamber a t he* the braking action
is performed by the supply of air from the auxiliary tank* Closed valve
member / prevents the air from passing out through diaphragm 5 into the
atmosphere. This stops the trailers that have been broken sway* The emer-
gency valve operates In conjunction with the acceleration valve.

375
 Valve member / is held on seat by spring 2. Space a under
its
the valve member is connected to the compressed air tank.
When the brake pedal (not shown) is depressed, compressed air
is delivered from the brake valve through port 4 and it bends
diaphragm 3 downward, thereby opening valve member /.
Compressed air from space a passes into space d and is deliv-
ered to the brake chambers of the rear wheels. At the same
time, the compressed air tends to force diaphragm 3 upward.
When a definite pressure is reached in the brake chambers,
equilibrium is set up between the forces acting above and below
the diaphragm. At this, valve member l is closed, shutting off
further air delivery to the brake chambers. To increase the
braking force, it is necessary to apply more force to the brake
valve pedal. Then the pressure in the brake valve and, conse-
quently, above the diaphragm is increased, opening valve
member / again and admitting a new amount of air into the
brake chambers. After this, equilibrium is reached again.
Diaphragm 3 rests on rings cand /, and is subject to the action
of spring 5. To release the brakes rapidly, the brake pedal is
released, the pressure in port 4 drops and the diaphragm, bent
upward by the pressure of the air in the brake chambers, con-
nects space d to port 6 which leads to the atmosphere. In this
case, the diaphragm rests on ring e. Thus, the acceleration
valve is also the valve for rapidly releasing the brakes.

376
 J .

VALVE MECHANISM WITH AN ELASTIC EHP

4048
MEMBRANE Va

'\\\
\ -

\v [ <y\vi'0
rr^- \K> '' 1
s Vi
SNv^\V /

H nllill
i
y LI «
—

lli r Bg

Tank

Pump
Air is admitted through ports a and d into the central space
in the valve where it applies pressure to membrane 1. Attached
to the membrane are pistons 2 and 3 which are subject to the
pressure of a fluid. Membrane 1 is in its central position when
the pressure of the air ts equal on its right and left sides. When
the pressure at the left increases, membrane 1 with pistons 2
and 3 moves to the right. At this, plunger 2‘ opens passage b
and admits fluid under pressure into the servomotor. Membrane
/ returns to its neutral position due to the difference in the
effective areas of the cross sections of plungers 2* and 3‘ When
the pressure at the right increases, membrane l with pistons 2
and 3 moves to the left. Plunger 3" opens passage f and the
pressure in the servomotor drops. Membrane / is returned
to its neutral position by the pressure of fluid delivered by
the pump.

377
 REDUCING VALVE MECHANISM EHP
4049
WITH AN ELASTIC DIAPHRAGM Va

Fluid delivered by pump 1 passes through flow regulator 2

to reducing valves 3. Valve member 4 of reducing valve 3
is subject to the pressure of the entering fluid below, and to the
pressure of the fluid in chamber a above. Also acting from above
through pusher b is the force exerted by elastic diaphragm 5,
which is subject to the constant pressure of spring 6 and the
variable pressure of the fluid in chamber /. Chamber f is con-
nected by holes to chamber a. Upon an increase in pressure
in chamber a, the total force acting on valve member 4 from
below becomes more than that acting above because the area
of the diaphragm is greater than that of member 4, Diaphragm 5
is bent upward, valve member 4 is raised by the pressure of
the fluid, reducing the clear opening. This throttling effect
reduces the pressure in chamber a.

378
 2. MECHANISMS OF MEASURING AND TESTING
DEVICES (4050 through 4083)

SELF-ALIGNING PNEUMATIC MEASURING HEAD EHP

4050
MECHANISM m

Compressed air is delivered through

the mcasuringYehamber into the
self-aligning measuring bead.
Sleeve 2 with passage a For air flow
is prcssfitted into body 1 of the
head. Cylindrical nozzle 3 is se-
cured on rubber membrane 4 which
is held by nut 5 to body /. The mi:
pressure of the air from the mea-
suring head bends the membrane,
setting the nozzle properly with
-z
respect to the surface whose rough-
ness is to be measured. Spring 6
mm
holds^nozzle 3 against the surface,
properly aligned regardless of the
position of supporting nut 5. The
pressure in the measuring head,
determined by a water- column
manometer, indicates the height
of the surface irregularities of the
is
-•mi
work.
0 EHP
4051 PNEUMATIC GAUGING INSTRUMENT MECHANISM

Compressed through tube I into membrane-type

air is delivered
pressure stabilizer 2 and further, through restrictor d to mea-
suring chamber 3 and measuring head 4, Depending upon clear-
ance a between the end face of the nozzle and the surface of the
work being checked, a definite pressure is established in measur-
ing head 3. This pressure is measured by pressure gauge 5,
The pressure-gauge scale can be graduated in units that show
the deviation in work size from the basic value.

379
 PNEUMATIC GAUGING INSTRUMENT MECHANISM EHP
4052
WITH A FLOW GAUGE IN PARALLEL M

L
Compressed air is delivered through tube / into membrane-type
pressure stabilizer 2 after which the air stream is divided into
two parts: one passing through internally tapered glass indi-
cator column 3 and the other through conical valve 4 to mea-
suring head 5 to which air passes from column 3 as well. Depend-
ing upon clearance a between the end face of measuring head 5
and the surface of the work being checked, the (low of air and,
consequently, its velocity are varied. Lightweight float 6
rises in column 3 until equilibrium is reached between the
action of gravity and the air flow on the float. The flow-gauge
scale is graduated in units showing the deviation in work size
from the basic value.

Compressed air is delivered through tube / into membrane-type

pressure stabilizer 2 and further, through internally tapered
glass indicator column 3, containing lightweight float 4, to
measuring head 5. The float is held in the suspended state by
the flow of air. Depending upon clearance a between the end
face of measuring head 5 and the surface of work d being checked,
the flow of air and, consequently, its velocity arc varied. Float 4
rises and lowers in column 3 until equilibrium is reached be-
tween the action of gravity and the air flow on the float. The
scale, on which a reading is taken at the upper edge of the
float, can be graduated in units showing the deviation of the
work size from the basic value.

380
 PNEUMATIC CENTRIFUGAL TACHOMETER EHP
4054
MECHANISM

Shalt A of the tachometer is driven by the shaft whose speed Is to be mea-

sured. The centrifugal force of weights 1 move piston 2 to the left In cylin-
der 3 which Is filled with compressed air. The air is delivered into the
cylinder by pump 4. The higher the angular velocity of the shaft being
tested, the more piston 2 uncovers ports a of cylinder 3 and the less, con-
sequently, the pressure in the cylinder and pressure gauge tube 5. Thu$,
any variation in the angular velocity of the shaft being tested is indicated
on a scale by nand 6, which turns about fixed axis B.

EHP
4055 MEMBRANE PRESSURE GAUGE BOX MECHANISM
M

Membrane box 1 is made up oftwo corrugated membranes a

and b, soldered together. The centre of membrane a is stationary
and secured to a pipe member which is to be connected to the
is
space where the pressure is to be measured. The centre of
membrane b is linked to the mechanism for operating the gauge
hand. When there is a difference in pressure inside and outside
the box, movable membrane b bends inward or outward. Motion
of the membrane is transmitted by tie-rod 2 to lever 3 of hand d ,
turning about fixed axis /l. Such a membrane box is used to
measure the relative pressure.

381
 EHP
4056 ANEROID CAPSULE MECHANISM

An aneroid capsule is an airtight soldered membrane box out

of which the air has been evacuated. It is used to measure the
absolute pressure of the air surrounding the capsule. Upon
a change in pressure, the capsule is deformed and its motion
is transmitted by tie-rod 2 and lever 3 to hand a, turning about
a fixed axis.

LINKWORK MECHANISM
41)57
OF A BELLOWS-OPERATED PRESSURE GAUGE

Bellows / is connected by turn-

ing pair E to bell-crank lever
P 2 which turns about fixed axis
A. Connecting rod 3 is connect-
ed by turning pairs B and C
to lever 2 and to link 4 which
turns about fixed axis D. Rigid-
ly attached to link 4 is hand a
of the instrument. When the
pressure changes inside bellows
1 it is either contracted or
stretched axially. This motion is
indicated by hand a on scale b.

382
When the pressure increases in Bourdon tube /, one end of
which is fixed, the tube tends to straighten out, and mem-
ber 2, attached to the movable end of the tube, turns segment
gear 3 about fixed axis A. Segment gear 3 meshes with pinion
4, turning about fixed axis B, to which a hand is attached.
Member 2 is not linked to segment gear 3. Thus, when the
pressure drops and tube / returns to its initial position, segment
gear 3 and the hand remain in the position they were in as
a result of deformation of tube 1. The hand is returned to the
zero position by retracting device 5. When the retracting button
is pushed, it turns segment gear 3 by means of flat spring 6
and zeroes the hand.

383
 LEVER MECHANISM EHP
4059
OF A PRESSURE-VACUUM GAUGE M

Bellows / and 2^arc w rigidly attached together by eans of

hollow cylinder a, The air is evacuated from bellows /, and
bellows 2 is connected by tube d to the space in which the
pressure is to be measured. As bellows 2 is deformed by the
pressure, link 3, attached to bellows 2, is displaced. Link 3
is connected by turning pair A to slider 4 which slides along
the axis of link 5, turning about fixed axis B. Connecting
rod 6 is connected by turning pairs C and D to links 5 and 7.
Link 7 turns about fixed axis F and has segment gear f which
meshes with pinion 8, turning about fixed axis F. The readings
of the gauge are indicated by hand b, rigidly attached to pin-
ion 8, on scale 9. Weight P counterbalances the weight of
link 5.

384
 LEVER MECHANISM OF A GAUGE
4060
FOR MEASURING PRESSURE DIFFERENCE

9-

mM

The chambers of cylinders 3 and 4, containing bellows 1 and 2,

are connected to the spaces whose difference in pressure is
to be measured. Cylinders 3 and 4 are joined by stem 5. Stem 5
is subject to the action of weight 7, transmitted through lever 6
which turns about Gxed point A. Weight 7 develops the coun-
terbalancing moment. The movement of stem 5 depends upon
the difference in pressures in cylinders 3 and 4. This difference
is determined by setting weight 7 along lever 6 to the equilib-
rium position. Pushers 8 and JO, and lever 9 enable the equi-
librium position of lever 6 to be accurately determined.

25-0114 38b
 ,

Each of the four membrane boxes t,connected to one another

in series, contains spring 2 whose purpose is to ensure propor-
tionality of the barograph scale. Upon a change in atmospheric
pressure the whole system of boxes is deformed and this motion
is transmitted by pin 3 to link 4 which is connected to link 3
by turning pair B and turns about fixed axis A. Connecting
rod 5 is connected by turning pairs C and D to link 4 and to
link 6 which turns about fixed axis E. Rigidly attached to
link 6 is hand 7 which indicates the readings of the barograph
on scale a and carries a pen that registers the readings on a paper
chart wound on rotating drum 8.
 ,

Vessel connected to membrane box 2 and also to the atmos-

/ is
phere through capillary tube 3. Depending upon the vertical
velocity of the item on which the instrument is mounted, the
pressure inside and outside membrane box 2 differs due to the
retarded flow of air through the narrow passage in capillary
tube 3. This deforms membrane box 2 and its motion is trans-
mitted to shaft 10 to which hand 4 is attached. The hand is
turned by means of link 7, connected by turning pairs A and B
to membrane box 2 and to lever 8, turning about fixed axis C
and flexible link 9 which is wound around drum a. Drum a is
rigidly mounted on shaft 10 which turns about fixed axis D.
Capillary tube 3 is enclosed in a metal housing connected to
the atmosphere through valve 5 which can be closed with
handle 6. The instrument is protected against overloads by
valve 11 which opens automatically and admits air (in climbing)
or releases air (in descending) into or from membrane box 2
through the orifice in nozzle 12. This limits the load on the
membrane box.

25* 387
The pressure of the fuel is measured by pressure gauge member /
whose inside chamber is connected to tube 2 t immersed in the
gasoline tank. Pump 3 is connected to tube 2, The pressure
in the housing of gauge member equal to the pressure of
1 is
the air above the level of the fuel in the tank because tube 4
is connected to air tube 5 of the tank. A certain air pressure
is established in the pump cylinder which is transmitted simul-
taneously to tank a and to pressure gauge member 1. The air
delivered by the pump forces the gasoline out of tube 2, This
establishes a pressure in the gasoline gauge system that is
proportional to the level of the gasoline. The hand (not shown)
of member / indicates .this pressure on a scale.
 EHP
4064 GAS THERMOMETER MECHANISM
M

Upon a change in the temperature of thermal bulb /, tilled

with gas and immersed in the medium whose temperature is to be
measured, the pressure changes in capillary tube 2 and in
helical tubular spring 3, connected to tube 2. One end of the
tubular spring is fixed and the other end, which moves when
the spring is wound up or unwound by the change of pressure
inside it, turns shaft A, Spring 3 is linked to shaft A through
yoke 4. Shaft A is linked through lever 5, tie-rod 6 and lever
7 to shaft B. Rigidly mounted on shaft B is hand 8 or a pen
which registers the temperature being measured.

389
 PRESSURE-SPRING THERMOMETER MECHANISM EHP
4065
WITH TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION «

Upon change in the temperature

a
of thermal bulb 1 filled with a liquid
,

and immersed in the medium whose

temperature is to be measured, the
pressure changes in capillary tube 2,
which connects the bulb to tubular
spring 3, and in the spring itself.
This spring, winding up or unwinding,
A £ turns hand 6 through tie-rod 4 about
fixed axis A To compensate for the
,

effect of the ambient temperature on

the reading, provision is made for
a special device consisting of compen-
sating capillary tube 7, of the same
length as the main tube, and auxil-
iary spiral tubular spring 8, having
the same properties as main spring 3.
Spring 8 actuates hand 6 through
tie-rod 5 in the direction opposite to
the action of spring 3. This eliminates
the influence of the ambient tempera-
ture on the reading of the instrument.

LEVER-GEAR MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC EHP

4066
AIR-TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Container /, filled halfwith

full
a low-boiling liquid, is connected by
tube 2 to Bourdon tube 3. Tube 2
and the Bourdon tube are filled with
a special liquid having a viscosity
so high that it does not pour out
of the tubes. A change in temperature
of container / changes the pressure
of the saturated vapour of the liquid
in the container. This pressure is
transmitted to the viscous liquid
filling Bourdon tube. Tube 3 is
the
deformed and the motion of its free
end is transmitted through link 4 and
segment gear 5, turning about fixed
axis A to pinion 6 and hand 7,
t

rigidly attached to the pinion and

turning about fixed axis B.

39C
 LEVER-GEAR MECHANISM OF A RECORDING EHP
4067
THERMOMETER M

Upon a change in temperature of the medium in which thermal

bulb / is immersed, the pressure of the liquid filling the thermal
bulb and Bourdon tube 2 changes. Tube 2 is deformed and
the motion of its free end turns three-arm lever 3 about fixed
axis A. Segment gear b of the three-arm lever meshes with
pinion 4, which is rigidly attached to hand a and turns about
fixed axis B. Hand a indicates the reading of the instrument
on scale c. At the same time, lever 3 operates pen d which
records the temperature on a chart paper fastened to rotating
drum 7. Motion is transmitted to pen d, rigidly mounted on
lever 6 which turns about fixed axis C, through intermediate
link 5, Link 5 is connected by turning pairs E and F to levers 3
and 6,

391
 HYDRAULIC DYNAMOMETER MECHANISM EHP
4068
WITH AN ELASTIC DIAPHRAGM’ M

When the force being measured is applied to piston /, sliding

in cylinder 2, the force is transmitted through diaphragm I
to the liquid. The liquid is compressed and its pressure is
measured by pressure gauge 4 .

DYNAMOGRAPH MECHANISM WITH AN ELASTIC EHP

4069
DIAPHRAGM M

Tensile force F , applied to the dynamograph by means of

reversing shackles 1 and 2, designed as plates held together
by bolts, is transmitted to piston 3, Piston 3 acts through
rubber diaphragm 4 on a liquid which fills the hydraulic cap-
sule. The capsule is connected to a self-recording pressure
gauge whose scale is graduated in units of the force being mea-
sured.

392
 HYDRAULIC SCALE MECHANISM EHP
4070
WITH AN ELASTIC DIAPHRAGM M
1 2

k 3 5

Platform /,on which the item being weighed is placed, rests

on piston 2. Piston 2 rests on steel ball 3 of the hydraulic cap-
sule. The pressure of the ball is transmitted by member 4
to diaphragm 5 which compresses the liquid. The pressure of
the liquid, proportional to the weight of the item, is measured
by a pressure gauge. The scale is switched on and off by turning
shaft A, having eccentric shoulders a.

Tensile force F is applied by means of shackles 1 and 2 and

steel ball 3 to piston 4 of the hydraulic capsule. Through dia-
phragm 5, piston 4 applies pressure to the liquid. This pressure
is transmitted to Bourdon tube 6 which tends to straighten out.
The free end of tube 6 is connected through a flexible link,
running over pulley 7, to spring 8. Pulley 7 turns about fixed
axis A and is rigidly attached to pen 9 which registers the mea*
sured forces on chart paper a.

393
 LINKWORK MECHANISM OF A PNEUMATIC EHP
4072
ACCELEROMETER M

Compressed air isdelivered to nipple a from where a part

passes into membrane unit i and the remainder is discharged
through nozzle d. In measuring vertical acceleration, sensing
element 2 turns together with lever 3 about fixed axis A. This
turns plate 4 about fixed axis B t bringing it nearer to or retracting
it from nozzle d. The pressure in membrane unit /, connected
by nipple b to a pressure gauge, depends upon the position
of plate 4 with respect to nozzle d. Thus, the pressure in'membrane
unit / depends upon the vertical acceleration being measured.
Motion is transmitted from membrane 7 to lever 3 through
link 6, connected by turning pairs C and D to membrane 7
and to lever 3. Motion is transmitted from lever 3 to plate 4
through link 8 connected by turning pairs E and F to plate 4
,

and to lever 3, The pressure is indicated by a pressure gauge

graduated in units of acceleration. Natural vibrations of the
system are damped by air damper 5, consisting of piston 9 and
link 10 which is connected by turning pairs K and M to piston 9
and to lever 3.
 EHP
4073 L1NKWORK MECHANISM OF AN ACCELEROMETER
M

U*tube / ofthe chamber is filled with mercury, the level being

at the same height in both branches. In measuring linear accel-
eration, the column of mercury in tube 1 is displaced by iner-
tia, thereby displacing the water on top of the mercury. This
forces a certain additional amount of water into one of the
elastic tubes, 2 or 3. The deformation of these tubes, caused
by the change in pressure, is transmitted by intermediate
link 6, connected by turning pairs B and C to link 4 and to
lever 5. Lever 5 turns about fixed axis A, and its hand a has
a pen which records the readings of the instrument on a paper
chart fastened to drum 7. Drum 7 rotates about fixed axis D.
The motion of the hand depends upon the measured linear
acceleration.

395
 GAS ANALYZER MECHANISM EHP
4074
WITH A PRESSURE REGULATOR M

The gas being investigated passes continuous stream through

in a
pipeline 1 A part of the gas, passing through valve 2, enters
.

tube 3 in which diaphragm 4 is mounted. The pressure regula-

tor, consisting of membrane 5 linked to valve 2, maintains
a constant pressure drop over membrane 4 and, consequently,
a constant flow of gas through the membrane. The pressure is
adjusted by changing the compression of spring 7. Following
diaphragm 4 the gas passes through an absorbing liquid in
,

a vessel and the remainder is released through the hole in

diaphragm 6 to the atmosphere. The pressure of the gas before
diaphragm 6 measured by pressure gauge 8 depends upon the
, ,

amount of the component to be determined, initially contained

in the gas and absorbed by the liquid.
 MECHANISM OF AN INSTRUMENT EHP
4075 FOR DETERMINING THE PROPORTIONALITY
LIMIT OF BOURDON TUBES
M

Tube /, to be tested, connected to the cylinder of pressure

is
device 2. The movable end of tube / is connected through flexible
link 3 to pulley 4 which turns about a fixed axis. Pulley 4
is mounted on and turns with an axle. Also mounted on this
axle is mirror 5 on which light from lamp 6 falls after passing
through collimator tube 7. The beam of light is reflected by
mirror 5 onto scale 8, When the pressure is increased by pres-
sure device 2, tube 1 tends to straighten out and the motion
of its free end turns pulley 4 and mirror 5, Increasing the pres-
sure by equal intervals and noting the corresponding displace-
ment of the beam of light, the pressure can be found, beyond
which the increment in the readings noticeably increases, i

deviating from a linear law. The pressure corresponding to this

point is the sought limit of proportionality of the Bourdon tube.
 MECHANISM OF THE PUSTYGIN INSTALLATION EHP
4076 FOR INVESTIGATING THE HAY PRESSING
PROCESS M

Hydraulic capsule 2 subject to the force acting on bottom a

is
of pressing chamber 3, and hydraulic capsule 1 is subject to
the force of friction between the hay being pressed and the
walls of pressing chamber 3. During the hay pressing operation,
accomplished by ram 5 which is driven by connecting rods 6 ,

the liquid in the hydraulic capsules is compressed, deforming

Bourdon tubes 4 and 7, connected to the capsules. The move-
ment of the free ends of the tubes is transmitted to pens f,
recording the pressures on chart paper. Motion of the ram is
transmitted by pin b to slider 8 which travels along guide
column 9. At this, flexible link 10, running over pulley 11,
moves the strip of chart paper 12.

398
 PNEUMATIC INSTRUMENT MECHANISM EHP
4077
FOR SURFACE ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT M
I

After passing through pressure reducer 1 (see Fig. a) in which

its pressure is reduced, the compressed air is divided into
two streams. Part of the air passes into external chamber a of
pneumatic relay 2; the rest passes through second pressure reduc-
er 3 and is delivered to nozzle 4 and further, through nozzle 5,
to internal chamber d of relay 2. Surface irregularities are
traced by stylus 6 mounted on lever 7. The movements of
stylus 6 are transmitted to plate 8 which interrupts air flow
from nozzle 4 into nozzle 5 and relay 2. The fluctuations of
pressure in relay 2 are sensed by membrane 9 which is linked
by levers to pen 10. Upon a drop in pressure in internal cham-
ber dt of relay 2, membranes 11 and 12 are bent inward. At this,
valve 13 shuts off air flow to external chamber a and valve 14
connects the chamber to the atmosphere. Membrane 9 bends
inward, moving the pen to the right. Upon an increase in pres-
sure in internal chamber d, pen 10 moves to the left. Stylus
travel over the surface being tested is accomplished by weight 15
(see Fig. 6); the speed of travel being varied by piston-type
regulator 16 which has flow-control valve 17. The motion of
the weight is transmitted to drum 22, which feeds the paper
chart, and to stylus 6 through pinion 18 and rack 19, as well
as two bellows, 20 and 21, filled with liquid.

.1
 EHP
4076 MEMBRANE PRESSURE GAUGE MECHANISM
M

When the pressure inside the pressure gauge increases, membrane

/bends upward, raising fink 2 and rack 3 which turns pinion 4
about fixed axis A. Hand 5 is rigidly attached to pinion 4.

The vessel with the pressure to

be measured is connected to
Bourdon tube /. End a of spi-
ral tube sealed shut and is
/ is
linked by member 2 to lever 3.
Member 2 is connected by turn-
ing pairs D
and C to tube 1
and to lever 3, which turns
about fixed axis A and has seg-
ment gear b. Segment gear b
of lever 3 meshes with pinion 4
which turns about fixed axis B
and is rigidly attached to hand
5, When the
pressure is in-
creased, tube/ tends tostraight-
en out, its sealed end a moves' to
the right, member 2 turns lever
3 with segment gear b which
turns pinion 4 and hand 5
along scale d.

400
 4

i
EHP
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE MECHANISM
M

Gas at the higher pressure is delivered into the lower chamber

of the gauge where it applies a force on the bottom of bellows 1.
Gas at the lower pressure is delivered into the bellows. The
difference in the pressures acting on the bottom of the bellows
is counterbalanced by spring 2 whose number of active coils
can be varied by turning insert 3. Owing to the pressure dif-
ference, the bellows is compressed and, by means of lever 4,
it turns shaTt 6. This shaft is brought out through seal 5 and
is linked to a mechanism which operates the shutter of the
regulator. The instrument is zeroed by adjusting screw 7.
The motion of the bellows is restricted by sleeve 8 and by
boss a of the gauge housing.

26 — 011 401
 PRESSURE LIMITER MECHANISM EHP
4081
WITH AN ELASTIC MEMBRANE M

When the air pressure increases

or decreases in chamber a, mem-
brane 1, to which pin b is
fastened, is bent outward or
inward- Pin b actuates contact
lever 2, turning about fixed
axis /!, so that the lever makes
contact with either upper ter-
minal 4 or lower terminal 3. The
terminals are adjusted to the
required pressure by screws c.
Terminals 3 and 4 are connect-
ed to an electropneumatic de-
vice which regulates the air
pressure.

AUTOMATIC LIQUID DENSITY RECORDER F.HP

4082
MECHANISM M

Float 2 is suspended on helical

spring 3 whose force counterbal-
ances the buoyant force of the
float. When the liquid to be
tested is delivered through in-
put tube 1, recording pen 4
draws a line whose length cor-
responds to the density of the
liquid, The instrument oper-
ates periodically. When vessel 5
is filled with the liquid to the
height of the top bend of si-
phon 6, the liquid begins to
empty the vessel through the
siphon. After vessel 5 has been
completely emptied by siphon
6, it begins to fill again.

402
 PRESSURE REDUCER MECHANISM EHP
4083
WITH AN ELASTIC MEMBRANE M

High-pressure air is delivered along pipe 1 and through nozzle 2

into chamber a of the reducer. As the pressure increases, mem-
brane 4 bends upward, overcoming the resistance of spring 5.
As a result, spring 6 lifts shackle 5, and the input nozzle is
closed by rubber disk 1 (as shown). When the pressure drops,
membrane 4 is bent downward by spring 5, so that shackle 3
opens nozzle 2 slightly. At this, the pressure in chamber a
increases to the required value.

26 * 403
 3. REGULATOR MECHANISMS (4084 through 4113)

The thermoslat, serving to maintain constant temperature

of the cooling water, consists of two valves, 1 and 2, and bel-
lows 3, rigidly attached to the valves and filled with a low-
boiling liquid. Until the engine heats up, upper valve 1 remains
closed and lower valve 2 opens holes a to allow water to flow
through. When the engine has become heated and the tempera-
ture of the cooling water is above the required value, the liquid
in the bellows boils. The increased pressure stretches the bel-
lows, opening valve 1 and simultaneously closing valve 2.
Then the water circulates through the radiator in the direction
indicated by the dash-line arrows.

404
 SINGLE-VALVE THERMOSTAT MECHANISM EHP
4085
FOR AN AUTOMOBILE Rg

Tile thermostat, serving tomain- Radiator

tain constant temperature of
the cooling water, consists of
valve /, reducing the clear open-
ing of the water outlet connec-
tion, and bellows 2, filled with
a low-boiling liquid. At a tem-
perature below the preset value,
the valve remains closed and
water does not circulate
through the radiator. As the tem-
perature increases inside thermo-
stat housing <?, the Liquid in
the bellows boils. The increased
pressure stretches the bellows
which, by means of stem 4, lifts
valve l, admitting the water
into the radiator.
Engine

AIRCRAFT RADIATOR FLAP THERMOSTAT

MECHANISM

When the temperature of the medium

surrounding bellows I drops, the volume
of the liquid with which the bellows is
filled changes* deforming the bellows
and moving piston 2. Valve spool 3>
rigidly linked to piston 2 W shifts down-
ward. The fluid delivered by the pump
to the valve is directed to the power
cylinder controlling the radiator flaps,
This raises the temperature of the medi^
um, When the temperature Increases,
the elements of the thermostat operate
in the reverse direction. The body of the
valve can be adjusted along the axis of
the thermostat housing by changing the
length of regulating tte-rcd\4. This
controls the motion of the flaps and the
temperature of the coolant.
 EHP
4087 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Hand 2, turningabout fixed axis.4, is linked to Bourdon tube /

which is connected to the item whose pressure is to be regulated.

Link 12 is connected by turning pairs B and C to hand 2 and
to shutter 3, which turns about fixed axis D and approaches
nozzle 4. Compressed air is delivered through tube 5 and flow-
control valve 6 to nozzle 4. The nozzle is also connected to
bellows 7 to which the ball of valve 8 is linked. The air deliv-
ered to valve 8 through flow-control valve 9 is at the same
pressure as that delivered to nozzle 4. The chamber of valve <5
is connected to the atmosphere and to the membrane chamber
of servomotor 10, When the pressure rises above normal, hand 2
turns counterclockwise, shutter 3 is retracted from nozzle 4,
1he pressure in bellows 7 drops, and the ball of valve 8 is raised,
closing off air discharge to the atmosphere. After this, the
pressure on the membrane of the servomotor increases and
valve //is closed to some extent, reducing the supply of the
heat-carrying agent to the system. When the pressure in the
system drops, hand 2 turns clockwise, shutter 3 approaches
nozzle 4, restricting the flow. This raises the pressure in bel-
lows 7, lowering the ball of valve 8 and reducing the flow of air
to the servomotor whose membrane chamber is connected
to the atmosphere. Valve 11 is opened by the weight and it
increases the supply of heat-carrying agent to the system.
 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK Rg

Hand 2, turningabout fixed axis A, is linked to Bourdon tube /

which is connected to the item whose pressure is to be regulated.
Link 13 is connected by turning pahs B and C to hand 2 and
to shutter 3 which turns about axis D, attached to bellows 12 ,

and approaches nozzle 4. Compressed air is delivered through

tube 5 and flow-control valve 6 to nozzle 4. The nozzle is also
connected to bellows 7 to which the ball of valve 8 is linked.
The air delivered to valve 8 through flow-control valve 9 is
at the same pressure as that delivered to nozzle 4 The chamber
,

of valve 8 is connected to the atmosphere and to the membrane

chamber of servomotor 10. When the pressure rises above nor-
mal, hand 2 turns counterclockwise, shutter 3 is retracted from
nozzle 4, the pressure in bellows 7 drops, and the ball of valve 5
is raised, closing off air discharge to the atmosphere. After
this, the pressure on the membrane of servomotor 10 increases
and valve // is closed to some extent, reducing the supply of
heat-carrying agent to the system. At the same time, the in-
creased pressure stretches bellows 12, returning shutter 3 to its
previous position. As a result, the ball of valve 8 is lowered
and the pressure in servomotor 10 is stabilized. When the
pressure in the system drops, the elements of the regulator
operate in the reverse direction.

407
 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4089
WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK

nj

Hand 2,turning about fixed axis A, is linked to Bourdon tube /

which is connected to the item whose pressure is to be regulat-
ed. Link 13 is connected by turning pairs B and C to hand 2
and to shutter 3 which turns about axis D, attached to bellows 12 t
and approaches nozzle 4. Compressed air is delivered through
tube 5 and flow-control valve 6 to nozzle 4. The nozzle is also
connected to bellows 7 to which the ball of valve 8 is linked.
Air is delivered through flow-control valve 9 to valve 8 whose
chamber is connected to the atmosphere and to the membrane
chamber of servomotor 10. When the pressure drops in the item
being regulated, hand 2 turns clockwise, shutter 3 approaches
nozzle 4, the pressure in bellows 7 increases, and the ball of
valve 8 is lowered, connecting the membrane chamber of servo-
motor 10 to the atmosphere. This reduces the pressure on the
membrane and valve 11 is opened to some extent, increasing
the supply of the heat-carrying agent to the system. Bellows 12
is connected to the membrane chamber of servomotor 10 through
flow-control valve 14. For this reason, the pressure in bellows 12
drops with a certain lag, during which the pressure on the
membrane of servomotor 10 continues to remain less than it
would be with ordinary operation of a feedback bellows, i.e. one
without flow-control valve 14. With this arrangement, regu-
lating valve // first greatly increases the supply of heat-carrying
agent, thereby tending to decrease a subsequent deviation
of the parameter being regulated antf reducing the length
of the transient state. Flow-control valve 14 can influence the
rate of the regulating process. When the pressure in the system
increases, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction.
 ,

PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP

WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

Lever 3, suspended on springs 8, is connected by turning pairs A

C and B to the rods of cataract piston 10, spool 4 and piston 2.
When the pressure increases in pipeline 1, piston 2 moves upward
and, by means of lever 3, shifts spool 4 upward so that fluid is
delivered to the upper end of cylinder 5. Piston 6, together with
shutter 7, begins to descend. Descending simultaneously are
cataract 10, designed as a cylinder containing a piston that
divides it into two chambers connected together through
flow-control valve 9, and point A of lever 3. This stretches
left spring 8 somewhat. As point A is lowered, lever 3 turns
about point B, moving point C and spool 4 downward. After
a certain time has passed, spool 4 reaches its central (neutral)
position and the downward motion of shutter 7 stops. This
establishes a new position of equilibrium, but at a pressure
somewhat higher than the specified value. To return the pres*
sure to the specified value, the action of cataract 10 is made
use of. Owing to the tension of left spring 8, the pressure in the
upper end of the cataract cylinder Is somewhat higher than
in the lower end, and the fluid begins to flow to the lower end.
At this, the piston'of the cataract moves upward with point A
of lever 3, Spool 4 moves upward again and shutter 7 descends,
additionally reducing the pressure in pipeline /. When the
pressure drops in pipeline 1, the elements of the regulator
operate in the reverse direction.
 1

PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP

409
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

Lever 6 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pairs B and C to links 11 and /2, which, in turn, are connected
by turning pairs D and E to bellows 7 and to piston 5. When
the pressure increases in pipeline 1, membrane 2 is bent to the
left and diverts jet valve nozzle 3 opposite the left-hand channel
so that fluid from the nozzle is delivered to the upper end of the
servomotor cylinder. Piston 5 moves downward and closes
valve 4 to some extent. At the same time, link 11 compresses
bellows 7. The system consisting of two bellows, 7 and 8, is
filled with fluid and is airtight. The chamber of bellows 8
is connected through flow-control valve 10 to a vessel contain-
ing the fluid. When bellows 7 is compressed, the pressure
in its chamber increases and this compresses bellows 8 which,
through spring 9, diverts jet nozzle 3 to the right. When the
bellows are deformed, the pressure of the fluid in them is
increased, so that part of the fluid escapes through flow-control
valve 10 and jet nozzle 3 returns to its initial position. When
the pressure decreases in pipeline /, the elements of the regula-
tor operate in the reverse direction.
 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4092
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK

Lever 7 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pair B to link 12 which is connected by turning pair C to the
rod of piston 13. When the pressure increases in pipeline 15,
membrane 1 is bent to the left, diverting jet valve nozzle 2,
linked by spring 14 to point E of lever 7, in the same direction.
Fluid from nozzle 2 is delivered to the left-hand channel and
to the right end of cylinder From here part of the fluid flows
to the top end of power cylinder 5, lowering the piston and
shutter W, connected by turning pair D to piston rod 6. As pis-
tou 13 moves to the left, lever 7 diverts jet valve nozzle 2 to
the right. As fluid flows through flow-control valve 4 owing
,

to the action of stretched spring 9, the servomotor piston (in

cylinder 5) moves downward an additional amount, lowering
shutter 10 again. Membrane 1 gradually moves to the right,
diverting jet valve nozzle 2 to the right until it reaches its
middle position. The required pressure to be maintained in
pipeline 15 is set by means of screw 11 which adjusts the force
exerted by spring 8 on memhrane 1. When the pressure drops
in pipeline 15, the elements of the regulator operate in tne
reverse direction.
 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4093
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

Hand turning about fixed axis A, is linked to Bourdon tube /

2,
which is connected to the item whose pressure is to be regulated.
Link 15 is connected by turning pairs C and D to hand 2 and
to lever 3 which, in turn, is connected by turning pair B to the
rod of bellows 13 and carries shutter a. When the pressure rises
in the item being regulated, hand 2 turns counterclockwise and
shutter a is retracted from nozzle 4 to which compressed air
is delivered through tube 5 and flow-control valve 6. Com-
pressed air is also delivered through flow-control valve 9 to the
chamber of valve 8 whose ball is linked to bellows 7. The cham-
ber of bellows 7 is connected to nozzle 4. The chamber of valve 8
is connected to the atmosphere and to the membrane chamber
of servomotor 10. As shutter a is retracted from nozzle 4, the
pressure in bellows 7 drops and the ball of valve 8 is raised,
closing off air discharge to the atmosphere. AFter this, pressure
on the membrane of servomotor 10 increases and valve 11
is dosed to some extent, reducing the supply of heat-carrying
agent to the system. The increase in pressure compresses bel-
lows 12. At this, bellows 13 is stretched, moving shutter a
toward nozzle 4. Upon the deformation of bellows 12 and 13,
the pressure or the air in them increases. As a result, a part
of the air is'released through flow-control valve 14 to the atmos-
phere, and shutter a smoothly returns’ to its initial position.
When the pressure in the system drops, the elements of the
regulator operate in the reverse direction.

412
 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4094
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

W 8

Hand 2, turning about fixed axis A, is linked to Bourdon tube /,

which is connected to the item whose pressure is to be regulated.
Link 16 is connected by turning pairs C and D to hand 2 and
to lever 8 which, in turn, is connected by turning pair B to the
rod of bellows 13 and carries shutter a. When the pressure rises
in the item being regulated, hand 2 turns counterclockwise,
and shutter a is retracted from nozzle 4 to which compressed
air is delivered through tube 5 and flow-control valve 6. Com-
pressed air is also delivered through flow-control valve 9 to the
chamber of valve 8 whose ball is linked to bellows 7, The cham-
ber of bellows 7 is connected to nozzle 4. The chamber of valve 8
is connected to the atmosphere and to the membrane chamber
of servomotor 10. As shutter a is retracted from nozzle 4 t the
pressure in bellows 7 drops and the ball of valve 8 is raised,
closing off air discharge to the atmosphere. After this, pressure
on the membrane of servomotor 10 increases and valve 11 is
closed to some extent, reducing the supply of heat-carrying
agent to the system. The increase in air pressure is transmitted
to feedback bellows 12 with a certain lag owing to the provision
or flow-control valve 15 whose clear opening can be regulated.
During this lag, the pressure on the membrane of servomotor 10
continues to remain more than it would be with ordinary opera-
tion of a feedback bellows, i.e. one without flow-control valve 15.
With this arrangement, regulating valve 11 first greatly reduces
the supply of heat-carrying agent, thereby tending to decrease
a subsequent deviation of the parameter being regulated and
reduce the length of the transient state. Upon deformation of
bellows 12 and 13, the pressure of air in them increases. As
a result, a part of the air is released through flow-control valve 14
to the atmosphere, and shutter a smoothly returns to its initial
position. When the pressure in the system drops, the elements
of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

413
 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4095
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

Lever 2 is connected by turning pair 0 to the sleeve of gover-

nor 1. Links 11 and 12 are connected by turning pairs A, F, B
and E to lever 2 and the piston rod of cataract 7 and to the stem
of valve spool 3. Lever 5 turns abuut fixed axis C and is con-
nected by turning pairs N and K to links 13 and 14. Link 13
is connected by turning pair L to the lower piston rod of servo-
motor 6, and link 14 is connected by turning pair M to shut-
ter 4. When the speed of the item being regulated increases,
the balls of centrifugal governor 1 move outward and its sleeve
is raised, turning lever 2 about point A. This raises spool 3
of the valve, admitting fluid into the lower end of servomotor 6.
The servomotor piston moves upward, lever 5 is turned about
axis C and shutter 4 moves downward, reducing the supply
of the heat-carrying agent to the system. As the piston of servo-
motor 6 moves upward, it raises the piston of cataract 7. At
this, tie-rod 9 turns lever 10 clockwise about fixed axis D,
raising the point of suspension of spring 3. This turns lever 2
about point 0, shifting valve spool 3 downward. Fluid from the
lower end of the cataract cylinder floves through flow-control
valve 15 into the upper end. After this, spring 8 will no longer
be stretched and point A will be located higher than its initial
position. For this reason, valve spool 3 returns to its central
position only at a speed exceeding the initial value.

414
 FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK MECHANISM EHP
4096
IN REGULATORS Rg

Lever 7 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pairs B and D to links 10 and 11, Link 10 is connected by
turning pair C to the rod of piston 5, and link H by turning
pair E to valve 3, When jet valve nozzle turning about fixed
axis F, is diverted by membrane 2 owing to an increase in
pressure on the membrane, the spool of valve 3 is shifted,
admitting fluid to move the piston of servomotor 4 and the
piston of auxiliary servomotor 5. This compresses spring 6
and lever 7 shifts sleeve 8. Then, as the fluid flows from one end
of the cylinder of auxiliary servomotor 5 to the other emd through
flow-control valve 9, the piston of servomotor 5 moves to the
right and lever 7 returns valve sleeve 8 to its initial position.
When the pressure drops in the right-hand chamber of mem-
brane 2, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction.

415
 FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK MECHANISM EHP
4097
IN REGULATORS

Crank 4, designed as an eccentric, turns about fixed axis D.

Link 11 ts connected by turning pairs C and B to crank 4 and
to lever 10 which turns about fixed axis A and has at its other
end fork a. Fork a engages pin E of rod 3. When the pressure
acting on outer bellows 1 increases, inner bellows 2 is com-
pressed, moving rod 3 to the right and turning crank 4 clockwise
by means of lever 10 and link //. At this; shutter 5, attached
to crank 4, approaches nozzle 9. As rod 3 moves to the right,
right-hand bellows 6 and 7 are stretched, compressing spring 8.
As the fluid from the space between bellows 6 and 7 flows back
through flow-control valve 12 into the space between bellows 1
and 2 the bellows return to their initial position, as does rod 3.
,

This returns shutter 5 to its initial position with respect to

nozzle 9 When the pressure acting on outer bellows 1 decreases,
.

the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.

416
 EHP
4098 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

The vapour pressure thermometer consists of thermal bulb /,

capillary tube 5 and bellows 3, housed in airtight box 7. When
the temperature and, consequently, the pressure increase in the
vapour pressure thermometer, the force acting on the bellows
box also increases, the bellows and spring 5 are compressed,
stem 4 of the valve moves downward and closes the valve
to some extent, reducing the supply of heat-carrying agent
to the system. When the pressure in the system is reduced,
spring 5 raises box 7, stretching the bellows. As a result, the
clear opening of the regulating valve increases. The regulator
is set to the required temperature by changing the initial
compression of the spring. This is done by adjusting washer 8
to the corresponding graduation of scale 9. Pressure gauge 6
with a temperature scale serves to check the temperature.

27—0114 417
 ,

EHP
4099 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

diagram of monitoring
indicator
|T
Ja
c n
to
20
to

4 e
air
>
ID vpa Ut
Pressure gauge b Pressure gauge
Hea t- carrying agent

The temperature in vessel 1 Is regulated by varying the supply

of heat-carrying agent flowing through regulating valve 3,
which is linked to membrane- type servomotor 7. Compressed
air is delivered to the system through tube e and is divided
into two streams. The first passes through pressure reducer 4
into the space above bellows 5 and further to nozzle 6. The
second stream passes through orifice a to the inner chamber
of bellows 5, to the atmosphere through orifice b, and to the
upper (membrane) chamber of servomotor 7. As shutter 8 is
retracted from nozzle 6 the pressure acting on bellows 5 is
t

reduced. At this, valve member 9 moves upward, closing inlet

orifice a and opening discharge outlet b. This reduces the pres-
sure on the servomotor membrane so that its spring closes
valve 3 to some extent. When shutter 8 approaches nozzle 6
the bellows are compressed, valve member 9 moves downward,
the pressure on the servomotor membrane is increased and
valve 3 opens. The required temperature In vessel 1 is set by
the monitoring indicator. Through tie-rod 12 handle 11 turns
t

lever 13 about axis A, and monitoring hand 10, linked to lever

13, is set to the required temperature. At this, lever 14 turns
about pin C of lever 15, Upon a change in temperature in ves-
sel 1, hollow helical spring 16 of pressure-spring thermometer 5
either winds up or unwinds to some extent and, through tie-
rod 17 , lever 15 and pin C, turns lever 14 about axis B. This
turns pen 18, rigidly attached to lever 15. Suspended from

418
 EHP
4099 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

lever 14 tie-rod 20 whose axis of rotation coincides with the

is
geometric axis of rotation of pen 18 when the pen coincides
with monitoring hand 10 (see the diagram of the monitoring
indicator). In this position, tie-rod 20, through lever 19 and
pin d, provides for light contact between shutter 8 and nozzle 6.
Simultaneous motion of coinciding pen 18 and hand 10 has
no effect on the position of shutter 8 When the temperature
.

drops in vessel /, helical spring 16 winds up somewhat and

displaces pen 18 to the right of monitoring hand 10. In turning,
lever 14 lowers tie-rod 20 which turns lever 19 clockwise.
At this, shutter 8 closes nozzle 6 , pressure on the membrane
of servomotor 7 is increased and valve 3 is opened, increasing
the supply of heat-carrying agent to the system. The mechanism
operates in a similar manner if monitoring hand 10 deviates
from pen 18.

27* 419
 NARROW- RANGE TEMPERATURE REGULATOR EHP
4100
MECHANISM Rg

The temperature in vessel 1 regulated by varying the supply

is
of heat-carrying agent flowing through regulating valve 3,
which is linked to membrane-type servomotor 7. Compressed
air is delivered to the system through tube e and is divided
into two streams. The first passes through pressure reducer 4
into the space above bellows 5 and further to nozzle 6. The
second stream passes through orifice a to the inner chamber of
bellows 5, to the atmosphere through orifice b, and to the upper
(membrane) chamber of servomotor 7. As shutter 8 is retracted
from nozzle 6 the pressure acting on bellows .5 is reduced. At
,

this, valve member 9 moves upward, closing inlet orifice a and

opening discharge outlet 6. This reduces the pressure on the
servomotor membrane so that its spring doses valve 3 to some
extent. When shutter 8 approaches nozzle 6, the bellows are
compressed, valve member 9 moves downward, the pressure
on the servomotor membrane is increased and valve 3 opens.
The required temperature in vessel / is set by the monitoring
indicator. Through tie-rod 12, handle 11 turns lever 13 about .

axis A, and monitoring hand 10, linked to lever 13, is set to the
required temperature. At this, lever 14 turns about pin C
of lever 15. Upon a change in temperature in vessel 1, hollow
helical spring 16 of pressure-spring thermometer 2 either winds
up or unwinds to some extent and, through tie-rod 17, lever 15
and pin C, turns lever 14 about axis B. This turns pen 18, i|
 ,

NARROW-RANGE TEMPERATURE REGULATOR EHP

4100
MECHANISM Rg
t

rigidly attached to lever 15. Suspended from lever 14 is tie- rod

20 whose axis of rotation coincides with the geometric axis
of rotation of pen 18 when the pen coincides with monitoring
hand 10 (see the diagram of the monitoring indicator). In this
position, tie-rod 20, through lever 19 and pin d, provides for
light contact between shutter 8 and nozzle 6. Simultaneous
motion of coinciding pen 18 and hand 10 has no effect on the
position of shutter 8. When the temperature drops in vessel 1
helical spring 16 winds up somewhat and displaces pen 18 to the
right of monitoring hand 10. In turning, lever 14 lowers tie-rod
20 which turns lever 19 clockwise. At this, shutter 8 closes
nozzle 6 , pressure on the membrane of servomotor 7 is increased
and valve 3 is opened, increasing the supply of heat-carrying
agent to the system. The change in pressure acting on the
membrane of servomotor 7 depends both on the amount of
deviation of pen 18 from monitoring hand 10 and on the position
of pin d, which is set by means of slotted lever 21, turning
about axis D The position of lever 19 can be changed by moving
.

its axis with a special mechanism (not shown).

 The temperature in vessel / regulated by varying the supply
is
of heat-carrying agent flowing through regulating valve 3,
which is linked to membrane-type servomotor 7. Compressed
air is delivered to the system through tube e and is divided
into two streams. The first passes through pressure reducer 4
into the space above bellows 5 and further to nozzle 6. The
second stream passes through orifice a to the inner chamber
of bellows 5, to the atmosphere through orifice b and to the
upper (membrane) chamber of servomotor 7. As shutter 8
is retracted from nozzle 6, the pressure acting on bellows 5
is reduced. At this, valve member 9 moves upward, closing
inlet orifice a and opening discharge outlet b. This reduces
the pressure on the servomotor membrane so that its spring
closes valve 3 to some extent. When shutter 5 approaches
nozzle £, the bellows are compressed, valve member 9 moves
downward, the pressure on the servomotor membrane is increased
and valve 3 opens. The required temperature in vessel / is
set by the monitoring indicator. Through tie-rod 12, handle//
turns lever 13 about axis A, and monitoring hand 10, linked
to lever 13, is set to the required temperature. At this, lever
14 turns about pin C of lever 15. Upon a change in tempera-
ture in vessel /, hollow helical spring 10 of pressure-spring
thermometer 2 either winds up or unwinds to some extent and,
through tie-rod 17, lever 15 and'pin C, turns lever 14 about
axis B. This turns pen 18, rigidly attached to lever 15. Suspend-

422
 .

TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP

4101
WITH DIRECT FEEDBACK Rg

d from lever 14 is tie-rod 20 whose axis of rotation coincides

with the geometric axis of rotation of pen 18 when the pen
coincides with monitoring hand 10 (see the diagram of the
monitoring indicator). In this position, tie-rod 20, through
lever 19 and pin d, provides for light contact between shutter 8
and nozzle 6 Simultaneous motion of coinciding pen 18 and
hand 10 has no effect on the position or shutter 8. When the
temperature drops in vessel /, helical spring 16 winds up some-
what and displaces pen 18 to the right of monitoring hand 10.
In turning, lever 14 lowers tie-rod 20 which turns lever 19
clockwise. At this, shutter 8 closes nozzle 6, pressure on the
membrane of servomotor 7 is increased and valve 3 is opened,
increasing the supply of heat-carrying agent to the system.
The same pressure acts on bellows 22, moving its stem 23 with
rigidly attached pin c to the right. This also displaces lever 24
and pin f of lever 25. By means of pin g, lever 25 turns lever 21
which carries lever 19. Lever 19 retracts shutter 8 from nozzle 6.
Thus, the shutter is retracted from the nozzle almost the same
amount as it approached the nozzle by the action of helical
spring 16. The position of pin g and, consequently, the range
of regulation are varied by a special mechanism (not shown).

423
 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4102
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

The working fluid delivered to the system through flow-

is
control valve 6 to nozzle 3. When the temperature of the item
being regulated increases, thermal bulb 1 displaces shutter 2
with respect to nozzle 3 to the right, increasing the pressure
on membrane 5. This lowers rod 4, rigidly attached to the
membrane, reducing the supply of heat-carrying agent to the
system and thereby reducing the temperature of the item being
regulated. As rod 4 moves downward, it turns lever 13, com-
pressing bellows 7 and 8, and stretching bellows 9 and 10,
The last two bellows compress spring 11. At this, lever 14
is turned about fixed axis A ,
closing flow-control valve 6 to
some extent with a needle member and reducing the delivery
of the working fluid to the system. This reduces the pressure
on membrane 5, Then, as the fluid in the upper bellows flows
back to the lower bellows through flow-control valve 12, the
bellows return to their middle position as does flow-control
valve 6 .

424
 TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4103
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

Diagram of monitoring
indicator

Compressed
air

Pressure gauge & Pressure gauge

Peat- carrying agent

The temperature in vessel / is regulated by varying the supply

of heat-carrying agent flowing through regulating valve 3,
which is linked to membrane-type servomotor 7. Compressed
air is delivered to the system through tube e and is divided
into two streams. The first passes through pressure reducer 4
into the space above bellows 5 and further to nozzle 6. The
second stream passes through orifice a to the inner chamber
of bellows 5, to the atmosphere through orifice b and to the
upper (membrane) chamber of servomotor 7. As shutter 8 is
retracted from nozzle 6 f the pressure acting on bellows 5 is
reduced. At this, valve member 9 moves upward, closing orifice
a and opening discharge outlet b. This reduces the pressure
on the servomotor membrane so that its spring closes valve 3
to some extent. When shutter 8 approaches nozzle 6, the bellows
are compressed, valve member 9 moves downward, the pressure
on the servomotor membrane is increased and valve 3 opens.
The required temperature in vessel / is set by the monitoring
indicator. Through tie-rod 12, handle 11 turns lever 13 about
axis A, and monitoring hand 10, iinked to lever 13, is set to the
required temperature. At this, lever 14 turns about pin C of
lever 15. Upon a change in temperature in vessel /, hollow
helical spring 16 of pressure-spring thermometer 2 either winds
up or unwinds to some extent and, through tie-rod 17, lever 15
and pin C, turns lever 14 about axis B. This turns pen 18,

425
 ,

TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MECHANISM EHP

4103
WITH FLEXIBLE FEEDBACK Rg

rigidly attached to lever 15. Suspended from lever 14 is tie-rod 20

whose axis of rotation coincides with the geometric axis of
rotation of pen 18 when the pen coincides with monitoring
hand 10 (sec the diagram of the monitoring indicator). In
this position, tie-rod 20, through lever 19 and pin d, provides
for light contact between shutter 8 and nozzle 6. Simultaneous
motion of coinciding pen 18 and hand 10 has no effect on the
position of shutter 8. When the temperature drops in vessel 1,
helical spring 16 winds up somewhat and displaces pen 18
to the right of monitoring hand 10. In turning, lever 14 lowers
tie-rod 20 which turns lever 19 clockwise. At this, shutter 8
closes nozzle 6 pressure on the membrane of servomotor 7
is increased and valve 3 is opened, increasing the supply of
heat-carrying agent to the system. The same pressure acts
on bellows 22 and, through the fluid, on bellows 24. As the
bellows is compressed, stem 23 with rigidly attached pin c
moves to the right. This turns lever 25 and, through pin g,
lever 26 which carries lever 19. Lever 19 retracts shutter 8
from nozzle 6. Then, as the fluid flows back from space F (be-
tween bellows 28 and 29) through flow-control valve 27 to space
E (between bellows 22 and 24), stem 23 moves to the left. Lever
26 is turned clockwise by spring 21, moving lever 19 which
carries pin d. At this, shutter 8 approaches nozzle 6 with a vel-
ocity that depends on the velocity of flow of fluid from space /\to
space E or, what is the same, on the difference in pressure of
,

the fluid in these spaces.

42a
 EHP
4104 SOLUTION DENSITY REGULATOR MECHANISM
*2

4 f 3 20 75 VP
Link 19 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning
pairs B and D to link 18 of the piston rod in servomotor 15,
and to bellows 17. The concentrated solution is delivered
through pipe / to mixer 2, to which water is also delivered
through pipe 3. As a result of mixing, a solution of the required
density is obtained and discharged through pipe 4. Compressed
air is delivered to the system through pressure reducer 5 and
flow-control valves 6 and 7. Air from flow-control valve € flows
through pipe 8 whose end is immersed to a definite depth in
vessel 9 which is filled with water. Water is delivered to the
vessel through pipe 10 and drained through pipe 11. Air from
flow-control valve 7 flows into mixer 2 through pipe 12 whose
end is immersed to a definite depth. Air from pipes 8 and 12
is released to the atmosphere, bubbling through the layers of
liquid. Depending upon the density of the liquid, the resistance
to the escape of air varies. In vessel 9 it is constant, while in
mixer 2 it varies with the density of the solution. The difference
in resistance to air escape establishes a pressure difference
in pipes 8 and 12 which acts on membrane 13, linked to jet
valve nozzle 14. A change in the density of the solution leads
to a change in the pressure difference acting on membrane 13.
As a result, nozzle 14 is diverted and, by means of servomo-
tor 15, operates regulating valve 16 in the necessary direction.
Valve 16 is linked to jet valve nozzle 14 through feedback
device 21.

427
 j
EHP
4105 THERMOSTAT MECHANISM WITH ELASTIC LINKS
Rg

Upon an increase in the temperature of the low-boiling liquid

fillingbellows 2, valve member /, linked to bellows 2, moves
upward and reduces the clear opening 3. When the liquid cools,
valve member / is returned to its initial position by spring 4.
Spring 5 serves to by-pass the liquid upon an increase in pres-
sure in the system.

428
 CARBURETTOR OUTPUT AIR PRESSURE EHP
4106
REGULATOR MECHANISM Rg

Suspended in housing 1 is bellows 2 filled with air. The space

in housing 1 is connected through passage a to a high-pressure
chamber. Linked to bellows 2 is valve spool 3. When the pres-
sure inlhousing 1 exceeds the design value, bellows 2 is com-
pressed and spool 3 is shifted upward. This connects cylinder 4
to channel 5 which leads to the low-pressure mains and the
crankcase. Then piston 6 is moved to the left by spring 7 and
gear rack 8, attached to piston 6 and meshing with segment
gear 9, turns the gear about fixed axis A. Throttle valve 10,
rigidly attached to gear 9, turns and reduces the air pressure
at the carburettor output. When the air pressure drops in hous-
ing /, bellows 2 stretches and shifts valve spool 3 downward.
At this, the left end of cylinder 4 is connected to the high-
pressure fluid mains* The fluid moves piston 6 to the right,
compressing spring 7 and turning throttle valve 10 in the
direction of a larger opening, thereby increasing the air pres-
sure at the carburettor output. The required pressure at the
carburettor output is set by adjusting nut 11,

429
 EHP
4107 PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Upon a change pressure in

in
Bourdon tube /, the motion of
its free end is transmitted by
pin 2 to jet valve nozzle 3. Noz-
zle 3 is diverted and fluid, deliv*
ered under pressure to the noz-
zle, is directed through one of
the channels to one or the other
end of the cylinder of servomot-
or 4, As the fluid moves piston
5, its rod actuates the regulat-
ing member that restores the
required pressure in the space
connected to Bourdon tube 1.

RADIATOR VENTILATION REGULATOR EHPJ

Hi 08 MECHANISM FOR AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE Rg

Fluid under
pressure
3 4 Jit - — Tank

Upon a change in temperature of the medium beingregulated,

in which bimetallic element I is placed, the element actuates
the stem of valve spool 2. At this, fluid, delivered under pres-
sure to the valve, is directed to one of the ends of cylinder 3
and moves piston 4. As the piston moves, radiator flap 5, turning
about fixed axis A and having fork a that engages pin B of the
piston rod, turns and changes the amount of air admitted
to the radiator.

430
 RADIATOR VENTILATION REGULATOR EHP
4109
MECHANISM FOR AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE Rg

Fluid under
p pressure
* Tank

Upon a change in temperature of the med!um[being regulated*

in which bellows / is placed, the bellows, filled with a liquid,
is deformed by the change in volume of the liquid. This actuates
the stem of valve spool 2. At this, fluid, delivered under pres-
sure to the valve, is directed to one of the ends of cylinder 3
and moves piston 4. As the piston moves, radiator flap 5, turning
about fixed axis A and having fork a that engages pin B of the
piston rod, turns and’ changes the amount of air admitted
to the radiator.

431
 Upon
a drop in pressure in suction pipe / , the pressure drops
in pipeline 4 of supercharger 3 and in>bellows 5, Spring 6i moves
common bottom 7 of the bellows to the right, shifting valve
spool 8, linked to bottom 7, also to the right. Fluid, delivered
under pressure to internal groove S of the valve, is directed
through channel 10 to the right end //of the servomotor, moving
piston 12 to the left. Pin a, mounted at the end of the rod of
piston 12, turns rocker arm 13 about fixed axis A. Motion is
transmitted further through connecting rod 14, connected by
turning pairs B andC to arm 13 and rocker arm 15, to throttle
valve 2, Throttle valve 2 turns about a fixed axis and is rigidly
attached to rocker arm 15. This increases the amount of air
admitted to supercharger 3 and, consequently, to cylinder 16
of the aircraft engine. When the pressure increases in suction
pipe /, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction. The initial amount of air admitted to the supercharger
is regulated by moving joint A with tie-rod 17.

432
 LEVER MECHANISM OF AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE EHP
4111
SUPER-CHARGE REGULATOR Rg

m
Y/K.

J Air inlei
4- from volute
J chamber of
3 centrifugal
pump
Drain
Fluid under
pressure — \

-* Drain

8 u

Connecting rod 7 is connected by turning pairs C and B to

piston 3 of the power cylinder and to lever 4, linked to the
flap and turning about fixed axis A. Upon a change in the
pressure of the air at the supercharger output, which is con-
nected to chamber a, the pressure of the liquid in bellows 1 is
changed, leading to deformation of the bellows and the shifting
of valve spool 2. At this, fluid delivered to the valve is directed
to one of the ends of the power cylinder, moving piston 3.
Fluid from the exhaust end of the cylinder is drained through
the valve to the tank. Turning, lever 4 changes the position of
the flap at the supercharger input, thereby maintaining constant
pressure at the supercharger output. The regulator is set to
a definite pressure by turning pinion 6 which meshes with rack 5
of the rod of bellows /.

23-0114 433
 EHP
4112 MEMBRANE-TYPE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

When piston rod 1 moves upward, compressed air is released

from box 2 through a slit regulated by screw 5. Box 2 is closed
by leather membrane 3 secured to the box by helical spring 4
,

whose ends are joined to form a ring. When rod 1 moves down-
ward, air can be drawn in both through the slit and through
ball valve 6.

434
 MECHANISM FOR REGULATING THE RATIO EHP
4113
OF GAS DELIVERED BY TWO PIPELINES Rg

One gas flows in pipeline / and another gas in pipeline 2 The

.

amount flowing in pipeline 2 is to be automatically maintained

proportional to the flow rate in pipeline 1 Elastic measuring
.

diaphragms 4 and 5 are mounted in pipelines / and 2 The pulse

.

tubes of the diaphragms are connected to the corresponding

membranes 6 and 7 of the regulator. If the forces developed
by the membranes are equal, jet valve nozzle 8 will be in the
central position. If the gas flow along pipeline 2 decreases,
nozzle 8 is diverted to the left. The pressure of the fluid at the
left side of piston 9 increases and it moves to the right, opening
throttle valve 3 until the previous ratio is restored between the
rates of flow of the two gases.

28 * 435
 4. GRIPPING, CLAMPING AND EXPANDING
MECHANISMS (4114 and 4115)

EHP
4114 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING MECHANISM
GC

When piston I is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to the right end of its cylinder, the clamping force is
transmitted to levers 2 through flat springs 3, One end of the
springs is rigidly secured to the levers and the other, bent into
a loop, engages an annular groove of collar 4 which is mounted
on piston rod 5. Fight levers 2 turn about fixed axes A, clamping
the workpiece which is located on its bore a at eight points.
The workpiece is released and the levers are retracted within
the bore when piston / is moved to the right by spring 6.

EHP
4115 FOUR-JAW HYDRAULIC CHUCK MECHANISM
GC

When piston / is moved to the left by the action of fluid deliv-

ered to, the right end of its cylinder, tapered bushing 2, rigidly
mounted on the piston rod, turns elastic levers 3 about fixed
axes A. The levers actuate four plungers 4 which locate and
clamp the workpiece. As the elastic levers are deformed, they
compensate for variations in the sizes of the workpieces. The
workpiece is released when piston / is moved to the right by
spring 5.

436
 5. ROTARY VANE AND PISTON PUMP MECHANISMS
(4116 through 4120)
ROTARY PISTON PUMP MECHANISM EHP
4116 WITH AUTOMATICALLY VARIABLE
RP
DISPLACEMENT

5 d
When cylinder block / rotates, pistons 2 reciprocate in its
cylinders, held by centrifugal force and springs 3 against hous-
ing 4. Fluid is drawn in and discharged through bores a and d
in stationary shaft 6. Flat spring 5 holds housing 4, turning
about fixed axis A, in the position in which the pistons have
their maximum stroke and the pump, maximum delivery.
When the maximum pressure of the fluid is reached, it forces
piston 7 downward, turning housing 4 clockwise and bending
spring 5 back, until the geometric axis of the housing approaches
the axis of rotation of cylinder block /. When the two axes
coincide, the pump delivery equals zero.
 AXIAL PISTON ROTARY PUMP EHP
4117
WITH PRESSURE SPRINGS RP

Upon rotation of cylinder block 1, pistons 2 reciprocate in

axial bores of the cylinder block, being held by springs 3 against
stationary swash plate 5. Thrust ball bearing 4 is mounted
in swash plate 5 to reduce friction losses between pistons 2
and the plate. The fluid being pumped is delivered through
crescent-shapcd openings 6 and channels 7 into the hydraulic
system.
 .

LEVER MECHANISM OF A DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EHP

4118
AIR BLOWER RP

Upon reciprocation of rod /, fastened to elastic diaphragm 2,

the pressure is alternately increased and decreased. This is
used to pump air.

Cam /,designed as a circular disk, rotates about fixed axis A eccentrically

losated with respect to the geometric axis of the cam, and la driven by two
ears, 4 and 5. The cam is enclosed in slot a oi slider 2, reciprocating in
S xed guides b and having at its ends plates 6 which contact and deform
elastic diaphragms 3 This alternately Increases and decreases the pressure
in the chambers beyond the diaphragms and is used as the pumping action-

439
Upon rotation of camshaft 1, rigidly mounted cam 2 oscillates
lever 3 about fixed axis B. Through lever 4 and rod 5, this
motion lowers diaphragm 6. When the diaphragm moves down-
ward, a vacuum is created in chamber a, and gasoline is drawn
in through channel d and inlet check valve 7. In further rotation
of cam 2, spring 8 raises diaphragm 6. At this, inlet valve 7
closes, discharge check valve 9 opens, and the gasoline is deliv-
ered under pressure to channel b. Lever 10, turning about
fixed axis D, turns lever 4 about axis A and serves for pumping
fuel manually.
 6. DRIVE MECHANISMS (4121, 4122 and 4123)

EHP
4121 MEMBRANE SERVOMOTOR MECHANISM
Dr

When the pressure acting on membrane / increases, link 3

moves downward, compressing spring 2 and lowers rod 4
,

which is rigidly attached to rod 5 This reduces the amount

.

of fluid passing through the openings of plunger 6. When the

pressure acting on membrane / decreases, the amount of fluid
admitted by the regulating member increases.
 EHP
4122 BELLOWS-TYPE AMPLIFIER MECHANISM
Dr

A part of the compressed air delivered through pipeline /

passes through flow-control valve 2 to nozzle 3 and to the space
between bellows 4 and housing 6 The remainder of the air
.

passes through tube 5 to the internal chamber of the amplifier

from where it is partly discharged to the atmosphere through
tube 8 and partly to the servomotor through tube 7. Valve
plate 9, linked to the bellows by a rod, is located between the
openings of tubes 5 and 8 When shutter 10 approaches nozzle 3
. ,

the pressure above bellows 4 increases, plate 9 is lowered, open-

ing tube 5 somewhat and closing tube 8 to some extent. At this,
the pressure of the air is increased in the internal chamber
of the amplifier and, consequently, in the membrane servomotor
(not shown).

442
 EHP
4123 RIVE MECHANISM WITH A FLEXIBLE LINK
Dr

5 8 5 a
fillS!

Piston 1 is moved by the action of fluid delivered

to the left
to the right end of cylinder 2. This motion is transmitted to
slider 6 through flexible steel belt 3 Belt 5 runs over pulley 9,
.

rotating about fixed axis B, and pulley 4, rotating about axis At

which slides along slot a of the upright and is subject to the

action of spring 7. Axle A is connected by flexible link 5 to
slider 6 which moves to the right, overcoming the resistance
of spring 8.

443
 ' V

7. CONTROL MECHANISMS (4124 and 4125)

CONTROL MECHANISM FOR CHANGING SPEEDS EHP

4124
OF AN AIRCRAFT ENGINE SUPERCHARGER Co

l> 3 |

\fjj \

Si!

Lv.

HI1 S^Sb^ lulTffi

!
s UUi

•+ h%

The pressure inside aneroid / is constant. As the aircraft climbs,

aneroid 1 expands and, through bell-crank lever 2 shifts pilot ,

valve spool 3 to the right, compressing spring 7. When the

aircraft reaches a certain altitude, spool 3 admits fluid from
passage 5 through passage 6 to the right end of main valve
spool 4 shifting this spool rapidly to the left. Then fluid from
,

the pump is delivered through passages 8 and 9 to the speed-

changing mechanism. The altitude at which the speeds are
changed can be regulated by cam 10 which raises or lowers
the aneroid housing.
 EHP
4125 HYDRAULIC BRAKE CONTROL MECHANISM
Co

Compressed air delivered through pipeline /. The pressure

is
of the air is transmitted to corrugated membrane 2, which is
compressed and moves piston 3 Piston 3 forces out the fluid
.

into the brake cylinders, effecting the braking action-

445
 5 OF OTHER FUNCTIONAL DEVICES
(4126 through 4129)

HYDROPNEUMATIC SPHERICAL ACCUMULATOR EHP

4126
MECHANISM 4
FD

4 \ r
1

v
f bl "

Li k
i

l|J Jr "|
J_LJ
era

Owing to the action of the liquid, rubber membrane /, separat-

ing the hydraulic and pneumatic chambers, is bent upward,
compressing the air and accumulating, in this manner, poten-
tial energy in the system. As the accumulator is put into opera-
tion, the potential energy of the compressed air is converted
into kinetic energy. The accumulator is charged with air
through valve 2. Liquid is admitted into the accumulator
through check valve 3. Rigid washer 5 is provided to prevent
membrane / from being squeezed into intake connection 4
when all the liquid is drained from the accumulator.
 HYDROPNEUMATIC ACCUMULATOR MECHANISM EHP
4127
WITH A RUBBER MEMBRANE FD

Owing to the action of the liquid admitted through port 2,

rubber membrane 1, separating the hydraulic and pneumatic
chambers, is bent upward, compressing the air and accumulat-
ing, in this manner, potential energy in the system. As the
accumulator is put into operation, the potential energy of
the compressed air is converted into kinetic energy. The accu-
mulator also serves as a buffer for absorbing hydraulic impacts
(water hammer) and as a compensating chamber for compensat-
ing for the change in volume of the hydraulic fluid in the system.

447
 EHP
4128 HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR MECHANISM
FD

When hydraulic fluid is delivered

into cylinder /, designed integral
with the cover, piston 2 moves
downward, compressing springs 3
and 4, One end of the springs
bears against the bottom of pis-
ton 2 and the other against plate 5,
which rests on a boss of the housing.
As Ihe springs are compressed,
energy accumulated that can be
is
util ized upon a drop in pressure
in the system. If pressure of
the
the fluid increases above the per-
missible value, the fluid is dis-
charged through radial holes in the
cylinder (not shown) which are
uncovered by the piston when it
has travelled a certain distance
downward.

EHP
4129 SPRING-TYPE ACCUMULATOR MECHANISM
FD

When the pressure increases in chamber 1, piston 2 moves

upward, compressing spring 3 which thereby accumulates
,

potential energy in the system.

44 $
 SECTION THIRTY-TWO
Complex
Hydraulic

and Pneumatic
Mechanisms
CHP
1. Drive Mechanisms Dr (4130 through
4224)
2. Regulator Mechanisms Rg (4225 through
4274)
3.
10. Hammer, Press and Die Mechanisms
HP (4275 and 4276)
4. Aircraft Landing Gear Mechanisms AL
(4277 through 4281)
5. Mechanisms of Measuring and Testing
Devices M (4282)
6. Mechanisms of Materials Handling
Equipment MH (4283 and 4284)
7. Gripping, Clamping and Expanding
Mechanisms GC (4285 through 4293)
8. Brake Mechanisms Br (4294 through
4300)
9. Relay Mechanisms Re (4301)
Mechanisms of Other Functional De-
vices FD (4302 through 4310)

29-0114
 1. DRIVE MECHANISMS (4130 through 4224)

PISTON DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4130
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

Reciprocating motion of the piston of hydraulic^ pump 1 is

converted into reciprocating motion of the piston of hydraulic
cylinder 2 and machine tool table 3, rigidly attached to the
piston rod of cylinder 2.

ROTARY DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4131
OF A MACHINE TOOL Dr

Rotation of the rotor of rotary hydraulic pump / about fixed

axis A is transmitted to the rotor of hydraulic motor 2. linked
to the shaft of the machine tool and rotating about fixed axis B.

461
 COMBINED DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4132
OF A MACHINE TOOL Dr

Rotation of the rotor of rotary hydraulic pump 1 about fixed

axis A is converted into reciprocating motion of the piston
of hydraulic cylinder 2 and machine tool table 3 , rigidly attached
to the piston rod of cylinder 2.

CHP
4133 OPEN-CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM
Dr

Fluid is delivered from the tank by variable-displacement

pump 1 to the left (head) end of cylinder 2 and is exhausted
from the right (rod) end back to the tank.

452
 CLOSED-CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP
4134
MECHANISM Dr

Fluid is delivered by variable-

displacement pump ) From one
end of power cylinder 2 to the
other end, reciprocating the
piston and the machine tool
table rigidly attached to the
piston rod. Leakage is compen-
sated for by make-up from tank
3 through check valves 4 in the
suction tines. Since in reversing
motions the pipelines operate
alternately as suction and dis-
charge lines, two check valves
are provided.

CLOSED-CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP

4135
MECHANISM Dr

Fluid is delivered by variable-

displacement pump / from one
end of power cylinder 2 to the
other end, reciprocating the
piston and the machine tool
table, rigidly attached to the
piston rod. Surplus fluid from
the right end of cylinder 2 is
exhausted through check valve
5 to tank 3. On the reverse
stroke, when fluid is drawn in
from the left end of the cylin-
der and delivered to the right
end, the lacking fluid is made
up from tank 3 through check
valve 4.

453
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4136
WITH A METERING-IN CIRCUIT Dr

Constant-displacement pump /
delivers fluid to the head (work-
ing) end of cylinder 2 Flow- .

control valve 3 serving to vary

,

the speed of piston 5 is installed

,

in the input line to the work-

ing end of the cylinder. Pump
1 operates at constant pressure,
determined by the setting of
relief valve 4 through which
,

surplus fluid, delivered by the

pump, drains back to the tank.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

WITH A METERING-OUT CIRCUIT Dr

2 5 Constant-displacement pump /
delivers fluid to the head (work-
ing) end of cylinder 2 Flow- .

control valve 3 serving to vary

,

the speed of piston 5 is in- ,

stalled in the discharge line from

the exhaust end of the cylin-
der. The pressure of the fluid
delivered by the pump is regu-
lated by setting relief valve 4 ,

through which surplus fluid,

delivered by the pump, drains
back to the tank.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4138
WITH A BLEED-OFF CIRCUIT Dr

2 5

Constant-displacement pump 1 delivers fluid to the head (work-

ing) end of cylinder 2. Flow-control valve 3 t serving to vary
the speed of piston 5, is installed in a branch of the line from
the pump to the working end of the cylinder. Relief valve 4
protects the system against overloads.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4139 WITH A VARIABLE- DISPLACEMENT PUMP
Dr
AND A METERING-OUT CIRCUIT

Variable-displacement pump / delivers fluid from the tank to

the left end of cylinder 2. Fluid from the right end of the cylin-
der is exhausted back to the tank through flow-control valve 4
which establishes a constant back pressure in the system. Relief
valve 3 protects the system against overloads.
 Variable-displacement rotary piston pump / delivers fluid to
the head (working) end of cylinder 2, Outlet from the exhaust
end of the cylinder is blocked off by valve member 3 subject
,

to the action of spring 4 and opened by piston 5. Spring 4 can

be adjusted so that valve member 3 is opened when piston 5
is subject to a definite working pressure. Surplus fluid is dis-
charged from the system through relief valve 6.

456
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4141
WITH AUTOMATIC LEA KAGE COMPENSATION Dr

Piston subject to the working pressure developed by variable-

displacement pump /, which delivers fluid to power cylinder 2,
overcomes the resistance of spring 4 and actuates the mechanism
for increasing the pump output. By selecting spring 4 with
the proper load characteristics, it is possible to compensate
automatically for leakage occurring in the hydraulic system
at increased pressures by increasing the output of pump 1.
Surplus fluid in the system drains back to the tank through
relief valve 5. Relief valve 6 maintains a definite back pressure
in the system.

457
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM WITH CHP
4142 LEAKAGE ELIMINATION Dr

Gear pump 1 delivers fluid

to the rod end of cylinder 2
and to the suction chamber
of variable-displacement ro-
tary piston pump 3. Valve
member 4 is subject on top
to the pressure developed
by piston pump 3 and below
to the pressure developed by
gear pump 1. Since the top
and bottom cross-sectional
areas of valve member 4 are
equal, the discharge and
suction chambers of pump 3
are at the same pressure,
and this eliminates leakage
from one chamber to the
other. Surplus fluid deliv-
ered by pump / drains
back to the tank through
relief valve 6 Relief valve 5
.

protects the system against

overloads.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4i4;i
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

Pump delivers fluid at constant

l
pressure, regulated by relief valve
2, to the left end of cylinder 3,
3 U
and piston 4 , together with ma-
chine tool table 5, travels to the
right. Fluid exhausted from the
right end of cylinder 3 passes
through pressure reducing valve
A and flow-control valve 7. Re-
ducing valve 6 maintains con-
stant fluid pressure before flow-
control valve 7. Flow-control
valve 7 regulates the pressure In
the right end of cylinder 3 so
that piston 4 and table S travel
at the required speed. When
flow-control valve 7 is closed to
some extent, table 5 and piston 4
travel at lower speed. At this, a
part of the fluid delivered by
pump / drained through relief
Is
valve 2 back to the tank. As valve
7 Is opened, table 5 and piston
4 travel at a higher speed-

458
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4144
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

Gear pump / delivers fluid at

constant pressure to the left end
of cylinder 3. and piston 4, to-
gether with machine tool table 5,
travels to the right. Fluid dis-
charged from the right end of cylin-
der 3 passes through pressure reduc-
ing valve 6 and flow-control valve
7. Reducing valve 6 maintains con-
stant fluid pressure before flow-
control valve 7. The pressure in
the right end of cylinder 3 is set
up by means of valve 7 to obtain
the required speed of piston 4 and
table 5. As flow-control valve 7
is closed, the pressure of the fluid
in the system increases. This shifts
valve member 2 to the right,
compressing the spring, and a part
of the fluid delivered by pump 1
drains back to the tank.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4145
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

Gear pump 4 delivers fluid at

constant pressure to the left end
of cylinder /, and piston 2, to-
gether with machine tool table 3, 12 3
travels to the right. If flow-control
valve 7 of pipeline a is fully open
and flow-control valve 6 of pipe-
line b is closed, the total output
of pump 4 is delivered to cylin-
der / and table 3 travels at maxi- .5
mum speed. If valve 7 is closed b
a
and valve 6 is open, valve spool 5 5, 7 s
is shifted to the right, the whole
'
/
output of pump 4 is discharged to
the tank and table 3 stops. Thus, 4-t.
by adjusting flow-control valves 6
and 7, it is possible to regulate
the amount of fluid delivered to d
cylinder / and, consequently, the
speed of travel of table 3. Surplus
fluid is discharged back to the
tank through relief valve 8.

45'J
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4146
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

Gear pump 5 delivers fluid at constant pressure through rotary

valve 6 to the left end of cylinder /, and piston 2, together
with machine tool table 3, travels to the right. If valve 6 is
positioned so that pipeline a is open and pipeline b is closed,
table 3 travels at maximum speed, valve spool 4 is shifted
to the right by the pressure of the fluid, and the fluid exhausted
from the right end of cylinder 1 drains back to the tank. If
valve 6 is positioned so that pipeline a is closed and pipeline b
is open, the fluid delivered by the pump shifts valve spool 4
to the left and is discharged to the tank. At this, table 3 stops.
Thus, by changing the position of valve 6, it is possible to
regulate the amount of fluid delivered to cylinder / and, conse-
quently, the speed of travel of table 3. Surplus fluid is discharged
from the system back to the tank by relief valve 7.

460
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4147
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

f
I
2 5
L I

Gear pump 6 delivers fluid at constant pressure to the left end

of cylinder 1, and piston 2, together with machine tool table 3,
travels to the right. Fluid exhausted from the right end of
cylinder / passes to rotary valve 4 and to valve spool 5. If
valve 4 is positioned so that pipeline a is closed and pipeline b
is open, the discharged fluid drains to the tank and table 3
travels at maximum speed. If valve 4 is positioned so that
pipeline a is open and pipeline b is closed, valve spoof 5 is
shifted to the left by the pressure of the fluid, and the fluid
delivered by pump 6 is discharged back to the tank. At this,
table 3 stops. Thus, by changing the position of valve 4, it is
possible to regulate the amount of fluid delivered to cylinder /
and, consequently, the speed of travel of table 3,

461
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4148
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

7
i ? .

Gear pump $ delivers fluid at constant pressure to the left end

of cylinder /, and piston 2, together with table 3 t travels to the
right. Fluid exhausted from the right end of cylinder 1 passes
through a groove of valve spool 4 to rotary valve 5. If valve 5
is positioned so that pipeline a is dosed and pipeline b is open,
valve spool 4 is shifted to the right by the pressure of the fluid
and the fluid discharged from cylinder / drains to the tank.
At this, table 3 travels at maximum speed. If valve 5 is posi-
tioned so that pipeline a is open and pipeline b is closed, valve
spool 4 is shifted to the left by the pressure of the fluid, and
the fluid delivered by pump 6 is discharged back to the tank.
At this, table 3 stops. Thus, by changing the position of valve 5,
it is possible to regulate the amount of fluid delivered to cylin-
der / and, consequently, the speed of travel of table 3.

462
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4149 OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE
Dr
WITH AN AUTOMATIC VALVE

Gear pump / delivers fluid from the tank to power cylinder 2

through coil 3, serving to compensate for the influence of the
viscosity of the fluid, and flow-control valve^4, serving to
compensate for the variable working load of the machine tool.
Flow-control valve 4 is set manually to obtain the required
speed of travel of machine tool table 6. Valve spool 5 is auto-
matically controlled by fluid from branch lines of the main
delivery pipeline. Coil 3 passes the total volume of fluid and
it can be assumed that the pressure drop over the coi! depends
only on the viscosity of the fluid. Upon an increase in viscosity
the pressure drop increases, valve spool 5 is shifted downward,
blocking off fluid drain to the tank and thereby reducing the
pressure drop over coil 3. The working portion of the fluid,
determining the speed of travel of table 6, passes through flow-
control valve 4. If the working load on table 6 drops and the
speed of the table begins to increase, valve spool 5 is shifted
upward, increasing the discharge of fluid to the tank and stop-
ping the increase in table speed. In case the fluid viscosity is
reduced or the working load is increased, valve spool 5 is auto-
matically shifted upward or downward, respectively.

463
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4150 OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE
Dr
WITH AN AUTOMATIC VALVE

2 £

Gear pump / delivers fluid from the tank to power cylinder 2

through coil 3 serving to compensate for the influence of the
,

viscosity of the fluid. Flow-control valve 4 serving to compen-

,

sate for the variable working load of the machine tool, is mount-
ed in the discharge pipeline, providing for more uniform feed
of machine tool table 6 Valve spool 5 is automatically controlled
.

by fluid from branch lines connecting the valve body with the
delivery and discharge pipelines. Coil 3 passes the total volume
of fluid and it can be assumed that the pressure drop over the
coil depends only on the viscosity of the fluid. Upon an increase
in viscosity the pressure drop increases, valve spool 5 is shifted
downward, blocking off fluid drain to the tank and thereby
reducing the pressure drop over coil 3 If the working load
.

on table 6 drops and the speed of the table begins to increase,

valve spool 5 is shifted upward, increasing the discharge of
fluid to the tank and stopping the increase in table speed.
In case the fluid viscosity is reduced or the working load is
increased, valve spool 5 is automatically shifted in the direc-
tions opposite to those mentioned above.

4G4
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4151 OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE
Dr
WITH DOUBLE FLOW CONTROL

2 f

Pump 1 delivers fluid from the tank to power cylinder 2 through

coil 3, serving to compensate for the influence of the viscosity
of the fluid, and through manual flow-control valve 4, serving
to compensate for the variable working load of the machine
tool. In case of a change in the pressure drop over coil 3 valve
,

spool 5 is shifted to automatically change the hydraulic

resistance in the delivery pipeline, compensating for the change
in fluid viscosity and working load on table 6. Surplus fluid
is discharged from the system back to the tank by relief valve 7.

30 — 0114 465
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
A M2 TOOL TABLE WITH AUTOMATIC REVERSAL
Dr
AND A CONSTANT- DISPLACEMENT PUMP

Fluid is drawn from tank / through suction pipe a to hydrau-

in
lic pump 2 from where it enters delivery pipeline b In the left-
,

hand position (as shown) of lever 3, turning about fixed axis A,

fluid from the delivery pipeline passes through valve 4 to the
left end of cylinder 5, moving piston 6 piston rod 7 and table
t

8, attached to the piston rod, to the right. From the right

end of cylinder 5, fluid is discharged through valve 4 to tank L
In the right-hand position of lever 3, fluid is delivered to the
right end of cylinder 5, moving table 8 to the left. In this case,
fluid from the left end of cylinder 5 is discharged through valve 4
to tank /. Lever 3 of valve 4 is turned by trip dogs c mounted
on travelling machine tool table 8. Catch d serves to eliminate
uncertainty in the positions of lever 3. Flow-control valve 9
regulates the amount of fluid delivered to cylinder 5 and,
consequently, the speed of travel of table iff. Surplus fluid
is discharged back to tank / by relief valve 10.

466
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4153 TOOL TABLE WITH AUTOMATIC REVERSAL
Dr
AND A VARIABLE- DISPLACEMENT PUMP

Fluid is drawn from tank 1 through suction pipe a to hy-

in
draulic pump 2 from where it enters delivery’pipeline b. In the
left-hand position (as shown) of lever 3, turning about fixed
axis A, fluid from the delivery pipeline passes through valve 4
to the left end of cylinder 5, moving piston 6, piston rod 7 and
table 8 attached to the piston rod, to the right. From the right
,

end of cylinder 5, fluid is discharged through valve 4 to tank L

in the right-hand position of lever 3, fluid is delivered to the
right end of cylinder 5, moving table 8 to the left. In this case,
fluid from the left end of cylinder 5 is discharged through
valve 4 to tank 1. Lever 3 of valve 4 is turned by trip dogs c
mounted on travelling machine tool table 8. Catch d serves
to eliminate uncertainty in the positions of lever 3. The amount
of fluid delivered to cylinder 5 and, consequently, the speed
of travel of table 8 is regulated by means of the pump. Surplus
fluid is discharged back to tank l through relief valve 9.

30 * 467
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE
CHP
4154
TOOL TABLE WITH A VARIABLE- DISPLACEMENT
PUMP AND DIFFERENT FORWARD AND RETURN Dr
SPEEDS OF TABLE TRAVEL

Tfltf
—d
askFp - -W
a-..
ttl
—- b
4k1
JNfiLflJ

Fluid drawn in from tank 1 through suction pipe a to hydrau-

is
lic pump 2 from where it enters delivery pipeline b. In the lelt-
hand position (as shown) of lever 3, turning about fixed axis A,
fluid from the delivery pipeline passes through valve 4 to the
left 'end 'of cylinder 5, moving piston 6 piston rod 7 and table
,

5, attached to the piston rod, to the right. From the right

end of cylinder 5, fluid is discharged through valve 4 to tank 1.
In the right-hand position of lever 3 , fluid is delivered to the.
right end of cylinder 5, moving table 8 to the left. In this case,
fluid from the left end of cylinder 5 is discharged through valve 4
to tank 1. Lever 3 of valve 4 is turned by trip dogs c mounted
on travelling machine tool table 8. Catch d serves to eliminate
uncertainty in the positions of lever 3. The amount of fluid
delivered to cylinder 5 and, consequently, the speed of travel
of table 8 is regulated by means of the pump. Surplus fluid
is discharged back to tank 1 by relief valve 10. Owing to the

different diameters of the rod on the two ends of piston 6 and,

therefore, different effective areas at the two ends, table 8 has
different speeds on its forward and return strokes.

468
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE
4155
TOOL TABLE WITH A VARIABLE-DISPLACEMENT CHP
PUMP AND DIFFERENT FORWARD AND RETURN Dr
SPEEDS OF TABLE TRAVEL

7 8 c 3 6 c 5
\ II./. / 1 /

Fluid is drawn in from tank / through suction valve 4 and pipe-

a to hydraulic pump 2. In the left-hand position of lever 3,
line
turning about fixed axis A, pump 2 delivers fluid to the left
end of cylinder 5, moving piston <?, piston rod 7 and table S,
attached to the piston rod, to the right. From the right end
of cylinder 5, fluid is discharged through pipeline b to tank l.
In the right-hand position of lever 3 , mounted directly on
variable-displacement pump 2 t fluid is drawn in through pipe-
line b and is delivered to the right end of cylinder 5,' moving
table 8 to the left. Lever 3 is turned by trip dogs cfmounted
on travelling machine tool table 5. Different speeds for the
forward and return strokes are set up by adjusting the positions
of stops e along guide x. Surplus fluid is discharged back to
tank / through relief valve 9.

469
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
415 6 i
T00L TABLE W1TH A TRAVELLING CYLINDER Dr

Fluid delivered by variable-displacement pump / into hollow

is
piston rod 2 and through port b to the right end of cylinder 3
which moves to the right together with table 4. The table is
reversed by lever 5, turning about fixed axis A, and trip dogs
c and d. After reversal, fluid is delivered through port a to
the left end of cylinder moving it to the left.

470
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE
4157
TOOL TABLE WITH AUTOMATIC REVERSAL

Fluid is drawnfrom tank 1 through suction pipe a to hydrau-

in
lic pump 2 from where it enters the delivery pipeline. In the
right-hand position (as shown) of lever S, turning about fixed
axis A, fluid from the delivery pipeline passes through direc-
tional valve 4 to the right end of cylinder 5, moving piston 6,
piston rod 7 and table 8, attached to the piston rod, to the left.
From the left end of cylinder 5, fluid is discharged through
valve 4 to tank 1. In the left-hand position of lever 3, fluid
is delivered to the left end of cylinder 5, moving table 8 to the
right. In this case, fluid from the right end of cylinder 5 is
discharged through valve 4 to tank 1 Lever 3 is turned by trip
.

dogs b mounted on travelling machine tool table 8. Flow*

control valve 9 regulates the amount of fluid delivered to cylin-
der 5. Surplus fluid is discharged back to tank / through relief
valve 10. Pilot valve 12 serves to control the motion of valve
spool // and to eliminate uncertainty in the positions of le-
ver 3, The speed of the piston and table is set up by regulating
flow-control valve 13.

47t
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM FOR A SHAPER CHP
4158 RAM WITH DIFFERENT FORWARD
Dr
AND RETURN SPEEDS i

Cylinder /, attached to the travelling ram of the shaper is con-

nected to cylinder 2 at the front end of the ram. Piston 3 of
cylinder 2 is linked to the tool head of the shaper. The left
end of cylinder / is connected to the lower end of cylinder 2,
and the right end of cylinder /, to the upper end of cylinder 2.
When fluid is delivered by pump 9 to the left end of cylinder /,
piston 3 of cylinder 2 moves rapidly upward and advances the
tool head to the workpiece being machined. When fluid is
delivered to the right end of cylinder /, it flows to the upper
end of cylinder 2 and rapidly retracts the tool head from the
workpiece (on the return stroke of the ram). Until trip dog 4
reaches pin 5 of valve 6 the ram has rapid traverse motion.
,

At this point, valve 6 switches in speed regulator 7 and further

travel of cylinder i and the ram is at a lower working speed.
At the end of the working stroke, trip dog 3 presses pin a of
reversing device 10 and switches on the rapid return stroke.

472
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE: MECHANISM OF A MACHINE C HP
4159 TOOL TABLE WITH DIFFERENT FORWARD
Dr
AND RETURN SPEEDS

Fluid is delivered by pump 2 at constant pressure to directional

valve 3 and further through flow-control valve 4 and valve 5,
along pipeline b to the right end of cylinder 6. Piston 7, together
with the machine tool table, moves to the left. From the left
end of cylinder 6, fluid is discharged through flow-control
valve 8, regulating the back pressure in cylinder 6, along pipe-
line c, through valve 5 and along pipeline d. to tank /, When
the spool of valve 5 is shifted to the left, fluid is delivered
through directional valve 3 and pipeline a to valve 5 and further,
through open flow-control valve 8 to the left end of cylinder 6.
Piston 7 with the table travels at higher speed to the right
because the volume (effective cross-sectional area) of the left
end of the cylinder is less than that of the right end. Fluid
discharged from the right end of cylinder 6 drains to tank /
through pipelines b and f. Surplus fluid is discharged back
to tank / through relief valve 9. Handwheel 10 serves to regu-
late flow-control valve 4, and handle 11 to regulate the force
exerted by the spring of valve 9.

473
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4160
TOOL TABLE WITH VARIABLE TRAVEL SPEEDS Dr

Fluid at constant pressure is delivered along pipeline a to valve

spool 4. In the left-hand position of spool 4 fluid is discharged
,

to the tank, and in the right-hand position, along pipeline b

to valve spool 3. If valve spool 3 is in its left-hand position,
fluid is delivered along pipeline d to the right end of cylinder 6,
and piston 1, together with machine tool table 2, moves to the
left. Fluid from the left (exhaust) end oF cylinder 6 is discharged
through pipelines c t g ami e to valve spool 5. If valve spool 3
is in its right-hand position, piston 1 and table 2 move to the
right and fluid from the right end of the cylinder is discharged
along pipelines d and e to valve spool 5. If spool 3 is in its cen-
tral position, the table stops. In the right-hand position of valve
spool 5, the exhaust fluid is discharged along pipeline f directly
to the tank and the table travels at maximum speed. In the left-
hand position of spool 5, the fluid is discharged along pipeline
1 to pressure reducing valve 7 and flow-control valve 8. This
regulates the pressure in cylinder 6 so that piston / and table
2 travel at the required speed. Pressure reducing valve 7 pro-
vides fora constant pressure of the fluid before flow-control valve
8. As valve 8 is gradually closed, the pressure is increased and
table 2 travels at lower speed. In this case, a part of the fluid
delivered by pump 10 is discharged by relief valve 9 back to the
tank through pipeline m. Fluid is delivered to valve 9
through pipeline k.

474
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4161 WITH AN UNLOADING VALVE
Dr
AND AN ACCUMULATOR

Pump 1 delivers fluid to rotary directional valve 2 from where

it is admitted to one or the other end of the cylinder, moving
piston 8 in the opposite direction. At the same time, fluid from
the pump is delivered to hydropneumatic accumulator 3 and
to unloading valve 4. At the end of the piston stroke, the fluid
pressure in the working line and in accumulator 3 increases,
spool 5 moves to the left {as shown), shifting ball valve member
6 and connecting pump / to tank 7 through pipeline 9. When
valve 2 is switched over, the pressure in accumulator 3 drops,
and spool 5 and ball 6 are returned by springs to the initial
position. This disconnects pump 1 from tank 7.

47 &
 ,

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

62
WITH LIMIT-SWITCH PUMP UNLOADING Dr

Pump tdriven by electric motor 2, delivers fluid through ro-

tary directional valve 3 to one or the other end of power cylin-
der 4 At the end of the stroke, trip dog a on piston rod 7 actuates
.

limit switch 5 to switch off electric motor 2. Relief valve 6

protects the system against excess pressure.

Pump driven by electric motor 2, delivers fluid through rotary

1,
directional valve 3 to one or the other end of power cylinder 4 t
moving the piston and rod in the opposite direction. Upon an
increase in pressure, spool 5 of the pressure relay moves down-
ward and its stem actuates a limit switch to switch off the pump
drive motor.
As shown, pump 1 is being unloaded and fluid from the pump
passes through automatic valve 5 and port 7 to the tank. During
the working operation, spool 6 should be shifted to the left by
pushing button 8 and held by a latch (not shown). Fluid is deliv-
ered by pump 1 through rotary directional valve 2 to one or
the other end of cylinder 3, depending upon the position of
valve 2, When the pressure in the system increases during the
working operation, a part of the fluid is discharged through
valve 4 and port 7 to the tank. At the end of the working stroke,
the pressure increases to the extent that it overcomes the resis-
tance of the spring of valve 4 and (he latch, so that spool 6
is shifted to the right as shown.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4165
WITH PUMP UNLOADING AND A TIME RELAY Dr

The time relay switches pump / to idle running after a preset

time interval. Pump 1 delivers fluid to rotary directional valve
2 and, simultaneously, through port 7 and valve 9 to both ends
of time relay 3. Plunger 4 of the time relay, moved to the left
by spring 5, forces the fluid out of the left end or the relay into
the right end. Throttle valve 6 enables the speed of return motion
of plunger 4 to be regulated. After the plunger has moved to the
left sufficiently to connect ports 7 and 8, pump 1 idles (deliver-
ing fluid back to the tank). To switch back to working opera-
tion, it is necessary to push the knob of plunger 4 again.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4166
WITH A LOCKING DEVICE Dr

As shown, fluid from pump being discharged through direc-

/ is
tional valve 2 to the tank and piston 7 is stationary. When spool
6 is shifted to the left* fluid is delivered by pump 1 to the left
end of cylinder 3t moving piston 7 to the right. At the end of
the stroke, the pressure in the system increases and fluid passes
through relief valve 4 to the left end of valve 2, shifting spool
6 to its initial position and connecting the pump to the tank
through pipeline 8. When spool 5 is shifted to the left, piston 7
moves to the left. Spools 5 and 6 are locked by balls a, held by
springs 9 in recesses b in the stems of the spools.

479
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4167
WITH FEEDBACK Dr

Link 10 turns about fixed axis A and connected by turning

is
pair B to lever 8 which, in turn, is connected by turning pair
C to link 11. Link 11 is connecte d by t liming pair E to valve
housing 9. Lever 8 has fork a which engages pin D of piston rod
7. When valve spool / is shifted to the left, fluid is delivered by
pump 2 through port 5 to the left end of power cylinder 3, mov-
ing its piston to the right. At the same time, fluid from the
right end of cylinder 3 is discharged through port 6 to tank 4.
By lever 8, piston rod 7 is linked to valve housing 9 which, con-
sequently, moves to the left when piston rod 7 moves to the
right. When the motion of spool / is stopped, fluid continues to
be delivered to the left end of cylinder 3 until housing 9 reaches
a position in which port 5 is blocked off by a land of spool /.
At the same time, port 6 is blocked off by another land. This
will stop fluid delivery to cylinder 3 and discharge from the
cylinder, locking the piston in a definite position. When valve
spool / is shifted in Ihe other direction, the process is repeated
in the reverse direction.

480
 TWO-PUMP HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4168
WITH AN AUTOMATIC VALVE Dr

Automatic valve with spool 3 controls the operation of two hy-

draulic pumps, / and 2, so that they operate in parallel up to a
definite pressure, and in series at higher pressures. Up to a defi-
nite pressure, set by adjusting spring 5 both pumps deliver
t

fluid to pipeline 7 and their outputs are added together. At this,

valve spool 3 is in the position shown. When the pressure increases
above the preset value, spool 3 is raised so that fluid is deliv-
ered under pressure from pump 2 through the valve and pump
I along pipes 9 and 10. At this, check valve 8 closes off fluid
supply from the tank to pump 1. Pump /, drawing in fluid under
pressure, raises its pressure so that the pressures are added to-
gether when the pumps operate in series. In this case, valve 4
closes because the pressure in pipeline 7 is higher than in pipe 9.

31-0114
 CHP
4169 THREE-STAGE HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM
Dr

The system provides speeds of travel of piston 3: with

for three
only pump / switched on, with only pump 2 switched on and
with both pumps switched on. Chock valves 4 and 5 enable the
pumps to operate separately. The system is protected against
overloads by relief valve 6,

MULTIPLE- STAGE HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP

4170
MECHANISM Dr

When fluid delivered to the right end of cylinder t, table 3

is
travels at medium speed. When fluid is delivered only to cylin-
der 2, table 3 travels at its highest speed, and when fluid is
delivered to cylinder 2 and to the right end of cylinder 1, table
3 travels at its lowest speed. For the rapid return stroke, fluid
is delivered oily to the left end of cylinder J and is discharged

from the right end and from cylinder 2 to the tank.

482
 MULTIPLE-STAGE HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP
4171
MECHANISM Dr

Pumps /, 2 and 3 are connected to the tank through pipe 14

with check valve 15 which prevents Quid return to the tank.
Pump 4 is connected to the tank through pipe 16. This arrange-
ment provides for operation in series so that pump 4 delivers
fluid through open valve 8 into pipe 14 , valve 15 closes and
pumps /, 2 ana 3 , supplied by fluid under pressure, deliver it
into pipeline 13 at double pressure. All four pumps are connect-
ed to delivery pipeline 13 through check valves 9 10 , 11 and
,

12 , which prevent fluid in the delivery pipeline from returning

to the pumps. Fluid delivery is varied by turning on valves
5 6 7 and 8 in various combinations. The system can provide
, ,

15 different steps of travel of the operating mechanisms connect-

ed to pipeline 13 .

si* 483
 CHP
4172 HYDRAULIC C ROUPED R1 VEfMECHANISM
: Dr

Fluid is delivered by” pump /

inio the left end^of cylinder 2 ,

From the right end of this cylin-

der, fluid is delivered into the
left of cylinder 3 , etc. From
end
the right end of the third cylin-
der (4), fluid is drawn in by
pump 1 . For the return strokes,
fluid delivered to the right
is
end of cylinder 4 and the pro-
cess of flow from cylinder to
cylinder is repeated in the re-
verse order. Check valves 5 6 ,

and 7 operate only during the

return strokes.

CHP
4173 HYDRAULIC GROUP DRIVE MECHANISM
Dr

Pump delivers fluid to the left end of main cylinder 2 during

/
the working stroke, and to the right end, whose effective area
is reduced by rod 3 , during the idle return stroke. Piston rod

3 carries crosspiece 10 to which three piston rods of auxiliary

cylinders 4 5 and 6 are attached. These cylinders are connected
,

by pipelines to power cylinders 7, 8 and 9 whose piston rods

,

feed the spindles of the machine tool.

484
 CHP
4174 HYDRAULIC GROUP DRIVE MECHANISM
Dr

Pump / delivers fluid through

pipeline a, a valve with spool 6
and pipeline b to the bottom
end ot cylinder 2. When piston
4 reaches its upper position and
pressure in the system increases,
opening valve 7, fluid is” deliv-
ered through pipeline c, a groove
of spool 6 and pipeline d to
the bottom end of cylinder 3.
This moves piston 5 upward.
For the return strokes, knob e
of spool 6 is pulled out to the
position shown by dash lines,
after which pistons 4 and 5
move downward.

4175 HYDRAULIC GROUP DRIVE MECHANISM

Pump 1 delivers fluid through

pipeline a and a valve with
spool 2 to the bottom end of
cylinder <3. Piston 5 moves up-
ward and after it reaches its
upper position, as shown, piston
6 begi ns to move upward in
cylinder 4. For the return
strokes, knob 6 of spool 2ispulled
out to the position shown by
dash lines. At this, fluid is de-
livered by the pump through
pipeline c to the top end of
cylinder 3 First piston 5 moves
.

downward and then piston 6 .

 CHP
4176 HYDRAULIC GROUP DRIVE MECHANISM
Dr

When valve spool / is shifted to the left, a part of the fluid deliv-
ered by pump 2 at constant pressure passes through pipelines
a and shifts pilot-operated valve spools 3 to the right. At this,
the rest of the fluid passes through flow-control valves 4 and 5,
valve 6, flow-control valves 7 and 8 , and valve 9 to the left ends
,

of cylinders 10, 11 and 12, Pistons 13, 14 and 15 move to the

right. Fluid From the right ends of the cylinders is discharged
along pipelines c to the tank. In the right-hand position of valve
spool 1, a part of the fluid is delivered at constant pressure
through pipelines b and shifts valve spools 3 to the left, and the
part of the fluid passing through the flow-control valves is deliv-
ered to the right ends of cylinders 10, 11 and 12. Pistons 13,
14 and 15 move to the left and the fluid from the left ends of the
cylinders is discharged through pipelines c to the tank. In the
central position of spool 1, no fluid is delivered through pipelines
a or b, and pistons 13, 14 and 15 are stationary. In this case,
fluid delivered by the pump is by-passed through relief valve
16 to the tank.
 CLOSED-CIRCUIT HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP
4177 MECHANISM OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE
Dr;
WITH A COMPENSATING PUMP

Variable-displacement revers-
ible pump delivers fluid from
1
one end of power cylinder 2 to
the other and back again. Pump
3 serves to compensate for leak-
age in the circuit. When the
pressure drops due to leakage,
valve 4 opens, admitting fluid
from compensating pump 3 into
the suction line of pump 1 .
Relief valve 5 maintains con-
stant pressure in the delivery
line of compensating pump 3.
Valves 6 prevent excess pres-
sure in the delivery line of
pump /.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP

4178
TOOL TABLE WITH LEAKAGE COMPENSATION |) r

Variable-displacement pump 1
draws in fluid from the left end
of power cylinder 2 and deliv-
ers it to the right end, to
which fluid is by
also delivered
high-pressure compensating
pump 3, thereby compensating
for leakage in the system. Diffe-
rential valve spool 4 is subject
to the pressure of the delivery
line and the suction line on one
side, and to the action of spring
5 on the other side. Upon an
increase in pressure in the sys-
tem, spool 4 is shifted to the
right, by-passing surplus fluid to
the tank.

467
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4179 TOOL TABLE WITH AUTOMATIC PUMP OUTPUT
Dr
VARIATION

Variable-displacement pump 1 delivers fluid to the left end of

power cylinder 2, From the right end of the cylinder, fluid is
discharged to the tank. The delivery fine of pump 1 is connected
to valve spool 3, which is subject to the action of spring 4. Upon
a change in pressure in the system, spool 3 is shifted, actuating
the mechanism for changing the output of pump /. The required
pressure in the system is set up by using screw 5 to regulate the
force exerted by spring 4,

488
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4180 TOOL TABLE WITH LEAKAGE COMPENSATION
Drt
AND PUMP OUTPUT VARIATION

Variable-displacement pump l delivers fluid from one end of

power cylinder 2 to the other and back again, Compensating
pump 3 provides make-up fluid through check valves 4 to com-
pensate for leakage. Relief valve 5 sets up a constant pressure
in the delivery line of pump 3. Relief valves 6 prevent excess
pressure in the delivery line of pump /. When lever 8 is turned,
valve spool 7 is shifted and fluid from pump 3 is delivered to
servomotor 9, moving its piston and changing the output of
pump L Upon motion of the piston of servomotor 9, spool 7
returns to its initial position.

489
Fluid isdelivered from the system to the upper end of cylinder
1 and into chamber a of the combination (sequence) valve. Pis-
ton 2 is moved downward by the action of the fluid, and the
fluid from the lower end of cylinder 1 drains hack to the tank.
Spring 3 of the combination valve is adjusted by screw 6 so that
during the stroke of piston 2, valve spool 4 is held by spring 3
in its extreme left-hand position, disconnecting chambers a and
d. Check valve 5 is closed. After piston 2 reaches stop 9 t pressure
increases in the system and spool 4 overcoming the resistance
t

of spring 3 shifts to the right, connecting chambers a and d.

,

At th is, fluid from the system is admitted into the left end of
cylinder 7, moving piston 8 to the right and discharging fluid
from the right end of cylinder 7 to the tank. To return the
pistons to the initial position, the direction of the fluid in the
system is reversed. Fluid is delivered to the lower end of cylin-
der / and to the right end of cylinder 7, moving pistons 2 and
8 upward and to the left. Fluid from the left end of cylinder 7
flows into chamber d of the combination valve and, opening
check valve 5, is discharged to the tank.

m
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4182
WITH A COMBINATION VALVE Dr

The combination valve is intended for holding the piston of the

machine tool in its extreme upper position. Regulating screw
5 of the combination valve is adjusted so that the pressure in
the lower end of cylinder 7, due to the weight of piston 2, cannot
overcome the force exerted by spring 4. In this case, valve spool
3 is in its left-hand position, disconnecting chambers a and d.
Check valve member 6 is held on its seat by its spring, fluid
discharge from the lower end of cylinder 7 is blocked off and
piston 2 remains in its upper position until fluid is admitted into
the upper end of cylinder 7. Then piston 2 begins to move down-
ward, the fluid pressure in the lower end of cylinder 7 increases,
valve spool 3 is shifted to the right, overcoming the resistance
of spring 4 and causing discharge of fluid to the tank. To raise
the piston, the flow of fluid is reversed, fluid being directed to
the lower end of cylinder /, opening check valve 6 Piston 2
.

moves upward and fluid from the upper end of the cylinder
drains to the tank.

m
 -8
—d
-a

^ 1
—

6 5

Pump / delivers fluid to the left end of cylinder 2 and piston

13 moves to the right. From the right end of cylinder 2 fluid is
discharged through flow-control valve 3 to the tank. The pres-
sure developed in the head (left) end or cylinder 2 depends upon
the setting of relief valve 4. The pressure in the head (right) end
of cylinder 5, used for clamping the stock, should be lower than
in cylinder 2. The pressure in the head end of cylinder 5 is regu-
lated as follows. Fluid from the delivery line enters chamber a
of the pressure reducing valve through slit d formed by valve
member 8 and its seat. From chamber a fluid is delivered to the
right end of cylinder 5. Chamber a is connected by passages b
and f to chamber k above valve member 8, from where fluid
passes through passage e under ball P, held on its seat by spring
10. The pressure is the same in chambers a and k. Fluid from
the system is admitted into cylinder 5, moving piston 6 over
to stop 7. After piston 6 reaches the stop, fluid pressure in the
right end of cylinder 5 and, consequently, in chamber a increases
until ball 9 is pushed off its seat. At this, fluid is discharged
to the tank through pipeline m. Since the fluid passes through
a passage of small diameter, the pressure becomes higher in
chamber a than in chamber k. As a result, valve member 8
moves upward, reducing the cross section of opening d until the
pressure in chamber a counterbalances the pressure in chamber
k and the force of spring 12. Opening (slit) d automatically
maintains a definite pressure. If the pressure in chamber a
drops, spring 12 shifts valve member 8 downward, increasing
opening d and the admission of fluid to chamber a. This increases
the pressure in this chamber until equilibrium is established.
Thus, in chamber a, as in the right! end of cylinder 5,' the re-
quired pressure can be set up by adjusting spring 10 by means
of regulating screw //.
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
WITH A SPEED REGULATOR Dr

Pump l delivers fluid to the left end of power cylinder 2, mov-

ing piston 3 to the right. Relief valve 8 maintains constant pres-
sure in the system. Fluid from the right end of cylinder 2 is
discharged to chamber a of the pressure reducing valve and from
the chamber through opening a, formed between member 4 and
the hole of bushing 7, into chamber b with reduced pressure.
From here the fluid passes through flow-control valve 5 to the
tank. The action of spring 6 on the valve member is counter-
balanced by the pressure in chamber b. If the pressure increases
in the right end of cylinder 2, the reduced pressure also increases
and valve member 4 moves upward, reducing opening d. This
reduces the flow of fluid to chamber b and, consequently, the
pressure in the chamber. When the pressure drops in the right
end of cylinder 2, valve member 4 moves downward, increasing
the flow to chamber b and the pressure in it. Thus, constant pres-
sure is maintained before flow-control valve 5, providing for con-
stant speed of piston 3 at each setting of valve 5. This arrange-
ment, consisting of a pressure reducing valve and a flow-con-
trol valve, serves as a speed regulator.

493
 Pump / delivers fluid to thejleft;end offpower cylinder 2, moving
piston 3 to the right. Relief valve 8 maintains constant pressure
in the system. A part of the fluid is delivered into chamber a
of the reducing valve and from there, through opening d,
formed between valve member 4 and the hole^of bushing 7, into
chamber b with reduced pressure. From there the fluid passes
through flow-control valve 5 to the tank. The action of spring
6 on the valve member is counterbalanced by the pressure in
chamber b. If the pressure increases in the left end of cylinder
2, the reduced pressure also increases and valve member 4 moves
upward, reducing opening d. This reduces the flow of fluid to
chamber b and, consequently, the pressure in the chamber.
When the pressure drops in the left end of cylinder 2, valve
member 4 moves downward, increasing the flow to chamber b
and, consequently, the reduced pressure. Thus, constant pres-
sure is maintained before flow-control valve 5, providing for
constant speed of piston 3 at each setting of valve 5. This ar-
rangement, consisting of a pressure reducing valve and a flow-
control valve, serves as a speed regulator.

494
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
WITH A SPEED REGULATOR Dr

Constant- displacement pump / delivers fluid through pipeline

6 to chamber a and from there through pipeline 7 to the right
end of power cylinder 2, moving piston 5 to the left. Fluid from
the left end of cylinder 2 is discharged to the tank. The pressure
exerted by the fluid in chamber a on valve member 3 is counter-
balanced by the action of spring 8 and the working pressure,
_ transmitted through damping device 9. If the working pressure
begins to increase due to an increased load on piston 5, valve
member 3 shifts downward, reducing the opening between the
cone of member 3 and seat 10. This raises the pressure developed
by pump 1 until an equilibrium is reached in the forces acting
on valve member 3. If the working pressure in cylinder 2 in-
creases above the permissible value, ball valve 11 opens and fluid
is discharged through passage d to the tank. As a result, valve
member 3 moves upward and the pump is connected to the tank.
The difference in pressure of the fluid entering and leaving flow-
control valve 4 is maintained constant, ensuring a constant
flow of fluid through the valve. The maximum permissible
working pressure in the system can be regulated by changing
the force exerted by spring 12 with regulating screw 13.

495
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4187
WITH A SPEED REGULATOR Dr

Pump 1 delivers fluid through flow-control valve 2 and the body

of pressure reducing valve 3 to the right end of power cylinder
4 f moving piston 9 to the left. Fluid from the left end of the
cylinder is discharged to the tank. A part of the fluid delivered
by the pump passes through pipeline 5 into valve 3, and through
notch a of valve spool 6 to the tank. Chambers d and b are con-
nected by passage f, drilled axially through spool 6, Owing to
the throttling of the fluid passing .through notch a, the pressures
in chambers d and b differ. By turning screw 7 it is possible to
obtain almost complete equality of the forces acting on spool
6 from the twochambers. A constant pressure drop is maintained
over flow-control valve 2 because, upon a change in pressure
in the system, spool 6 is shifted either by the action of the changed
pressure or that of spring 8, thereby changing the amount of
fluid discharged to the tank. Relief valve 10 protects the system
against overloads.

496
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE Dr

W5 1 5

— ^ Pump
Fluid is delivered by the pump through the valve body and
grooves of spool 1 to the left end of power cylinder 2, moving piston
3 and table 4, attached to the piston, to the right. From the
right end of cylinder 2, fluid is discharged through the valve to
the tank. Upon travel of the table, trip dogs a, mounted on the
table, engage lugs d of rotary pilot valve 5, turning the valve
member. A part of the fluid is delivered by the pump to this
valve and further, opening ball check valve 6, shifts valve spool
J to its extreme left-hand position. Fluid from the left end of
spool / is discharged through flow-control valve 7 and valve 5
to the tank. After this, fluid is delivered by the pump to the
right end of cylinder 2, moving piston 3 and table 4 to the
left.

32-0114 497
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4189
TOOL TABLE WITH A TIME RELAY Dr

,108 d 7 12 15 ft 18

if 16'

*1 lU \ It
Tank Pump
Fluid from the pumpdelivered to the right end ol cylinder 2,
is
moving piston 3 and table 4 attached to the piston, to the left.
,

The rotary pilot valve with member / connects delivery pipeline

5 to pipeline 6. Fluid passing through the valve opens check
valve 7 and shifts plunger 8 of the time relay to the extreme
left position. Upon further travel of the table, trip dog a mount- ,

ed on the table, turns valve member / to its other position in

which the delivery line is connected to pipeline JO and pipeline
6 to the tank. Spring 11 moves plunger 8 to the right, discharg-
ing fl uid from chamber d through flow-control valve 12 into
pipeline 6 and through the pilot valve to the tank. At the end
,

of the stroke of plunger 8 fluid from the delivery line passes

,

through the pilot valve and pipeline 13 to the left end of valve
spool 14, after opening check valve 15. Spool 14 is shifted by
the pressure of the fluid to the right. Fluid from the right end of
spool 14 is discharged through flow-control valve 17 and the
pilot valve to the tank. Then the pump delivers fluid to the
left end of cylinder 2, moving piston 3 and table 4 to the right.
Upon further motion of the table, valve member / is turned
again by a trip dog of the table. Fluid from the delivery line
passes through the pilot valve and time relay, opening check
valve 18, to the right end of valve spool 14, shifting the spool
to the lelt. Fluid from the left end of the spool is discharged
through flow-control valve 9 and check valve 16, and further
through the time relay and pilot valve to the tank. The required
time delay is set by regulating flow-control valve 12.

498
 Pump / delivers fluid through a groove or valve spool 2 to the
left end of cylinder 5, moving piston 5 to the right. From the
right end of cylinder 3 , fluid is discharged through speed regu-
lator 4 to the tank. End a of spool 2 is connected to the right
end of cylinder 3 so that the back pressure in the cylinder is
transmitted to spool 2. When the back pressure exceeds the
design value* spool 2 shifts to the left, compressing spring 6
and connecting chambers b and d. At this, a part of the fluid
delivered by the pump is discharged to the tank and the back
pressure drops. Upon an increase in the load acting on piston 5,
the back pressure drops and spring 6 shifts spool 2 to the right.
This increases the resistance to the flow of fluid from end a to
chamber b because the clear opening, formed by notches f of
spool 2, is reduced. As a result, the working pressure increases
to a value sufficient to overcome the resistance.

32 * 499
 *

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4191 OF A SEMIAUTOMATIC CHUCKING MACHINE
Dr
TOOLSLIDE

The hydraulic drive provides for rapid approach of the toolslide to the
workpiece, working feed and rapid return upward. High-output gear pump
/ used for rapid traverse. Variable-displacement piston pump 2 is used
is
workiner feed. The working cycle is con trailed by
for the working bv valve spool 3
which is shifted automatically or by hand using lever 4 In the position
.

shown, pumps 1 and 2 deliver fluid through a groove of valve spool 3 and
through rapid traverse valve 8 to the upper end of power cylinder 6- At
this, the lower end of cylinder is connected to the delivery line of pump /
The rod of piston 7 Is rigidly attached to toolslide 8. Owing to the action
of the fluid, piston 7 ana toolslide 8 travel rapidly downward4 When cam
dog a reaches valve 5 , the valve member is shifted, switching the system
over to the working feed. The rate of feed of the toolslide Is varied by
changing the output of variable-displacement piston pump 2. At the end
of the working stroke, toolslide 8 runs up against positive stop d* Owing
to the increase In pressure in the system, valve 9 is opened and through it
fluid is discharged to the tank. At the same time, valve member 70 shifts
downward* connecting the lower end of spool 3 through pipeline //to
gear pump /, This shifts spool 3 upward and fluid is delivered by gear pump
/ to the lower end of working cylinder 6'. At this, the upper end of the
cylinder is connected to the tank. Piston 7 and toolslide 8 ire rapidly
withdrawn upward. Relief valve t2 prevents the toolslide from moving
down unintentionally due to its weight.
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4192
WITH A REVERSING VALVE Dr

Pump / delivers fluid through directional valve 2 to the left end of power
cylinder 3 moving piston 4 to the right, Fluid from the right end of the
t

cylinder is discharged through valve 2 and flow^control valve 5 to the

tank. Relief valve & protects the system against overloads, A trip dog
(not shown), mounted on the machine tool table* actuates lever 7 at the
end of the piston stroke. Lever 7 turns about fixed axis A, turning latch
$ about fixed axis B and overcoming the resistance of spring $\ When lever
7 reaches its vertical position, it is shifted by spring 9 to its other extreme
position. Pin a t mounted on lever 7, engages Lugs d and b of the stem of
the valve spool, shifting the spool to Its extreme positions. At the moment
the valve spool is shifted, the table fs braked, fluid from the left end of
the spool is delivered to the right end through passage and flow-con-
trol valve ft, This valve can be regulated to obtain the required velocity
of motion of the valve spool, ensuring smooth table reversal* Piston 4 Is
braked In the extreme position because projection / of the cylinder enters
a recess In the piston with a smalt clearance. Fluid passing through the
has a cushioning effect.
clearance lies me
eneci, The system can be oe started and stopped
by turning valve 12 which, in stopping, connects the delivery system to
the tank.
 MACHINE TOOL HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP
4193
MECHANISM Dr

Pump / delivers fluid through pilot-operated directional valve

2 to the upper end ol cylinder 3, and piston 4 moves downward.
The lower end of cylinder 3 is connected to the delivery line.
Valve 2 is controlled by rotary pilot valve 6 At the end of the
,

stroke of piston 4, a trip dog mounted on the travelling head of

the machine tool turns valve 6 and fluid under pressure from
,

the delivery line passes through the valve and ball check valve
7 to the left end of valve 2 shifting its spool to the right, while
,

fluid from the right end of valve 2 drains through flow-control

valve 5 and valve 6 back to the tank. In this position of the spool
of valve 2 fluid is delivered by the pump to the lower end of
t

cylinder 3 and the upper end is connected through valve 2 to

the tank. Piston 4 moves upward. The speed of piston 4 is varied
by a speed regulator installed in the delivery line of the system
and consisting of flow-control valve 11 and pressure reducing
valve 8 which automatically maintains a constant pressure
before valve 11. The system is started and stopped by valve
9 which connects the delivery line to the tank to stop the machine
tool. Relief valve 10 protects the system against overloads.

£02
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4194
WITH DOUBLE FLUID TH ROTTLING Dr

Pump / delivers fluid to the left end of cylinder 2, moving piston

3 to the right. Fluid from the right end of cylinder 2 is discharged
through flow-control valve 4 and valve 5 to the tank. Relief
valve 6 maintains constant pressure in the delivery line. When
the pressure increases in the right end of the cylinder and in the
discharge pipeline, piston 7 of valve 5 moves to the left, increas-
ing the pressure at the output from flow-control valve 4 Thus,
.

the pressure drop over valve 4 is maintained constant.

n
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP 1

4195 OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE WITH DOUBLE

Dr
FLUID THROTTLING

Pump / delivers fluidthrough starting valve 2, directional valve

3 controlled by reversing pilot rotary valve 4, and passage a
,

of the stationary piston rod to the left end of cylinder 5, moving

the cylinder to the left. In this case, the right end of valve 3 is
connected to the delivery line. Fluid from the right end of cylin-
der 5 is discharged through passage d of the stationary piston
rod, valve 3, pressure reducing valve 9 and flow-control valve
10 to the tank. Fluid is admitted through side ports, radial and
axia) passages to the upper end of valve 9 and acts on plunger
7 which is subject underneath to the action of spring 6. The
higher the pressure in the upper end of valve 9, the less the
amount of fluid delivered to valve 10, so that a low pressure is
constantly maintained with little variation at the input to
flow-control valve 10, Relief valve 8 protects the system against
overloads. As cylinder 5 travels to the left, trip dog b mounted
,

on the table, turns the lever of reversing valve 4 This connects

.

the left end of valve 3 to the delivery line, and the right end to
the tank, shifting the spool of valve 3 to the right. Then fluid
from the pump is delivered to the right end of cylinder 5, mov-
ing it to the right. The drive provides for equal speeds of travel
of the cylinder and table in both directions.

504
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4196 OF A MACHINE TOOL TABLE WITH DOUBLE
Dr
FLUID THROTTLING

2 8 1

Pump 1 delivers fluid through starting valve 2 and directional

valve -3, controlled by reversing pilot rotary valve 4, to the right
end of cylinder 5, moving piston 6 and the machine tool table,
rigidly attached to the piston rod, to the left. Fluid from the
left end of cylinder 5 is discharged through flow-control valve
10 and valve 3 to the tank. In this case, the left end of valve 3
is connected to the delivery line. Pressure reducing valve
9 automatically regulates the pressure before flow-control valve
10 and the speed of the table. The pressure in the dis-
charge pipeline acts on the upper end of spool 7 against
the action of spring 11. Upon an increase inspeed and,
consequently, in pressure before valve 10, spool 7 moves
downward and by-passes a part of the fluid from the
delivery line to the tank, thereby reducing the speed. When
the pressure drops, spool 7 moves upward, reducing the amount
of fluid by-passed to the tank and maintaining the preset
speed. As the table travels to the left, trip dog a, mounted on
the table, turns the lever of reversing valve 4. This connects
the right end of valve 3 to the delivery line, and the left end to
the tank, shifting the spool of valve 3 to the left. Then fluid
is delivered by the pump to the left end of cylinder 5, through
check valve 12, by-passing flow-control valve 10 and pressure
reducing valve 9. At this, piston 6 and the table travel rapidly
to the right (rapid return stroke). Relief valve 8 protects the
system against overloads.

505
 Gear pump 1 delivers fluid to variable-displacement pump 2.
Surplus fluid is discharged through valves 3 and 4 to the tank.
End a of directional valve 5 Is connected to the delivery line of
gear pump 1. Pump 2 delivers fluid to the right end of power
cylinder 6 through valve 5 at whose end d the pressure is equal
to that developed by variable-displacement pump 2 Piston 7
,

is moved by the fluid to the left. Fluid from the left end of cyl-
inder 6 is discharged to the tank after being throttled through
the opening formed by the taper of land 8 of the spool of valve
5. Land 9 is of larger diameter than land 8. The spool with lands
8 and 9 is shifted in accordance with the pressure difference at
its ends. When piston 7 stops at the end of its working stroke,
the pressure in the right end of the cylinder increases and the
spool of valve 5 shifts to the left, so that fluid under pressure
from pipeline 10 passes through pipeline 11 to a valve (not
shown) which reverses the stroke of piston 7.

506
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4193
WITH TWO PUMPS Dr

Variable-displacement pump / delivers fluid to the left end of

power cylinder 2, moving piston 3 to the right. Fluid from the
right end of cylinder 2 is returned to the pump. The speed of
piston 3 is varied and it is reversed by displacing the stator of
lump 1, Gear pump 4 provides make-up fluid to compensate for
eakage in the system. Overflow valve 5 is always open. Leakage
in the system is compensated for through check valve 6 or 7,
depending upon the direction of motion of piston 3. In the posi-
tion shown, leakage is compensated for through valve 6, valve 7
being closed by the high pressure in the left end of cylinder 2.
Upon overloads or excessive increase in pressure, valve spool
10 is shifted to the right by the opening of check valve 8 or 9 t
thereby connecting the delivery and suction pipelines. Conse-
quently, if piston 3 is stopped, pump 1 operates at low
pressure.

507
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4199 OF A MACHINE TOOL WITH AUTOMATIC
Dr
STROKE REVERSAL

Reversible pump / delivers fluid from the lank to hydraulic

motor 2 which rotates lead screw 8, linked to the rotor of motor
2. This feeds the drill head along the base ways. As the head
travels, its trip dogs a turn reversing lever 3 together with a
pinion attached to the lever. The pinion meshes with the gear
rack of cylinder 4. As cylinder 4 moves to the right, the increased
pressure in its left end moves piston 5 to the right. Gear rack
eon the rod of piston 5 turns pinion 6 which is linked to the regu-
lating lever of pump /. In turning, the lever reverses pump /
and the rotor of motor 2 begins to rotate in the reverse direction.
This reverses the travel of the drill head. Cam 7 varies the rate
of feed of the drill head. Detent 9 indexes the positions
of lever 3.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF A MACHINE CHP
4200 TOOL TABLE WITH AUTOMATIC STROKE
Dr
REVERSAL

Reversible pump 1 delivers fluid from the tank through direction-

al valve 2 to the left end of power cylinder 3, moving piston 4
and table 5, rigidly attached to piston rod 6, to the right. The
delivery line of gear pump 7 is connected through reversing
rotary pilot valve 8 to the right end of valve 2 whose spool is
in its extreme left-hand position. As piston 4 travels to the
right, trip dogs a turn lever 9 of reversing valve 8 clockwise. At
this fluid from pump 7 is delivered to the left end of valve 2,
shifting its spool to the right. The right end of the valve is
connected to the tank. When the spool of valve 2 reaches its
extreme! right-hand position, fluid is delivered by the pump to
the right end of power cylinder 3 moving piston 4 and table 5
,

to the left. Relief valve 10 protects the system against overloads.

Adjusting screws 11 and 12 regulate the speed of the forward
and return strokes of the table.

509
 Pump / delivers fluid through flow-control valve 2 and direc-
tional valve 3 to the right end of cylinder 4, moving piston 5
and table 9, rigidly attached to the piston rod, to the left. From
the left end of cylinder 4, fluid is discharged through valve 3
and flow-control valve 2 to the tank. At the end of the table
stroke, pin a, mounted on the table, turns reversing lever 6
counterclockwise about fixed axis A. At this, tie-rod 13, linked
to lever 6 and with slot f linked to the spool of valve 3, shifts
the spool to the left. Owing to slot / in the tie-rod, lever 6 does
not at first shift the spool of valve 3, but, with its prismatic lug,
turns lever 7. When the apex of the lug of lever 6 passes the apex
of the lug on lever 7, lever 6 is thrown over by spring 8, shifting
the spool of valve 3 to the left. Then fluid is delivered to the
left end of cylinder 4, moving piston 5 and table 9 to the right.
The amount of fluid passing through flow-control valve 2 is
regulated by spool 10 which is held by a spring with its stem
head d against a cam rigidly attached to lever 11. Lever 11
serves to set the required table speed. Spool 10 throttles the
fluid in the delivery line and in the discharge line. The clear
opening can be varied by turning lever 11. At the end of the
table stroke, one cam dog b engages the roller of bell-crank lever
12, turning about fixed axis B and moves spool 10 to the right,
f

reducing the table speed at the end of its stroke. This provides
for smooth valve action.

510
Purnp 1 delivers fluidunder pressure through starting valve 3
to a groove of the spool in directional valve 4. From here a
part of the fluid is delivered through ball check valve 5 to
rotary actuator 5, turning its shaft clockwise. The remainder
of the fluid is delivered to the left end of cylinder 7, moving
piston 8 to the right. Fluid from the exhaust chamber of actua-
tor 6 and the right end or cylinder 7 passes through valve 4 to
the tank. Valve 4 is controlled by trip dogs mounted on the
machine tool table. When its spool is shifted to the right, the
actuator and the piston of the hydraulic cylinder are reversed.

511
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4203 OF A MACHINE TOOL WITH SYNCHRONIZED
Dr
MOTION OF TWO PISTONS

11 9

Pump 1 delivers fluid through starting valve 2 and directional

valve 3 to power cylinders 4 and 5 with pistons linked to slides
6 and 7. Slides 6 and 7 arc linked together by gear racks 8 and
9j and pinion 10, meshing with both racks. Linked to the axle
of pinion 10 is rod 11 which, upon unequal feed of the slides,
turns lever 12. This shifts the spool of valve 3 so that a greater
amount of fluid delivered to the cylinder whose piston is
is
linked to the slide that lags behind, and a lesser amount to the
other cylinder, thereby equalizing the rates of feed of the slides.

512
 SEQUENTIAL HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4204 FOR THREE OPERATIVE MEMBERS
Dr
OF A MACHINE TOOL

4 3 2 9

Pump / delivers fluid through flow-control valve 2 to the right

end of cylinder 3 moving piston 4 to the left. At this, the spool
,

of valve 5 is in the position shown. At the end of the stroke of

piston 4 when it stops, the pressure increases in the left end of
,

valve 5, shifting the spool to the right and connecting the deliv-
ery line of pump 1 to the right end of cylinder 6 When piston
.

7 has moved to the left and stops, the pump begins to deliver
fluid to cylinder 8 The pistons and valve spools are returned to
.

the initial position by a special arrangement (not shown). Relief

valve 9 protects the system against overloads.

33-0114 513
 CHP
4205 HYDROPNEUMATIC SPINDLE FEED MECHANISM
Dr

When compressed advanced

air is delivered to port /, piston 2 is
by the air pressure with spindle 3 to the work. Hydraulic fluid
is forced out from the other side of the piston through valve 4

which is closed after piston 5 has advanced a certain distance.

After valve 4 is dosed, the hydraulic fluid can escape only
through flow-control valve 6, whose clear opening regulates the
rate of spindle feed. After machining the work, port / is connect-
ed to the atmosphere. Then spring 7 returns pistons 2 and 5
rapidly to the initial position, retracting the spindle. The
hydraulic fluid is forced back into the left chamber through
check valve 4 which is opened by the pressure of the fluid.

514
 HYDROPNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4206
OF A MACHINE TOOL Dr

515
 HYDROPNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM OF CHP
4206
A MACHINE TOOL Dr

When compressed air is delivered through directional

valve / to cylinder 2, piston 3 moves to the left. Gear
rack a on the piston rotates pinion 4 which meshes with
rack d of spindle quill 5, feeding the quill and spindle to
the right. Mounted on shaft 0 of pinion 4 are two more
pinions, 6 (see lower drawing) and / , which rotate together
with pinion 4 Pinion 6 advances sleeve 8 with whose
.

rack it meshes. When sleeve 8 reaches piston 9 the speed

,

of travel of the spindle quill is considerably reduced due

to the resistance of the hydraulic fluid under the piston.
Fluid from cylinder Jffl is forced out through pressure
reducing valve 11 and flow-control valve 12 into the tank.
By adjusting the clear opening in valve 12, the rate of
fluid flow out of cylinder 10 can be varied, thereby varying
the rate of feed of the spindle. Pressure reducing valve 13
maintains constant pressure before fiow*control valve
12, providing for a constant rate of spindle feed. Rack
13, meshing with pinion 7, moves upward upon rotation
of pinion 4 and, al the end of the spindle travel, contacts
lever 14, turning about fixed axis A. Lever 14 depresses
a member of pneumatic directional valve /, connecting
cylinder 2 to the atmosphere. Then spring 15 moves
piston 3 to the right, retracting spindle quill 5. During
quill and spindle withdrawal, sleeve 8 moves upward,
first by itself and then, when it reaches nut 16, together
with piston 9. As piston 9 moves upward, hydraulic fluid
is drawn from the tank through bali check valve 17 and
into cylinder 10. Regulating nut 16 sets the length of rapid
approach of the spindle and regulating screws 18 and 19
set up the point of tool (spindle) withdrawal.

516
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4207
OF A TRACING DEVICE Dr

Fluid under pressure is delivered to the right end of cylinder 1

and to valve spool 2 Piston 3 with template 4 is moved to the
.

left by the fluid. Fluid from the left end of cylinder / is discharged
through a groove of valve spool 2 to the tank. During template
travel, stylus 5 , held against template 4 by spring 5, raises valve
spool 2, admitting fluid to the lower end of fixed cylinder 7,
which moves piston 8 and sleeve 9 attached to the piston, up-
,

ward together with the single-point cutting tool (not shown)

until spool 2 blocks off the port of the sleeve. This stops the flow
of fluid to cylinder 7. Fluid from the upper end of cylinder 7
is discharged through the valve to the tank. When stylus 5 is
moved downward by spring 6 in following the profile of the
template, piston 8 and the cutting tool also move downward.
Thus the tool motion follows a curve which traces the profile
of the template.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4208
OF AN INDEXING TABLE Dr

When piston 1 is moved

to the left by the action of fluid, rack
a, meshing with segment gear 2 , turns the gear about fixed axis
A. Gear 2 turns table 3 by means of stop dogs d and pawl b,
which turns about axis B. At the end of the indexing motion,
the angular velocity of the table is reduced by reducing the
flow of fluid to cylinder 4. The table is stopped by adjustable
stop 5.

518
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4209 OF A THREE-DIMENSIONAL TRACING
Dr
DEVICE

-5

Tank
2'
1

i*

Upon horizontal travel of template /, stylus 2, through steel ball

3, actuates valve spool 4. When the stylus is moved upward by
the contour of the template, spool 4 moves upward and fluid,
delivered by the pump to the valve, is admitted into the upper
end of cylinder 6. Piston rod 5 is fixed and cylinder 6 is attached
to the vertical slide of the spindle head. From the lower end of
cylinder 6 fluid is discharged through the valve to the tank.
At this, the spindle head travels upward. When the stylus moves
downward, spool 4 descends below its middle position and fluid
from the pump is admitted into the lower end of cylinder 6.
At this, the spindle head travels downward. Fluid from the
upper end of cylinder 6 Is discharged through the valve to the
tank.

519
 HYDROPNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
142 1 o;
OF A LATHE TRACING DEVICE Dr

Compressed air Tank

Stylus /, mounted on a bracket of the cross slide, is held by

spring 2 in contact with the profile of template 3 and travels
along', the template upon longitudinal travel of the saddle. As
it turns back and forth, stylus / varies the flow of air from
nozzle 4 to which air is delivered under pressure. The variations
in air pressure actuate bellows 5 and 6 counterbalanced by
,

springs 7 and 8, which shift valve spools 9 and JO. Valve spool
9 controls the operation of cross feed cylinder il by admitting
hydraulic fluid into it. The fluid is delivered to the valve by a
pump. Cylinder 11 is secured to the lathe bed and the rod of its
piston 13 is linked to the cross slide. Valve spool 10 controls
the longitudinal feed of the slide by releasing fluid from cylinder
12 to which it is delivered under pressure. Piston rod 14 is
linked to the bed, and the cylinder travels together with the
saddle. Thus, the single-point too! reproduces a contour on work
15 which corresponds to the profile of template <3.
 1

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

421
OF A PROFILE MILLING MACHINE Dr

Upon longitudinal travel of template 1 at constant speed, tracer

2, equipped with a roller, raises valve spool 3. At this, fluid,
delivered under pressure by pump 4 to valve body 8 at a pressure
maintained by relief valve 5, is admitted to the upper end of
cylinder 6 whose piston 7 is rigidly attached to an upright of
the milling machine. Cylinder 6, as well as valve body 8 and
milling cutter !Q is mounted on the vertical slide, and they
t

travel upward until spool 3 blocks off ports in valve body 5,

stopping fluid delivery to the upper end of cylinder 6. Fluid
from the exhaust end of cylinder 6 is discharged through valve
8 to the tank. When tracer 2, held in contact with template 1
by spring 9, moves downward, a similar process is repeated, but
only in the opposite direction. Thus, milling cutter 10 machines
a surface on the work corresponding to the profile of template 1.

521
 Gear pump 1 delivers fluid to valve 2 and to variable-displace-
ment pump 3 at a pressure maintained by relief valve 4. Upon
longitudinal travel of template 5, tracer 6, equipped with a
roller and rigidly attached to the spool of valve 2, moves the
spool so that fluid is admitted into one of the servomotor cylin-
ders, 7 or 8. Rod 9, shifted to the right or left by the action of
the fluid, changes the eccentricity of variable-displacement pump
3 and, consequently, the amount and direction of the fluid deliv-
ered to cylinder 10. Piston 11, secured to the vertical slide
of the machine tool together with the body of valve 2 and the
cutting tool, travels up or down until the spool of valve 2 blocks
off a port in the valve body and stops fluid delivery to the servo-
motor cylinder. Thus, the cutting tool machines a surface on the
work corresponding to the profile of template 5. Relief valves
12 protect the system against overloads. Check valves 13 serve
to supply fluid to variable-displacement pump 3,

522
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4213
OF A PROFILE MILLING MACHINE Dr

Pump / delivers fluid to the left end of cylinder 2 and to the

body ofvalve 3 Piston 4 and template 5, which is rigidly at-
.

tached to the piston rod, are moved to the right by the fluid.
Fluid from the right end of cylinder 2 is discharged through check
valve 7 to the tank. Relief valve 8 maintains a definite pressure
in the system. Upon travel of template 5, tracer 9 equipped with
,

a roller and rigidly attached to the spool of valve 3, raises the

spool. At this, fluid from pump 1 is delivered to the upper end
of cylinder 6 which is mounted, together with the body of valve
3 and milling cutter 11 , on the vertical slide of the milling
machine. The rod of piston 10 is attached to the column. The
fluid raises cylinder 6 until the spool of valve 3 blocks off ports
in the valve body, stopping fluid delivery to cylinder 6 Fluid,

from the exhaust end of the cylinder is discharged through valve

3 1 to the tank. When tracer 9 moves downward, cylinder 6
also moves downward together with the milling cutter. Thus,
milling cutter 11 reproduces a contour on the work which corre-
sponds to the profile of template 5.

523
 CHP
4214 HYDROPNEUMATIC BOOSTER MECHANISM
Dr
I I

As piston / is moved by the action of compressed

to the right
air, rod 2 of the piston, actuates rod 3 of the hydraulic booster,
moving piston 4 to the right. As piston 4 moves in cylinder 5,
compressing the hydraulic fluid in the cylinder, it develops the
required pressure in the hydraulic circuit connected to port a.
Spring 6 returns pistons 4 and / to the initial position.
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
42(5
WITH SWASH PLATES Dr

The hydraulic drive consists of a combination hydraulic

of a
pump and a hydraulic motor of identical design in which a
Hooke’s joint is used. Upon rotation of driving shaft A, swash
plate 2 reciprocates pistons 3 which draw in fluid and deliver
it into chamber a of fixed distribution member 1, from where

it is admitted into the cylinders of the hydraulic motor. The

fluid reciprocates pistons 3' which are linked to swash plate 2',
fixed at the angle p to driven shaft B Swash plate 2 can be tilted
.

to various angles a to the driving shaft with cup member 4 in

which it rotates. This tilting motion is accomplished by hand-
wheel and screw device 5. The cylinders of pistons *3 and 3' are
in cylinder blocks 6 and 6 keyed to the driving and driven
shafts. When a — P, the speeds of the driving and driven shafts
are equal. If cup member 4 is inclined in the other direction,
the rotation of driven shaft B is reversed.

525
 Fluid is delivered under pressure by pump 1 to valve 2. Actuated
by spring 3 spool 4 closes port a, and spring 6 actuates spool
t

5 to close passage d and open port b. The fluid forces back ball
7 and flows through pipeline / to accumulator 8, At this, rotary
valve 9 is closed. Pressure increases in the system. Then fluid
passing along passage k acts on spool 5, shifting it to open pas-
sage d and close port b. The fluid then passes through passage e
into chamber m, shifting spool 4 to the position shown. This
opens port a and fluid delivered by pump / is discharged to the
tank. By turning valve 9, pipelines n and / are connected together
and fluid from accumulator 8 is delivered to hydraulic actuator
10, whose plunger rises to the required height. By turning valve
9 to its third'position pipelines n and l are connected to the tank,
the plunger of actuator W descends and the fluid is discharged
through pipeline n to the tank. This reduces the pressure in the
left-hand part of the system. Spool 5 is shifted to the left by
spring d, closing passage d and opening port b. Fluid from cham-
ber m is discharged by spool 4 to the tank. At this, port a is closed
and all the fluid delivered by pump 1 is admitted again into
accumulator 8.

526
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4217
WITH A SPRING- RETURNED VALVE SPOOL Dr

When valve spool 1 shifted manually to the right, fluid is

is
delivered by gear pump 2 to the right end of power cylinder 3,
moving piston 4 to the left. Fluid from the left end of cylinder
3 is discharged through the valve body to the tank. If the stem
of spool 1 is not held by force, then spring 5, compressed when
the spool is shifted to the right, returns the spool to its neutral
position (as shown). At this, pump 2 is connected to the tank
through axial passage a in spool /, and the fluid is blocked off
inside cylinder 3. Spring 5 returns spool 1 in a similar way from
its extreme left-hand position. Relief valve 6 protects the system
against overloads.

527
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4218 WITH SYNCHRONIZED MOTION
Dr
OF TWO PISTONS

Gear pump 1 delivers fluid un-

der a pressure established by
relief valve 2 through rotary
I
directional valve 3 and flow-
control valves 4 and 5 to power
cylinders 6 and 7, Fluid from
J the exhaust end of the cylin*
V ders is discharged through valve
' 3 to the tank. Flow-control
valves 4 and 5 can be regulated
to admit equal amounts of fluid
to cylinders 6 and 7. Check
valves 8 and 9, enabling the
fluid to by-pass the flow-control
valves, provide for rapid return
strokes when valve 3 is switched
over.

HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP

4219 WITH A MECHANICALLY OPERATED
Dr
PILOT VALVE

When pilot valve spool / is shifted to the right, fluid delivered

is
from the valve to the left end of main valve spool 2, shifting it
also to the right. At this, fluid is delivered by gear pump 3
through a groove of spool 2 to the right end of power cylinder 4 ,

moving Its piston to the left. When pilot valve spool 1 is shifted
to the left, spool 2 is also shifted by pilot fluid to the left, admit-
ting fluid delivered by pump 3 to the left end of cylinder 4. In
the central position of spool /, main valve spool 2 is centered
by springs 5.

528
 REMOTE-CONTROLLED HYDRAULIC DRIVE CHP
4220 MECHANISM WITH A MECHANICALLY OPERATED
Dr
PILOT VALVE

In the position of pilot valve spool 2 shown, fluid from gear

pump 1 is delivered partly through the body of the pilot valve
to the left end oF main valve spool 3, shifting the spool to the
right. The main part of the fluid delivered by pump i is directed
by a groove of spool 3 to the right end of power cylinder 4, mov-
ing its piston to the left. When pilot valve spool 2 is shifted to
the left, spool 3 is also shifted by pilot fluid to the left, and
fluid from pump I is delivered to the left end of cylinder 4.
Thus, pilot valve spool 2 serves to control spool 3 of the pilot-
f
operated main valve.

34-0114 529
 Gear pump / delivers fluid to power cylinders 2 and 3 through
rotary directional valve 6 and gear pumps 5 and 4 with their
gears keyed to the same shafts. Gear pumps 4 and 5 operate as
hydraulic motors. If motors 4 and 5 are of the same size, equal
amounts of fluid are delivered to cylinders 2 and 3 in each revo-
lution of the motors. If a higher resisting force (load) is applied
to the piston rod of one of the cylinders than to the other, the
hydraulic motor on the side of the overloaded cylinder will
operate as an intermediate pump, raising the pressure of the
fluid delivered by pump / to that required to overcome the resis-
tance of the overloaded cylinder. The second motor will operate
as a drive for the first motor. Relief valves 7 and 8 are adjusted
to a pressure exceeding the maximum pressure required to accom-
plish the working operations and less than the pressure setting
of relief valve 9.

530
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4222
WITH CAM-OPERATED POPPET VALVES Dr

Cain 3 rotates about fixed axis A, In the position of cam 3

shown, gear pump 1 delivers fluid through open inlet valve 2
and further, through check valve 4, preventing reverse flow
of the fluid, and flow-control valve 5 to the right end of power
cylinder 6, moving piston 7 to the left. From the left end of
cylinder 6 fluid is discharged through flow-control valve 8 ,

check valve 9 and outlet valve 10 to the tank. Relief valves 11

and 12 maintain constant pressure at the flow-control valves
which regulate the speed of piston 7. At the position of cam
3 perpendicular to that shown, fluid is delivered by the pump to
the left end of cylinder 6, two opposite valves, /3and 14, being
opened by the cam.

34 * 531
 When lever turned counterclockwise, valve spool 2 is shifted
/ is
to the right. Then fluid is delivered by gear pump 3 through the
groove of valve spool 2 to the right end of cylinder 4, moving
piston 5 to the left. Fluid from the left end of cylinder 4 is admit-
ted through pipeline W to the right end of cylinder 6, moving
piston 7 also to the left. Fluid from the left end of cylinder 6 is
discharged through the valve body of spool 2 to the tank. Pis-
tons 5 and 7 continue travel as long as lever 1 turns. The axle
of lever 1 is mounted in piston 5. If lever 1 is stopped, it begins
to move to the left with piston 5, shifting spool 2 and disconnect-
ing the delivery line of the pump from the right end of cylinder
4. When lever 1 is turned clockwise, spool 2 is shifted to the
left and fluid from the pump is directed to the left end of cylinder
6, moving piston 7 to the right. Fluid discharged from the right
end of cylinder 6 is delivered through pipeline 10 to the left end
of cylinder 4, moving piston 5 to the right. Again, if lever /
is stopped from turning, piston 5 shifts spool 2 to the right,
blocking off fluid delivery to the left end of cylinder 6. Valves
8 and 9 are used to compensate for thermal expansion and leak-
age of the fluid. If, for example, piston 5 reaches its extreme
left-hand position before piston 7 reaches its extreme left-hand
position, lug a opens hall valve 8 Then fluid from the right end
.

of cylinder 4 opens valve 9 passes through axial channel b

,

and open valve 5 to the left end of cylinder 4 and then to the
right end of cylinder 6 moving piston 7 to its extreme left-
,

hand position. If piston 5 reaches its extreme right-hand posi-

tion before piston 7 reaches its extreme right-hand position, lug
d opens valve 9. Then surplus fluid from the right end of cylin-
der 6 is discharged through channel b to the tank, This enables
piston 7 to reach its extreme right-hand position.

532
Fluid under pressure, delivered along pipe /, passes through
throttle 2 located in the axial passage of valve spool 3, and is
,

admitted into chamber A from where it passes to adjustable

nozzle 4. The nozzle opening is covered iby shutter 5, mounted
on bell-crank lever 6. Lever 6 turns on a knife-edge support and
is subject to the action of spring 7. Acting on the other arm of

lever 6 is the operating member of a sensing clement which

deflects lever 6 upon a change in the parameter being regulated.
When shutter 5 approaches nozzle 4, the pressure is raised in
chamber A and membrane 8 shifts valve spool 3 to the left. At
this, fluid under pressure is delivered through pipe 9 to the
hydraulic system. When the pressure in chamber A drops,
spring 10 shifts spool 3 to the right, connecting pipe 9 of the
hydraulic system through pipe 11 to the tank.

533
 2. REGULATOR MECHANISMS
(4225 through 4274)

CHP
4225 AIRCRAFT AUTOPILOT|MECHANISM

The space inside housing / gyroscope u nil, mounted on the airplane,

of the
is evacuated, the vacuum being produced by vacuum pump 2 The stream
.

of air admitted through port a drives the rotor of gyroscope ,1 # which has a
vertical axis. Rigidly attached fo (he gyroscope is a shutter (not shown)
approaching either of two nozzles 4 to which air is delivered that is drawn
In through capillary inlets d on the two sides of membrane 5 of the pneumat-
ic relay. Owing to the great difference in the cross sections of the capil-
lary inlets and the nozzles, the same vacuum is produced on the two sides
of membrane 5 which is, in this case, in its central position. When the
t

airplane deviates from horizontal (light, the vacuum in the right-hand

compartment of the membrane chamber increases and the left-hand com-
partment is connected to the atmosphere. Membrane 5 is bent to the right,
shifting valve spool 0, which admits hydraulic fluid from pump !0 to the
right end of power cylinder 7 The fluid moves piston S to the left, moving
.

the elevator as required* Fluid from the left enn of cylinder 7 is discharged
through the valve of spool 6 to the tank- As piston 8 travels, it pulls cable
9 attached at one end to its rod and at the oilier to nozzles 4 This turns
t .

the nozzles with respect to housing / so that the left nozzle moves downward
and the right nozzle upward. Piston 0 continues to travel until both noz-
zles are covered to an equal degree by the shutter of the gyroscope. Since
the elevator is still inclined downward, the nose of the plane drops and
housing / turns. At this, the left nozzle is covered and the right nozzle Is
opened. Piston 8 moves to the right, returning the elevator to its middle
position. Then the feedback cable turns the nozzles again so that they are
covered equally by the gyroscope shutter. If the airplane flies horizontally,
the fluid delivered by pump 10 is discharged through valve //to the tank.
The speed of travel of piston 8 can be regulated oy setting flow-control
valve /2. The autopilot is .switched off with valve 13, Excess pressure is
prevented by relief valve 14 which by-passes fluid from one end of cylinder
7 to the other.

534
 STEAM TURBINE SPEED AND PRESSURE CHP
4226 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH TWO STEAM
EXTRACTION UNITS Rg

Steam extraction

Upon a change in speed of the turbine, the sleeve of centrifugal

governor 1 is displaced up or down, thereby shifting, through
levers 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16, the spools or three valves,
2, 3 and 4, in one direction. This actuates the pistons of servo-
motors 5, 6 and 7, which move three valve members and change
the amount of steam admitted into the stages of the turbine.
This does not vary the amount of steam being bled off. In case
of a change in the amount of steam delivered to the first extrac-
tion unit, pressure regulator 3 actuates levers 15 and 16. This
leads to motion of the valve spools of the second and third stage
in one direction and the valve spool of the first stage in the other.
If the amount of steam delivered to the second extraction unit
is changed, second unit pressure regulator 9 actuates motion
of the first and second stage valve spools in one direction and the
third stage valve spool in the other.

535
 STEAM TURBINE SPEED AND PRESSURE CHP
4227
REGULATOR MECHANISM Rg

Upon a drop in speed of the shaft being controlled, the sleeve

of centrifugal governor 1 moves downward, turning lever 2
which shifts the spool of valve 3. At this, fluid from the valve
is delivered to the lower end of servomotor 4. Piston 5 moves
upward, turning lever 6 and opening valve member 7 which has
a weaker spring than valve member 8. After the stem of valve
member 7 reaches stop a, valve member 8 begins to open. The
opened valve members admit steam at two pressures (live and
exhaust steam), thereby increasing the speed of the turbine.
Upon an increase in the shaft speed, the elements of the regula-
tor operate in the reverse direction, valve member 8 closing
first and then valve member 7. If the pressure drops in the accu-
mulator or if there is an interruption in the supply of exhaust
steam, piston 9 of the pressure regulator moves upward, shift-
ing valve spool 10 upward. Fluid from the valve is delivered to
the upper end of servomotor 11, moving piston 12 downward.
This closes valve member 7 and opens valve member 8, chang-
ing over to turbine operation with only live steam.

536
Upon a change in the thermal load in the mains, the pressure
acting on regulator 1 changes so that the membrane is bent up
or down. This turns lever 2 and shifts the spool of valve 3.
Hydraulic fluid, delivered to the valve, is directed to servomotor
4 moving piston 5 and regulating member 6 in the required
,

direction. This changes the amount of steam supplied to the

turbine. A change in turbine shaft speed actuates centrifugal
governor 7, which shifts the spool of valve 3 through levers 8
and 9. Fluid from valve 3 is delivered to servomotor 4 y whose
piston 5 either opens or closes valve member 6, which regulates
the supply of steam to the turbine.

537
 EXTRACTION STEAM TURBINE SPEED CHP
4229
AND PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM Rg

Upon a reduction in thermal load, the pressure increases in the

extraction chamber of the turbine and actuates the membrane
of pressure regulator 7, bending it upward. This turns lever 2
about point A of the sleeve of centrifugal governor 3. The spool
of valve 4 is shifted upward, and that of valve 5, downward.
Fluid delivered through the bodies of the valves to the servo-
motors moves pistons 6 and 7. This closes valve 3 of the high-
pressure cylinder (HPC) to some extent, and opens low-pressure
valve 9, Thus, less steam is supplied to the extraction chamber,
and the low-pressure cylinder (LPC) It uses more steam, also
reducing the amount of steam in the extraction chamber. By
means of common feedback lever 70, each servomotor moves the
bodies of both valves, so that the valve spools block off their
ports. A similar process takes place upon a change in turbine
shaft speed and operation of the centrifugal governor 3, only the
spools of valves 4 and 5 shift in the same direction.

538
 EXTRACTION STEAM TURBINE SPEED CHP
4230
AND PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM Re

Upon an increase in speed of the shaft being controlled, the sleeve

of centrifugal governor / moves upward, shifting the spool of
valve 2 upward. Hydraulic fluid, delivered to valve 2, is directed
to the upper end of servomotor 3, moving piston 4 and valve
member 5 downward and thereby reducing the supply of steam.
This changes the amount of steam flowing into extraction cham-
ber A and, consequently, the pressure in the chamber. The
change in pressure actuates the membrane of pressure regulator
6, leading to the shifting of valve member 7,

539
 EXTRACTION STEAM TURBINE SPEED CHP
4231
AND PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM Rg

Upon a change in speed of the turbine shaft, the sleeve of cen-

trifugal governor / is displaced, turning lever 2 about point A
and simultaneously shifting the spools of valves 3 and 4. These
valves direct the hydraulic fluid to servomotors 5 and 6. The
movement of the pistons of servomotors 5 and 6 shifts valve
members 7 and 8, changing the amount of steam supplied to the
turbine. At this, levers 10 and 11, performing direct feedback
operations, shift the bodies of the valves, returning them to the
neutral position. Upon a change in the bled-off steam, pressure
regulator 9 turns lever 2, shifting the spools of valves 3 and
4 and leading to the shifting of valve members 7 and 8.
Fuel isadmitted through pipe 1 to chamber 2 containing float
3, which operates needle valve 4. From the float chamber, fuel is
delivered through jet 5 into the narrow part of venturi 6 where
it mixes with air under pressure admitted through jet 13. The
space before throttle valve 8, turning about fixed axis A, is
connected to the lower end of economizer cylinder 9. The space
after the throttle is connected to the top of cylinder 9, containing
piston 10. When the engine is running at medium load, piston
10 is in its upper position due to the considerable difference in
pressure. At high loads, the pressure drop over the throttle valve
is reduced to the point where piston 10 drops to its lower posi-
tion due to its dead weight and the action of spring 11. This
opens economizer valve 12 by pushing its member downward,
1
and additional fuel, required at high loads, is supplied to the
spray »et.

541
 STEAM TURBINE REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4233
WITH DOUBLE SAFETY CUTOFF

Upon an increase in speed of the turbine shaft, the sleeve of

centrifugal governor / moves upward and, through a system of
levers, turns levers 2, held together bv spring 17, about axisO.
Th is shifts the spool of valve 3 downward and hydraulic fluid,
delivered by the pump to the valve, is admitted to the lower end
of servomotor 4, moving piston 5 upward. At this, gear rack 18
turns pinion 19 and cam 26, lowering regulating valve member
16 This reduces the supply of steam to the turbine, thereby
,

reducing its speed. Feedback levers 15 and 2, connected to the

rod of piston 5 and the stem of the spool of valve 3, return the
spool to its central position. Upon a drop in speed of the turbine
shaft, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direc-
tion. Upon normal operation, fluid from the mains passes through
valve / to the lower end of servomotor 8, holding piston 9 in
the upper position. At this, detent 10 holds starting valve mem-
ber /) open, admitting steam into the turbine. At the same time,
fluid under pressure, passing through valve 6, is delivered to
cylinder /2, where it holds piston 13 in the upper position, com-
pressing spring 21. When the speed of the turbine exceeds the
permissible value, a safety switching member, mounted on
turbine shaft A, actuates levers a and d of automatic valves 6
and 7, Lever d is released and the spring of valve 7 shifts the
spool to the left, disconnecting servomotor 8 from the high-

542
 ,

STEAM TURBINE REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP

4233
WITH DOUBLE SAFETY CUTOFF Rg

pressure fluid mains and connecting it to the drain. Piston 9

moves downward, detent 10 releases valve member 11, shutting
off steam supply to the turbine. At the same time, the displace-
ment of lever a shifts the spool of valve 6 which connects cylin-
der 12 to the drain and piston 13 moves downward. Flange b at
the end of the rod of piston 13 pulls link 14 downward, over-
coming the resistance of spring 17, which holds levers 2 together.
The lower lever shifts the spool of valve 3 downward, raising
piston 5 of servomotor 4 and closing regulating valve member 16
of the turbine. Thus, the safety switch provides for simultaneous
independent closing of both the starting and regulating valve
members of the turbine.

543
 Upon a change in speed of the turbine shaft, the sleeve of cen-
trifugal governor / moves upward or downward, shifting the
spools of valves 8 and 9 by means of levers 2 , 3 4 5 6 and 7.
, , ,

This delivers hydraulic fluid to the corresponding ends of ser-

vomotors 10 and 11 The servomotors shift valve members 12
.

and 13 which regulate steam supply to the Erst and second

,

stages of the turbine. The same occurs upon the operation of

regulator 14 whose pistonjs in a position determined by the
back-pressure. Extraction regulator 15 operates valve member
13 , which supplies live steam.

544
 STEAM TURBINE REGULATING MECHANISM CHP
4235 WITH KETOV AND ARKIN DIFFERENTIAL
Kg
PISTONS

Pump delivers hydraulic fluid under pressure, maintained con-

1

stant by relief valve 2, to common chamber A and further

through pipelines to servomotors 3, 4 and 5. Mounted in the
pipelines arc throttle valves 6, 7 and 3, each linked to a regulat-
ing device, Regulating devices 9, 10 and 11 control the speed of
the turbine shaft and the pressures at the steam bleeding units.
Each regulating device actuates all the servomotors. Upon a
drop in turbine shaft speed, the sleeve of centrifugal governor
9 moves downward together with throttle valve 6, increasing
the amount of fluid admitted into servomotor 3. This raises
the pressure in the lower chamber of servomotor 3 moving its
,

piston upward and opening shutter 12 to increase the supply of

steam admitted into the system and, therefore, the speed of the
turbine shaft. Shutters 13 and 14 arc opened in a similar manner.
Upon an increase in turbine shaft speed, the elements of the
regulator operate in the reverse direction. Upon a change in
pressure in the first extraction chamber, connected to regulat-
ing device 10, shutter 12 moves in the direction opposite to
that of shutters 13 and 14. This is accomplished by the difference
in the effective areas of the servomotor pistons. Upon a change
in pressure in the second extraction chamber, connected to
regulating device 11, shutters 12 and 13 move in the direction
opposite to that of shutter 14, as is required by the regulating
conditions.

35 — 0 1 14 545
 MAIN METERING DEVICE MECHANISM CHP
4236
OF AN ENGINE R*

1
/ i

Fuel is admitted through pipe 1 to chamber 2 containing float

3, which operates needle valve 4. From the float chamber, fuel
is delivered through fuel jet 5 into well 6 and atomizer 7. The
cover of the well has hole 8. When the engine is not operating,
the fuel in the well and atomizer is at the same level as in the
float chamber. When the engine begins to operate, pure fuel
begins to flow out through jet 9, arranged in the narrowest part
of venturi 10 The pressure of the incoming air is lowered at the
.

throat of tlie venturi. The fuel is mixed with air flowing through
pipe // and forms the fuel-air mixture. When ail the fuel in the
well is used up, air begins to enter through jet 8 so that an emul-
sion enters the atomizer instead of pure fuel. Throttle valve 12
regulates the rate of flow of the fuel-air mixture.

545
 STEAM TURBINE LUBRICATING SYSTEM CHP
4237
REGULATOR MECHANISM Rg

Upon a drop in oil pressure in the turbine lubricating system

below the permissible value, piston 1 is moved downward by
spring 2, turning lever 3 about fixed axis A. This shifts valve
plunger 4 upward, admitting steam into the turbo-pump, which
supplies an additional amount of oil to the lubricating system.
When the oil pressure increases in the system, piston / moves
upward, lowering valve plunger 4 and stopping steam supply to
the turbo-pump.

35 * 547
 STEAM TURBINE SPEED REGULATOR CMP
4246
MECHANISM Rg

Regulator pump l, mounted on the turbine shaft, delivers a

part of the hydraulic fluid to the upper end of cylinder 2, from
where it flows down through drain ports a, and part through
flow-control valve 3 to the lower end of cylinder 2. Then the
fluid passes through pressure- reducing valve 4, which maintains
a constant pressure in the lower end of cylinder 2. Floating
piston 5, attached to valve spool 6, is in equilibrium due to the
difference in pressure on the two sides of the piston. Upon an
increase in turbine shaft speed, the pressure above piston 5
increases due to the increased fluid delivery of pump 1, Piston
5 and valve spool 6 move downward. This increases the clear
opening of drain ports a, and equilibrium of piston 5 is restored.
As valve spool 6 is shifted downward, fluid delivered to the valve
body is directed to the upper end of servomotor 7, moving
piston 8 and valve member 9 downward, This reduces the amount
of steam supplied to the turbine, as well as the shaft speed.
Piston 8 continues to move downward until feedback lever W ,

turning about fixed axis A, shifts sleeve 11 of the valve to its

central position with respect to valve spool 6. Upon a drop in
shaft speed, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction. Turbine shaft speed can be varied by regulating flow-
control valve 3.

548
 STEAM TURBINE SPEED REGULATOR CHP
4239
MECHANISM

Upon an increase in speed of turbine shaft A and of shaft D,

connected to shaft A by worm gearing, the weights of centri-
fugal governor 1 move outward and its sleeve moves upward,
shifting valve spool 2 upward as well. At this, hydraulic fluid
delivered by pump 3 to the valve is directed to rotary servomotor
4, The fluid turns servomotor vane 5 together with shaft B, whose
axis is perpendicular to the planes of cams 6 and 9. Fluid from
the exhaust chamber of the servomotor is discharged through
a groove of spool 2 to the tank. As shaft B turns with cam 6,
lever 7 turns clockwise, lowering valve member 3. This reduces
the supply of steam to the turbine and its shaft speed decreases.
Also turned is cam 9, controlling feedback lever 10, which re-
turns valve spool 2 to its central position. Upon a reduction in
the speed of the turbine shaft, the elements of the regulator
operate in the reverse direction.

549
 LEVER-FRICTION MECHANISM OF A HYDRAULIC CHP
TURBINE SPEED REGULATOR

Close Open

Upon an increase in speed of the turbine shaft being controlled,

the weights of centrifugal governor / move outward and its
sleeve moves upward. This turns lever 2 about point 0, shifting
the spool of valve 3 downward. Hydraulic fluid from valve 3
is admitted to the right end of servomotor 4, moving piston 5
to the left, thereby closing the regulating member of the tur-
bine and reducing the shaft speed. At the same time, the rod
of piston 5 turns lever 6 about fixed axis D. At this, spindle 7,
together with friction wheel 8 and cam 9, is shifted to the right,
turning lever 2 about point A to return the spool of valve 3 to
its central position. The gear rim of friction plate 10 meshes with
gear 11, which rotates continuously with the governor shaft.
Friction wheel 8 , being displaced from the centre of friction
plate 10, rotates on the thread of the spindle and therefore
travels axially toward the centre of friction plate 10. This shifts
cam 9, linked to wheel 8 shifting the directional valve spool
,

downward to block off fluid delivery. The regulating process

continues until friction wheel 8 returns to the centre of friction
plate 10, and point 0 is thereby returned to its initial position.
As the speed of the turbine shaft decreases, it reaches its normal
value. Piston 5 of the servomotor occupies the position corre-
sponding to the new load on the turbine.

550
 SPEED AND BLADE-ANGLE REGULATOR CHP i

MECHANISM FOR A HYDRAULIC

,

4241
TURBINE RUNNER Rg

Upon a change in speed of the hydraulic turbine runner, the

sleeve of centrifugal governor / moves up or down, shifting valve
spool 2. Hydraulic fluid from the valve is directed to servomotor
3 and moves piston 4, which changes the position of the guiding
device blades. Motion of piston 4 also turns lever 5, shifting
cam 6. Roller a rolls along cam 6 and lever 7 shifts valve spool
8. FI uid from the valve is directed to servomotor 9 , moving
piston 10, which turns the turbine runner blades. Feedback
levers 11 and 12, return spool 2 to the central position. Thus,
each load or each position of the guiding device blades corre-
sponds to the optimum angle of the runner blades.

551
 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4242 OF A HYDRAULIC TURBINE
Rg
WITH AN IDLE-DRAIN FEATURE

J,

Upon an increase in speed of the hydraulic turbine runner, the

sleeve of centrifugal governor 1 moves upward, shifting the
Spool of valve 2 downward. Hydraulic fluid from valve 2 is
directed to servomotor 3, moving piston 4 to the left. This
changes the position of the regulating member and the speed is
reduced. At the same time, when piston 4 is moving in the clos-
ing direction, bell-crank lever 5 and rod 6 move piston 7 of the
idle-drain cataract downward. The cataract housing also moves
downward, opening idle-drain valve member 8. At this, the
required amount of water is drained from the inlet volute cham-
ber to prevent, water hammer. Then, spring 9 moves piston 7
of the cataract slowly upward, lifting idle-drain valve 8. At
this, fluid slowly flows through flow-control valve 10 from the
lower to the upper end of the cataract housing. The velocity of
piston return is regulated by means of flow-control valve 10.
Feedback levers // and 12 return the spool of valve 2 to its cen-
tral position. When piston 4 moves in the opening direction for
the regulating member, upon a reduction in turbine runner
speed, idle-drain valve 8 remains closed. This is accomplished
by the provision of check valve a in cataract piston 7.

552
 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4243 OF A HYDRAULIC TURBINE
Rfi
WITH AN IDLE-DRAIN FEATURE

Upon a change in speed of the hydraulic turbine runner, the

sleeve of centrifugal governor / moves up or down, shifting valve
spool 2. Hydraulic fluid from the valve is directed to servomotor
3 and moves piston 4, which changes the position of the regulat-
ing member. At the same time, when piston 4 is moving in the
closing direction, bell-crank lever 5 and rod 6 move piston 7
of the idle-drain cataract downward. Through lever /2, this
shifts valve spool 5 upward. Fluid from the valve is directed to
servomotor 9, moving its piston downward and opening idle-
drain valve member 13. At this, the required amount of water
is drained from the inlet volute chamber to prevent water ham-
mer. Feedback levers 10 and 11 return valve spool 2 to its central
position. The idle-drain valve member closes slowly due to
throttling of the fluid flowing from one end of the cataract
housing to the other. When the regulating member is moved in
the opening direction, the idle-drain valve member is not opened
because a check valve is provided in cataract piston 7.

553
 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4244 OF A HYDRAULIC TURBINE
Rg
WITH AN IDLE-DRAIN FEATURE

U>

Upon an Increase in speed of the hydraulic turbine runner, the sleeve of

centrifugal governor / moves upward, shifting the spool of valve 2 down-
ward. Hydraulic fluid from valve 2 is directed to the right end nf servomo-
tor 3 moving piston 4 to the left. This changes the position of the regulat-
t

ing member and the speed is reduced. At the same time, when piston 4
is moving in the closing direction, bell-crank lever 5 and rod 6 move piston
7 of the idle-drain cataract downward. The cataract housing moves rapidly
downward and, through Lever 13 shifts valve spool 5 upward. With the
T

guiding device stationary, idle-drain valve member 9 is held closed by

piston 12 of the servomotor, under which valve spool 6 directs fluid under
pressure. For this purpose, the valve has negative overlap, Le. a narrow
opening between the land of the spool and the delivery port. When valve
spool 8 moves upward, the lower end of the servomotor is connected to the
tank, piston 12 moves downward and Idle-drain valve member 9 opens. At
this, the required amount of water Is drained from the Inlet volute cham-
ber to prevent water hammer. Feedback levers 10 and li return valve
spool 2 to its central position. When valve spool 8 returns to Its Initial
position, fluid under pressure is delivered again under piston 12, moving
it upward. Valve member 9 closes slowly because It must overcome hydrau-
lic resistance. Upon a reduction in turbine runner speed, valve member 9
remains closed. This Is accomplished by the provision of check valve q
in cataract piston 7,

554
 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4245 OF A HYDRAULIC TURBINE
Rfi
WITH A DEFLECTOR

drain
fluid under pressure
Drain

Wirier inlet to turbine

rente

Upon an increase in the speed of the hydraulic turbine runner,

the sleeve of centrifugal governor 1 moves upward, shifting
valve spool 2 downward. Hydraulic fluid from the valve is
directed to the right end of servomotor ,3, moving piston 4 to
the left, in the direction in which the regulating member is
closed. At this, deflector 5 linked by a lever system to the rod
,

of piston 4 cuts into the jet from the nozzle, deflecting a part
,

from the runner and thereby reducing its speed. Cam 6 actuates
roller o, shifts valve spool 9 downward, and fluid from the valve
is directed to the right end of servomotor 7 through flow-control
valve 13. This moves piston 8 to the left, in the direction in
which the opening in the nozzle is closed to some extent by
throttling needle 10 thereby reducing the rate of flow through
,

the nozzle. Owing to the provision of flow-control valve 13,

the needle moves slowly to prevent a drastic increase in water
pressure in the inlet pipeline. Feedback levers 11 and 12 , as
well as 14 and 15, return valve spools 2 and 9 to their central
positions.

555
 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH A TURBINE CHP
4246
SPEED-CHANGING DEVICE Rg

Brain

Fluid under
pressure

Brain

V 6
The regulator system has additional lever / provided for chang-
ing the turbine shaft speed. Point a of lever / is linked to the
end of screw 2 in such manner that pivot 0 of lever 3 can be ad-
justed by turning screw 2. This shifts valve spool 4 so that piston
6 of servomotor 5 moves the regulating member in the direction
of either opening or closing. To raise the turbine speed at con-
stant load, point a is displaced upward. At this, pivot 0 and
point D also move upward. Hydraulic fluid is directed to the
left end of servomotor cylinder 5, moving piston 6 to the right,
in the direction of opening the regulating member. As piston 6
moves, bell-crank lever 7 and links 8 and 9 return pivot 0 and
valve spool 4 to the initial position. At the same time, as a
result of opening the regulating member, the speed of the cen-
trifugal governor increases and its sleeve A moves upward, re-
turning the regulating member to its initial position. Thus,
the steady-state condition of the turbine at constant load corre-
sponds to a higher speed.

556
 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH A TURBINE CHP
4247
SPEED-CHANGING DEVICE Rg

The turbine shaft speed maintained by the regulator can be

changed by adjusting the tension of spring /, linked through
lever 3 to sleeve 2 of the centrifugal governor. At a constant
turbine load, ifthe tension of spring / is increased, sleeve 2
moves downward. At this, lever 3 turns about point A, shifting
valve spool 5 upward. This directs hydraulic fluid so that piston
4 and valve member 6 move downward, increasing the supply of
steam to the turbine. At constant load, the speed of the turbine
shaft increases and sleeve 2 of the governor and, consequently,
valve member 6 move upward, returning to the initial position.
Thus the steady-state condition of the turbine at constant load
corresponds to a higher speed. If the tension of spring / is reduced,
the speed of the turbine shaft drops at constant load.

557
The turbine shaft speed is changed at constant load by adjusting
the position of pivot a on piston rod 3 of servomotor /. This is
done with nut 2 which can be moved along the thread of rod 3.
As point d is moved upward, valve spool 4 is also shifted upward,
directing fluid to the upper end of servomotor J and moving
valve member 5 downward to increase the supply of steam to
the turbine. At constant load, valve member 5 should return
to its previous position, and point d, for steady-state operation,
always occupies the same position, which corresponds to blocked
off ports in the directional valve. Therefore, when point d moves
upward, sleeve b of governor 6 must move downward and this
takes place only when the speed is reduced.
 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH A TURBINE CHP
4249
SPEED-CHANGING DEVICE Rg

The turbine shaft speed can be changed at any load within a

narrow limit by adjusting valve sleeve 1 with respect to valve
spool 2 using handwheel 3 In this case, the position of valve
, .

spool 2 , corresponding to steady-state load on the turbine, for

the same position of servomotor piston 4 (which corresponds to
the opening of the regulating steam supply valve), must be
changed to the new position of sleeve /. This changes the posi-
tion of sleeve 5 of the centrifugal governor. Since movements
of the governor sleeve are associated with changes in turbine
speed, the same load can be carried at different speeds.
 AUTOMOBILE CARBURETTOR MECHANISM CHP
4250
WITH AN ECONOMIZER RS

Fuel admitted through pipe 1 to chamber 2 containing float

is
3, which operates needle valve 4. From the float chamber, fuel
is delivered partly through channel a to economizer 5, while
the main part of the fuel passes through jet 6 into venturi 7
where it mixes with air under pressure admitted through jet 13.
The chamber of economizer 5 is divided into two compartments
by diaphragm 8. The compartment to the right of the diaphragm
is connected to the space beyond throttle valve 9 which turns
about fixed axis A. At medium engine loads, owing to vacuum
in the right-hand compartment of the economizer, diaphragm 8
is bent to its extreme right position, closing valve 10. In going
over to load of the engine, the vacuum to the right of the
full
diaphragm is reduced to the extent that the diaphragm is bent
by spring 11 to its extreme left position, opening valve 10. At
this, additional fuel is supplied to the venturi through jet 12
of the economizer.

560
 LEVER MECHANISM OF AN AUTOMOBILE CHP
4251
CARBURETTOR WITH AN ACCELERATING PUMP

f5 5

9 m
l M
W'*

\8 5

Fuel admitted through pipe 1 to float chamber 2 containing

is

float 3, which operates needle valve 4. From the float chamber,

fuel is delivered through jet 5 into venturi 7 where it mixes with
air under pressure admitted through jet 6. A part of the fuel is
delivered through ball valve 8 into chamber 9 of the accelerating
pump. When throttle valve 10, turning about fixed axis A, is
opened, lever 11 turns downward. Piston 12 of the accelerating
pump is also moved downward by spring 13. At this, valve 8
is closed and fuel from the pump is delivered through ball
valve 14 and jet 15 into venturi /, The accelerating pump is
used to avoid leaning the fuel-air mixture when the throttle
valve is opened.

36-0114
 BOILER FEEDWATER DEAERATOR REGULATOR CHP
4252
MECHANISM Rg

Feedwater, which is to be deaerated, is admitted into deaerator

/ through pipeline 3 and the heating steam, through pipeline 2 .

The feedwater is heated and deaerated by bubbling with steam

as- it passes through- the gap between the walls of pipeline 2
and' cylinder 4 Further, the water passes through the annular
.

space between cylinder 4 and the wall of vessel 5 Then the

•
.

water flows over the edge of vessel 5 into deaerated water accu-
mulator 6 Air evolved from the feedwater in deaeration is
,

discharged with a cert in amount of steam. Upon an increase

in pressure in the deaerator, the membrane of pressure regulator
7 is bent downward, moving shutter 8 downward to reduce the
amount of steam supplied to the deaerator. Through a system of
levers, shutter 9 is also moved downward, increasing the amount
of feedwater admitted for deaeration. Upon a drop in pressure
in the deaerator, the elements of the regulator operate in the
reverse direction. The feedwater level In the deaerator is con*
trolled in a similar manner.

562
 The paper pulp is admitted through pipe / at a constant head
into suspended vessel 2, which is linked by a hinged joint to two-
arm lever 3. Lever 3 turns about fixed axis A and has counter-
balancing weight 4, which can be adjusted along the lever. Sur-
plus pulp is discharged through overflow pipe b From vessel 2,
.

the pulp passes through nozzle 5. Since the rate of flow through
the nozzle depends upon the degree of thickness of the pulp,
variations in the consistency of the pulp change its level in
vessel 2. Nozzle 5 fits into V-shaped pipe 6 with two branches,
a and d. Depending upon its consistency, the pulp passes through
branche a or d, or simultaneously through both. When the pulp
is of the required consistency, it passes through both simulta-
neously. Weight 4 is adjusted along lever 3 to correspond to this
consistency. By changing the position of weight *#, the degree
of consistency of the pulp can be varied, setting the pipe branches
in the central position. At increased consistency, the pulp
passes mainly through branch a and, dropping on the vanes of
rotor 7, turns it counterclockwise. The rotor operates a water
regulating valve (not shown), increasing the amount of water
supplied to the pulp. The setting of vessel 2 with respect to the
rotor can be adjusted by means of counterweight 8. Upon reduced
consistency, the pulp passes through branch d and turns rotor 7
clockwise. This reduces the water supply and raises the con-
sistency of the pulp.

30 * 563
 A r small amount paper pulp isjdelivered by pump /(into vessel
of
2 from which it flows out through friction pipe 3 Secured in
.

vessel 2 is membrane 4 which is linked by stem 5 to spool 6

,

of directional valve 7 Spring 8 with levers 9 and 10 serve to

.

vary the elastic characteristic of the membrane. The electric

motor that drives pump / also drives gear pump 11 which deliv-
,

ers hydraulic fluid to valve 7 Fluid from the valve is directed

.

to servomotor cylinder 12 with piston 13 whose rod is linked

,

through segment gear 14 and gear 15 to gate valve 16 of the water

supply. If the consistency of the pulp increases, its friction in
passing through friction pipe 3 also increases and its rate of
flow is reduced. This increases the pressure in vessel 2 mem-,

brane 4 is bent upward, shifting valve spool 6 upward so that

fluid is delivered to the right end of cylinder 12 moving piston
,

13 to the teft. This opens gate valve 16 increasing the amount

,

of water supplied to the pulp. Upon a decrease in consistency,

the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction.
The regulator can be adjusted to a definite pulp consistency by
two ways: coarse adjustment by turning the handle of gate valve
16 with respect to gear 15 , and fine adjustment by changing the
compression of gauged spring 8 by adjusting nut 17 .

564
 PAPER PULP CONSISTENCY AND QUANTITY CHP
4255
REGULATOR MECHANISM

The paper pulp is delivered by a pump to the intake bath of

the regulator in which a constant pulp level is maintained.
Drum / rotates at constant speed about fixed axis B and is
divided into equal sections. Therefore, the pulp always passes
out from under the drum in equal volumes in equal time inter*
vals. The outflow of the pulp is regulated by backing wall 2
which is set to correspond to the required pulp consistency.
Upon a change in consistency, the rate of flow' through slit a
changes and, therefore, its level between the drum and wall 2
also changes. Upon an increase in consistency of the pulp, the
level is raised. This raises float 3, turning lever 4 about fixed
axis A. The end of the lever is withdrawn from pipeline 5 and
the pressure in pipeline 6 through which compressed air is deliv-
t

ered, and in cylinder 7 drops. At this, the rod of piston 8 is

raised by spring 9 and, by means of a device (not shown), in-
creases the water supply. Upon a decrease in the pulp con-
sistency, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction.

565
 , ,

PNEUMATIC LIQUID-LEVEL REGULATOR CHP

4256
MECHANISM Rg

Chambers A and D of the regulator are separated by membrane

J chambers D and F by membrane 2 and chambers D and B ,

by bellows 3. The membranes and bellows are linked to rod 4.

Chamber D is connected to the atmosphere, and chambers B
and F are connected together through throttling aperture a.
When the level of the liquid in vessel 13 drops, bell-crank lever
5 turns clockwise and shifts valve member 6 upward- Compressed
air, delivered to the valve, is admitted into chamber A. This
bends membrane 1 downward together with rod 4. The rod turns
rocker arm 7 which opens valve 8 to admit compressed air. Valve
9 remains closed. The pressure in chamber F increases and is
transmitted to servomotor 10 where it bends membrane 11 down-
ward. This opens valve member 12, increasing the supply of
liquid to vessel 13. As a result of the gradual flow of air from
chamber F to chamber B, rod 4 is displaced a certain distance
more, until the pressure in chamber A becomes equal to the
initial pressure.

566
 CHP
4257 SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM

Lever 15 turns about fixed axt$ A and Is connected by turning pairs B

and D to links 18 and 16 t which are connected by turning pairs C and E to
gate valve member 9 and to the rod of piston 8. Lever 17 turns about fixed
axis r and Is connected by turning pair R to link 20 which, in turn, is
connected by turning pair L to the cylinder of cataract JQ, Lever turrjs
about fixed axis R and Is connected by turning pairs M and P.to links 21
and 19. Link 21 is connected by turning pair AT to the rod of cataract plsWtt
11 and link 19 by a turning pair to the body of valve 6. Spring
1
is ,edn-
nected at points M and T to levers 13 and lit Gear pump 1 delivers fluid
under pressure to centrifugal pump 2 which Is linked to the shaft whose
speed Is to be regulated. The pipeline to pump 2 is also connected to valve
6 and to chamber 4 of bellows 5. Upon an increase in speed of the ^shatt
being regulated, the impeller of pump 2 rotates faster and increases the
pressure of the fluid inside bellows 5, which stretches, raising valve spool
3. At this, fluid from the valve is directed to the upper end of servorhotdr
7 moving piston 3 downward. This lowers valve member 9 redbethg Ihe
t ,

amount of heat-carrying agent supplied to the system. Moved- downward

together with piston S are the cylinder of cataract 10 and, due to the pres-
sure of} the fluid In it, piston 11, compressing spring 12. At this, lever /tf
raises the body of valve 5 so that Its ports are blocked ofT by 'spool 3,
stopping the fluid delivery to servomotor 7. Then* compressed spring 12
moves piston // slowly upward, the fluid from the upper end being throt-
tled as it passes through flow-control valve 14 to the lower end of the cata-
ract. This lowers the body of valve 6 again and an additional amount of
fluid is delivered to servomotor 7, lowering valve member 9 somewhat
more. This regulating process continues until the elements of the regulator
return to the initial position. Upon a decrease in speed of the shaft being 1

regulated, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse direction. I

i
i
I

[
 CHP
4258 GAS FLOW RATE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Upon an increase in the amount of air drawn in through pipe

o, its velocity also increases as, consequently, does the degree
of vacuum at cross section /-/ of venturi 1 and in the upper end
of cylinder 8. Atmospheric pressure moves piston 2 upward,
shifting valve spool 3 in the same direction, Hydraulic fluid
from the valve is delivered to the lower end of servomotor 4,
moving its piston upward. This turns lever 5 about fixed axis
A and lowers shutter 6, reducing the amount of air drawn in.
As shutter 6 is moving downward, lever 7 turns about axis D
and shifts valve spool 3 downward, stopping fluid delivery to
the servomotor. Upon a decrease in the amount of air drawn in
through pipe a, the pressure at cross section /-/ increases, piston
2 is moved downward by spring 8 and the elements of the regu-
lator operate in the reverse direction.
 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH CASCADE
4259
AMPLIFICATION Rg

Upon a change speed of the shaft being regulated, the sleeve

in
of centrifugal governor 1 moves up or down, turning lever 2
about fixed axis 0. At this, lever 3 shifts valve spool 4 and fluid
from the valve is delivered to one end of servomotor 5, moving
piston 6 up or down. Through lever 7, this shifts valve spool 8
and fluid from the valve is delivered to one end of servomotor
9 moving piston JO up or down. This closes or opens regulating
t

gate valve member 11. Feedback levers 3 and 7 return valve

spools 4 and 8 to their central position. The consecutive opera-
tion of two cascades (valve-servomotor sets) provides an actuat-
ing force sufficient to operate heavy regulating members.

569
 .

REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH TWO CHP

4260
SERVOMOTORS IN SERIES Rg

Up on achange in speed of the shaft being regulated, the sleeve

of centrifugal governor / moves up or down, shifting valve spool
2 Fluid from the valve is delivered to one end of servomotor 3,
moving piston 4 up or down. This shifts valve spool 5 and fluid
from the valve is delivered to one end of servomotor 6, moving
piston 7 up or down. Piston 7 controls valve member 8, which
regulates the amount of steam supplied to the turbine. The
use of two servomotors increases the actuating force that oper-
ates the regulating member. Feedback levers 9 and 10 shift the
housings of the valves, returning them to the neutral position.

570
 REGULATOR MECHANISM WITH A DEVICE CHP
4261 FOR LIMITING THE AMOUNT THE REGULATING
Rg
MEMBER IS OPENED

To limit the amount the regulating member is opened, the regu-

lator system is supplemented with four-bar linkage /, 2 and 3 ,

which is linked to the rod of piston 4 and is supported by screw

5. Using screw 5, the stroke of the servomotor piston can be
limited to any amount of opening the regulating member.
When the speed of centrifugal governor 6 is reduced, valve spool
7 is shifted upward. Fluid from the valve is delivered to the
left end of servomotor 5, moving piston 4 to the right, in the
direction of opening the regulating member. Lever 3 is turned
about point 0, and its tip a can contact point A of the valve
spool stem. This limits the amount valve spool 7 can be shifted
upward, in the direction in which piston 4 is moved to the right
to open the regulating member.
 CHP
4262 BOILER-TYPE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Pump / delivers hydraulic fluid to boiler 2 which is filled partly

with fluid and partly with air, and serves as an accumulator.
Upon normal pressure in the boiler, by-pass valve 3 directs
fluid from the boiler back to the tank. When the pressure drops
in the boiler, valve 3 closes and fluid is delivered by the pump
into boiler 2 Fluid from the boiler is directed to the valve of
.

spool 9, which has positive overlapping. The width of the lands

on the spool is somewhat greater than the width of the valve
ports. In the central position of spool 9 its lands block off the
ports in the valve body and no fluid flows in from the boiler.
Upon a change in speed, the sleeve of centrifugal governor 4
moves to the right or left, shifting valve spool 9 by means of
lever 5. Fluid delivered to the valve is directed to servomotor 6 ,

moving piston 7 and turning the regulating member. As piston 7

moves, lever 8 puts the frictional transient feedback mechanism
into operation.

572
 CHP
4263 FLOW-TYPE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Upon an increase in speed of the shaft being regulated, the sleeve

of centrifugal governor I moves to the right, shifting valve spool
2 to the left. Hydraulic fluid is delivered to the valve by con-
tinuously rotating gear pump 3. The valve has negative over-
lap, since the width of the spool lands is somewhat less than the
width of the ports in the valve body. In the centra! position of
the spool, fluid flows past the lands and is drained to the tank.
When the spool is shifted to the left, the clearance at the right
edge of the left land increases and that at the left edge of the
right land decreases. The fluid is admitted through the left land
clearance into the left end of the servomotor; fluid from the
right end is discharged to the tank. Piston 4 moves to the right,
actuating the regulating member so that the shaft speed is
reduced. This also turns lever 5 to put the frictional transient
feedback mechanism 6 into operation. Upon a reduction in
shaft speed, the elements of the regulator operate in the reverse
direction.

573
 CHP
4264 PROPELLER SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM
Kg

Upon an increase in engine speed, balls a of centrifugal governor

I move outward, shifting valve spool 2 to the left. At this, pump

3 delivers hydraulic fluid through the valve to the end of

left
cylinder 4, moving piston 5 to the right so that contact d, mount-
ed on piston rod 6, makes contact with contact b, switching on
the mechanism for increasing the pitch of the propeller. When
the pitch is increased, the speed of the engine is reduced to the
preset valve, Fluid from the right end of cylinder 4 and from
the valve is discharged to the suction line of pump 3. Upon a
reduction in engine speed, valve spool 2 is shifted to the right
by spring 9 blocking off fluid delivery to cylinder 4. Then spring
,

8 moves piston 5 to the left, closing movable and stationary

contacts, d and /, to switch on the mechanism for reducing the
propeller pitch. Relief valve 7 protects the system against over-
loads. The regulator can be set up for any required engine speed
by turning lever 10 which, through gear rack 11, regulates
spring 9.
 CHP
4265 PROPELLER SPEED REGULATOR MECHANISM
Kg
I

Upon an increase’ in engine speed, balls a of centrifugal governor

1 move outward, shifting valve spool 2 to the right. At this,
pump 4 delivers hydraulic fluid through the valve to the right
end of cylinder 5, moving piston 6 to the left. Pin b, mounted
on piston rod 7, turns propeller blade 8 clockwise, increasing
the propeller pitch and, consequently, reducing the engine
speed to the preset value. Fluid from the left end of cylinder 5
is discharged through axial passage d in spool 2 to the suction
line of pump 4. Relief valve 3 protects the system against over-
loads. Upon a reduction in engine speed, balls a move inward,
valve spool 2 is shifted to the left by spring 9, fluid from the
pump is delivered to the left end of cylinder 5, moving piston
6 to the right. At this, propeller blade 8 is turned counterclock-
wise by a spring (not shown), reducing the propeller pitch. The
regulator can be set up for any required engine speed by turning
lever 10 which, through gear rack 11, regulates spring 9.
 An increase in the speed of propeller /, driven by the aircraft
engine, increases the speed of disk 2, moving weights 3 outward
and shifting valve spool 4 upward. Fluid from the valve is deliv-
ered to the cylinder of servomotor 5 whose piston is fixed. This
moves the cylinder axially to the right and, by means of pins
b, guide lugs a on the cylinder turn the blades of propeller /
about their axes to increase the propeller pitch. This reduces
the engine (and propeller) speed. Upon a reduction in propeller
speed, spring 7 shifts valve spool 4 downward, spring 6 forces
the fluid out of the cylinder of servomotor 5 and moves the
cylinder to the left, reducing the pitch of the propeller and
increasing the engine (and propeller) speed.

576
 AIRCRAFT ENGINE SPEED REGULATOR CHP
4267
MECHANISM Rg

Upon an increase injengme speed, weights / of the centrifugal

governor move outward and, turning about axes 0, compress
conical spring 2 This raises valve spool 3 and hydraulic fluid
.

from sleeve 4 is discharged through channel 5 to the engine

crankcase. As a result, the propeller pitch increases, increasing
the power required to drive the propeller and, consequently,
reducing the engine speed. At this, weights / turn in the oppo-
site direction, spring 2 shifts spool 3 downward, blocking off
fluid discharge to the crankcase, and fixing a definite position
of the blades and propeller pitch. Upon a reduction in engine
speed, weights / move inward, spool 3 is shifted downward,
connecting channel 6 to which fluid is delivered under pressure,
,

to the space in sleeve 4 of the propeller. This fluid turns the

blades, reducing the pitch and the power required to drive the
propeller and, consequently, increasing the engine speed. The
required propeller (and engine) speed is set up by regulating
conical spring 2 This is done by turning lever 7 which is at-
.

tached to pinion 8 The pinion meshes with gear rack 9 which

.

regulates the compression of spring 2 . Valve 10 serves to by-pass

fluid delivered by gear pump 11 when spool 3 is in its neutral
and upper positions.

37-0114 577
 SAFETY REGULATOR MECHANISM CHP
4268
FOR AIRCRAFT BRAKE GRIDS Rg

Conventional section
tl

The safety device is connected in series to the throttling por-

tioner. Upon an increase in pressure at one end of floating plunger
1, ha ving channels in its housing at both ends through which hyd-
raulic fluid is delivered to the grid control cylinders, the plunger
is shifted, admitting fluid through port oof surplus pressure valve
member 2. The fluid, which is directed by the throttling por-
tioner to the side where the grids are already extended, has an
outlet so that its flow begins again and plunger 1 is moved back.
At this, plunger / admits fluid to the side where the grid has
not yet been fully extended. When the second grid reaches its
extreme extended position, plunger / returns to its central po-
sition, blocking off the port to the surplus pressure valve mem-
ber 2.

578
 THROTTLING PO RTIONER MECHANISM
4269
FOR AIRCRAFT BRAKE GRIDS Rg

Fluid under pressure

Hydraulic fluid under pressure, admitted through connection /,

passes through throttling devices 2, consisting of a set of washers
of equal resistance, and ports a into sleeve 3 at both ends of
floating plunger 4. Plunger 4, subject to equal fluid pressures,
is positioned between ports d t through which fluid is delivered
to the brake grid control cylinders. If one of the grids is jammed
or the friction is unequal in their mechanisms, the two rates of
fluid flow become unequal, and the pressure drops at the side
of greater flow. This shifts plunger 4 toward this side and it
closes ports d to some extent, admitting less fluid until the pres-
sure is equalized at both ends. Plunger 4 has extensions of smaller
diameter at both ends to prevent it from completely blocking
off ports d.

37* 579
 ,

PRESSURE REDUCER MECHANISM CHP

4270 FOR THE COMPRESSED AIR CYLINDER
OF AN AIRCRAFT EMERGENCY SYSTEM Rg

4 a

When the emergency system is in operation, air from cylinder

1 is admitted through the orifice in valve member 2 and through
bushings 3 and 4 into chamber a. Here the air bends diaphragm
5 to the right, compressing spring 6. At this, rod 8 is moved to
the right by spring 7, allowing valve member 2 to seat on bush-
ing 3 as shown, This shuts off air flow from the cylinder to cham-
ber a whose port d leads to the emergency system. As the com-
pressed air is used up in the system, the pressure drops in cham-
ber a and rod 8 actuated by spring 6 opens valve member 2
,

again. The pressure of the air in the emergency system is con-

trolled by the force exerted by spring 6. Ball valve 9 serves to
recharge the cylinder with compressed air.

56
 CHP
4271 STEAM PRESSURE REGULATOR MECHANISM
Re

When the steam pressure drops in the boiler, bellows / expands,

turning lever 2 about fixed axis 0. This deflects jet valve nozzle
3 to the left. Hydraulic fluid from the jet vafve is directed
through left channel a to the left end of servomotor 5, moving
piston 5 to the right and thereby increasing the fuel and air
supply to the boiler. As piston 6 moves to the right,\lever 7
raises cam 8, compressing spring 4, which returns jet valve noz-
zle 3 to the central position. The regulator is switched off with
valve 9 which, in the open position, connects the two ends of
servomotor cylinder 5, equalizing the pressure in them regard-
less of the position of jet valve nozzle 3. Flow-control valve 10
regulates the rate of fluid flow to the servomotor. Upon an in-
crease in pressure in the boiler, the elements of the regulator
operate in the reverse direction.

561
 CHP
4272 PRESSURE STABILIZER MECHANISM
Rg

5 riZZO ” 2

Through port compressed air is admitted into internal chamber

i
d From here it passes through a number of radial orifices into
.

chamber b. From this chamber, the air, at reduced pressure,

passes through port 2 to the system. A part of the air passes
through tube 3 into chamber a The pressure of the air bends
.

membrane 4 upward, shifting valve member 5 and thereby

changing the amount of air admitted. The stabilizer is regulated
to the required pressure with screw 5 which compresses spring
7, varying the resistance of the spring to the bending of mem'
brane 4.

582
 CHP
4273 PRESSURE REGULATOR* MECHANISM
Rg

One end of Bourdon tube 1 connected by passage 8 to air

is

tank 2, and the second, sealed, end is linked to regulating screw

3 of valve member 4 Chamber a of the valve is connected by
.

passage 5 to the idling device of the compressor (not shown),

and by passage b to the atmosphere* Located under valve 4
is plunger 6 whose conical tip blocks off passage 8. Upon an
increase in pressure in the air tank, Bourdon tube / tends to
straighten out, reducing the pressure exerted on valve 4. Then
plunger 6, subject to increased pressure and the force of spring
7, moves upward, lifting valve 4. Passages 5 and 8 are connected
together through hole b in plunger 6 and valve member 4 closes
the hole for air discharge to the atmosphere. The pressure from
chamber a is transmitted to the membrane of the idling device.
This switches off the compressor delivering air into tank 2.
As a result, the pressure in the tank is reduced.

583
 CHP
4274 BOILER WATER LEVEL REGULATOR MECHANISM
Rg

Valve body / is connected by ports to the water space In the

boiler and to the feedwater pump. Feedwater from the pump is
delivered through valve member 2 into the boiler and through
the clearance between plunger a and body 1 into space d. From
here it is discharged through pipeline 3, needle valve 4 and
pipeline 9 to the suction line of the pump. From above* valve
member 2 is subject to the pressure of the water in the boiler and
is therefore held tightly to its seat. When the level drops in the
boiler* float 5, located in chamber 6, moves downward, turning
about fixed axis 0. Chamber 6 is connected to both the steam
and water spaces of the boiler. Needle valve member 4 , linked
by tie-rod 7 to float lever 8, moves upward and stops water
discharge from space d to the suction line of the pump. The pres-
sure in space d increases and valve member 2 is raised. At this,
feedwater is delivered by the pump into the boiler until the
level reaches the preset value. After this, float 5, counterbalanced
by weight 10, rises, needle valve member 4 moves downward,
connect! ng"space d with the suction line. Valve member 2 returns
f* to its seat.

5S4
 3. HAMMER, PRESS AND DIE MECHANISMS
(4275 and 4276)
CHP
4275 HYDRAULIC PRESS MECHANISM
HP

When lever / is turned counterclockwise, valve members 8

and 5 are lowered, and valve members 2 and 4 are raised, and
fluid under pressure is delivered from tank 6 to upper cylinder
7 of the press. Plunger 8 is moved upward by the pressure of
the fluid, raising crosshead 9 so that the fluid forced out of lower
cylinder 10 is discharged to the tank. When lever I is turned
clockwise, valve members 3 and 5 are raised and valve members
2 and 4 are lowered. Fluid is delivered to lower cylinder 10.
Crosshead 9 is moved downward by the pressure of the fluid and
applies pressure to the stock between the anvils. In the central
position of lever 1, crosshead 9 stops at the required height.
 CHP
4276 HYDRAULIC PRESS MECHANISM
HP

To raise press head / to the required height, steam

delivered
is
from valve chest 2 to pull-back cylinders 3 and pull-back pistons
4 are moved upward by steam pressure. At this, hydraulic
fluid is forced out of ram cylinder 5 by ram £ and is discharged
to tank 7 through valve 8 Steam from intensifier cylinder 9
.

is exhausted to the atmosphere through pipe a. Intensifier piston

10 is in its lower position. To lower press head /, valve spool
11 is shifted upward, steam from cylinders 3 is exhausted to the
atmosphere, and pistons 4 move downward together with press
head /. At this, fluid is drawn in through open valve 8 into ram
cylinder 5. When top die 12 lies on billet 13, valve 8 is closed
and steam is admitted into intensifier cylinder 9, Intensifier
piston 10 moves upward and its hydraulic ram 14 applies pres-
sure to the fluid, actuating top die 12 to perform the pressing
operation.

586
 4. AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR MECHANISMS
(4277 through 4281)

EMERGENCY CARTRIDGE MECHANISM CHP

J4277J FOR LOWERING AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR AL

Under normal operational conditions, gear pump t delivers

hydraulic fluid through rotary directional valve 2 to the lower
end of power cylinder 3. Piston 4 is moved upward by the fluid,
retracting the landing gear of the plane. Fluid from the upper
end of cylinder 3 passes through emergency valve 5 and is dis-
charged by valve 2 to the tank. Valve 2 is turned to lower the
landing gear. In case of a failure of the hydraulic system, emer-
gency cartridge 6, included in the drive, is put into operation.
By means of a firing pin, special substances are ignited in the
cartridge and the evolved gaseous products of combustion are
directed to emergency valve 5 where they force back piston 7 of
the valve and are admitted into the upper end of power cylinder
3. The gases move piston 4 downward, lowering the landing
gear.

587
 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR AND SKID CHP
4278 MECHANISM WITH AN EMERGENCY
AL
LOWERING FEATURE

Pump / delivers hydraulic fluid, at a pressure controlled by

relief valve 2, through check valve 3 into a directional valve
with spool 4 which directs the fluid to ends A of power cylinders
5. This moves pistons 6 which retract the landing gear and skid.
From ends D of the cylinders, fluid is discharged through valves
7 and the directional valve to the tank. When the landing gear
is in the retracted position, limit switches switch off the electric
motor that drives pump L In the extreme left-hand position of
valve spool 4 the landing gear and skid are lowered. At this,
t

fluid is delivered by the pump through the directional valve

and check valves 7 to ends D of power cylinders 5. Fluid from
ends A is discharged through the directional valve to the tank.

588
 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR AND SKID CHP
4278 MECHANISM WITH AN EMERGENCY
AL
LOWERING FEATURE

Valve 3 serves as a hydraulic seal tohold the landing gear and

skid in the lowered position. In the extreme right-hand position
of valve spool 4, corresponding to emergency lowering of the
landing gear and skid, the ports for delivering fluid from the
pump are blocked off and ends A are connected through an axial
passage in spool 4 to emergency tank 10. Tn this case, fluid for
lowering is delivered by high- and low-pressure manual pumps
8, the low-pressure pump being switched off at the end of the
lowering operation by valve 9 Fluid from manual pumps 8 is
.

delivered along pipelines shown by dash lines through valves 7,

forcing back their plungers, into ends D of power cylinders 5,
thereby lowering the landing gear.
 CHP
4279 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR CONTROL MECHANISM
AL

590
 CHP
4279 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR CONTROL MECHANISM
AL

Rotary screw pump /t dclivers hydraulic fluid through directional

valve 2 and/valve member a or Valve box 3 to ends A of power
cylinders 4. This moves pistons 5 to lower landing gear 6. Fluid
from ends D is discharged through directional valve 2 to the
tank (see Fig. a). To retract the landing gear, valve 2 is turned
to the position shown in Fig. b. Fluid from the pump is deliv*
ered through valve 2 to ends D moving pistons 5 and retract-
,

ing landing gear 6. Fluid from ends A is discharged through

valve member d of valve box 3 and valve 2 to the tank. Upon
a failure in the hydraulic system, emergency lowering of the
landing gear is due to its own weight. In this case, valve 2 is
turned to the neutral position (shown in Fig. c). Since in lower-
ing the landing gear by its own weight it is lowered at such a
high rate that pump / is incapable of filling the spaces evacuated
by pistons 5, these spaces are filled with fluid directly from the
tank through valve member b which opens due to the vacuum
in ends A . Fluid discharged from ends D passes through valve
2 and valve member b to ends A. Surplus fluid, due to the differ-
ence in effective areas of piston 5 in ends A and £>, is discharged
to the tank. The fluid is throttled by valve members a and d
to prevent heavy impacts at the end of the piston strokes.

591
 CHP
4280 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR CONTROL MECHANISM
AL

As the landing gear is lowered, its weight acts on the fluid

in the lower end of power cylinder /, forcing it out into valve
chamber a. The fluid moves plunger 2 downward together with
valve member 3, and the fluid, raising valve member 4, is admit-
ted into the upper end of cylinder /. Fluid is also delivered by
pump 5 to the upper end, moving down piston 8 and lowering
the landing gear. After the landing gear has been lowered to an
extent that the pressure of the fluid from its weight is no longer
capable of compressing springs 6 and 7, spring 6 closes valve
member 4. Piston 8 continues to move downward from the pres-
sure of the fluid delivered by pump 5. At this, fluid discharged
from the lower end of cylinder 1 shifts plunger 2 downward and
passes through port / and directional valve 9 to the tank. To
retract the landing gear, valve 9 is turned 90°, fluid is delivered
by pump 5 to port d, shifting plunger 2 upward and compressing
spring 10, and through port b to the lower end of cylinder 1,
This moves piston 8 upward, retracting the landing gear.

592
 CHP
'4281 AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR CONTROL MECHANISM
AL

When fluid is deliveredby manual pump / through rotary di-

rectional valve 2 to the lower end o cylinder 3, the landing
f

gear is retracted. The landing gear consists of wheels 4, strut

8 an dll inks 9 and 7 which form the four-bar linkage ABCD.
,

At this, piston 5 is moved upward by the fluid together with

its rod <?, turning link 7 clockwise and strut 3 counterclockwise
until the mechanism reaches the position shown by the dash
lines. Cylinder 3 turns about fixed axis B\ the second extreme
position of the cylinder is not shown. Fluid from the upper end
of cylinder 3 is discharged through valve 2 to the tank. When
directional valve 2 is turned to the neutral position, the landing
gear retraction mechanism is held in a definite position by the
fluid in cylinder 3 on both sides of piston 5. Besides, valve 2
can be turned to the position in which fluid is delivered to the
upper end of cylinder 5, moving piston 5 downward and lowering
the landing gear.

38-0114 593
 5. MECHANISMS OF MEASURING AND TESTING
DEVICES (4282)

PNEUMATIC FLOW-GAUGE INSTRUMENT CHP

4282
MECHANISM FOR THREAD MEASUREMENT M

Threaded workpiece 1 is placed on supports 2 and is held tightly

against locating member 3 between two measuring rollers 4
and 5 Roller 4 is mounted in yoke 6 which is linked to the stock
.

by four flat springs. Roller 5 is linked in a similar manner to

block 7, which is mounted on vertical springs, enabling the
block to be displaced horizontally. Spring 8, whose force can
be regulated by screw 9, holds the rollers against the thread of
workpiece /. In checking the thread, roller 5 and block 7 are
in a strictly definite position corresponding to the actual value
of the pitch diameter of the workpiece thread. The position of
block 7 determines the clearance between insert 10 and mea-
suring nozzle 11 to which air is delivered from flow gauge 12.
Depending upon this clearance, the flow of air is varied through
flow gauge 12 varying the height at which the lightweight
,

float indicator is held suspended in the internally tapered glass

column. The flow gauge scale is graduated in units showing de-
viation in size of the thread pitch diameter. The stock and locat-
ing member can be adjusted to accommodate thread of various
sizes.

594
 6. MECHANISMS OF MATERIALS HANDLING
EQUIPMENT (4283 and 4284)

In the position shown of valve spool /, ra rifled air, admitted

from the receiver through pipeline 2, fills the lower space of
membrane chamber 4 and passes into chamber a of the valve
from where it is directed to the upper space of membrane cham-
ber 4, When valve spool 1 is shifted downward, chamber d of
the valve, connected to the atmosphere, is also connected to
pipeline 3. Atmospheric pressure bends membrane 6 downward,
pulling cable 5 and thereby opening the bucket.

38 * 595
PNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM
OF A GRAB BUCKET
 PNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4284
OF A GRAB BUCKET MH

Compressed air is delivered to rotary directional valves /

and 2 of the control levers. If valve 2 Is in position /
(as shown), air from the valve is delivered to the upper
end of cylinder 5 of the hoisting unit. The pressure of
the air moves cylinder 5 upward with respect to fixed
piston 6. Air from the lower end of the cylinder is dis-
charged through port a. If valve 2 is in position //, the
upper end of cylinder 5 is connected to the atmosphere.
The weight of the grab bucket moves cylinder 5 downward
and air from its upper end is discharged through valve 2
to channel 3 which leads to a flow-control valve. The
speed at which the cylinder descends is regulated by the
flow-control valve. If valve 2 is in position III, the
pneumatic hoist is held fixed at any height. If valve 1
of the control levers is in position I (as shown), compressed
air is delivered to the upper end of cylinder 7. The pres-
sure of the air moves cylinder 7 upward with respect to
fixed piston 8. This closes scoops 9 of the bucket. Air from
the lower end of cylinder 7 is discharged to the atmosphere
through a hole in piston 8 valve I and channel 4 which
,

leads to a flow-control valve. If valve / is in position II,

compressed air is delivered to the lower end of cylinder
7, moving it downward and opening the bucket scoops.
Air from the upper end of cylinder 7 is discharged through
valve I and a flow-control valve to the atmosphere. The
speed at which the scoops are closed and opened is regu-
lated by the flow-control valves. In position III of valve
1, the scoops are held fixed at any required position.
By shifting the two control levers to the corresponding
positions, the pneumatic hoist and grab hucket operate
simultaneously.

597
 7. GRIPPING, CLAMPING AND EXPANDING
MECHANISMS (4285 through 4293)

CHP
HYDRAULIC WORK CLAMPING MECHANISM
GC

When lever / turned counterclockwise, valve spool 2 is shifted

is
to the right. At this, pump 8 delivers fluid through check valve
//to the upper end of power cylinder 4, moving piston 5, to
which roller 6 and member 7 are linked, downward. This turns
lever 8 about fixed axis A, clamping work 9. Fluid from the
lower end of cylinder 4 is discharged through the directional
valve to the tank. Relief valve 10 maintains the required fluid
pressure in the system. To release the work, spool 2 is shifted
to the left by lever /, admitting fluid to the lower end of cylin-
der 4.

598
 ,

CHP
4286 HYDRAULIC MULTIPLE CLAMPING MECHANISM
GC

When lever / Is turned counterclockwise, valve spool 2 is shifted

to the right. At this, pump 3 delivers fluid through check valve
11 and the directional valve to the upper ends of power cylinders
4 moving pistons 5, to which rollers 6 and members 7are linked,
downward. This turns levers 8 about fixed axes A, clamping
workpieces 9 Fluid from the lower ends of cylinders 4 is dis-
.

charged through the directional valve to the tank. Relief valve

10 maintains the required fluid pressure in the system. To release
the workpieces, spool 2 is shifted to the left by lever 1, admit-
ting fluid to the lower ends of cylinders 4.

599
 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING AND FEEDING CHP
4287 MECHANISM FOR ALTERNATE RECIPROCAL
MACHINING*F1XTURES GC

When valve spool 2 is shifted to the right, pump / delivers fluid

to the upper end of power cylinder 3 whose piston 4 is linked to
the work clamping and feeding fixtures (not shown). In its down-
ward working stroke, piston 4 clamps the work and advances
and feeds it to the cutting tool. Fluid from the lower end of
cylinder 3 is delivered to the lower end of cylinder 5. This moves
piston 6 upward, releasing the finished work from the fixture
(not shown) and returning the fixture to the initial position. To
obtain a rapid return stroke, speed regulator 7 is turned on and
fluid from it is delivered to the lower end of cylinder 5. Thus,
the upward return stroke of piston 6 is faster than the downward
working stroke of piston 4. As soon as piston 6 reaches its upper
extreme position, the increased pressure operates valve 8, which
connects the lower end of cylinder 5 to the tank. Valve spool 2
is shifted over during table travel by trip dogs which energize
solenoids a of the valve. Check valve 10 prevents the fluid from
being discharged during operation. Relief valve 9 maintains
the required fluid pressure in the system. After spool 2 is shifted
to the left, the cycle is repeated in the opposite order. The deliv-
ery line is connected to the upper end of cylinder 5 and its
piston operates the fixture that clamps the work and feeds it
to the cutting tool. Fluid from the lower end of cylinder 5 is
delivered to the lower end of cylinder 3 to which fluid is also
t

delivered from the speed regulator. Piston 4 moves rapidly up-

ward, releasing the finished work and returning the fixture to
the initial position.

600
 CHP
4288 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING FIXTURE MECHANISM
GC

Pump / delivers fluid through four-way valve 2 to the right end

of working cylinder 3 The pressure of the fluid moves piston 4
.

and rod 5 to the left, advancing fixture 7, sliding in guides x-x

together with clamped work 8, to milling cutter 6. The work is
clamped by lever 11, whose shank runs onto roller 12 when
fixture 7 is advanced. The left end of cylinder 13 is connected
to the tank and piston 14, together with fixture 15, is moved
by heavy spring 16 to the initial position to remove the milled
workpieces and load new blanks. Check valve 10 prevents the
fluid from being discharged during operation. Relief valve 9
maintains the required fluid pressure in the system. In the lower
position of the valve spool, the delivery line of pump 1 is connect-
ed to the left end of working cylinder 13, performing the mill-
ing operation with the left-hand fixture. The right end of cylin-
der 3 is connected to the tank, retracting the right-hand fixture
to remove the milled workpieces and to load new blanks.

601
 ROTARY HYDRAULIC CLAMPING FIXTURE CHP
4289
MECHANISM GC
I

2'
With rotary directional valves 2 and turned to the correspond-
ing position by lever 3, pump / delivers fluid to cylinder 4.
At this, the fluid moves piston 5 to the right opening the port
to pipeline 6 and fluid is delivered through pipeline 6 and valve
2' to hydraulic motor 7. Rotation of the motor is transmitted
through gears 8 and 9 to clutch member 10, which is linked to
piston rod it and can move axially with respect to the gears.
Upon further motion of piston 5 to the right, member 10 engages
nut 12, Upon rotation of nut 12, jaws 13, linked to the nut
through threaded draw-bar J4, move inward to clamp work 15.
Relief valve !6 regulates the fluid pressure in the system. When
valve 2 is turned, pump / discharges fluid to the tank. At this,
spring 17 disengages dutch member 10.
 HYDRAULIC MECHANISM OF A MULTIPLE CHP
4290
CLAMPING FIXTURE GC

6 B

$Jh'.
|2*rc 'M'
H^ijS^KHKSB|j^Bij9l
Artuln
^xvwwwww
'

Iw^smQiIbh
Sit
1 xwwwv s\w>^w
1

lh«t:lu
llv 11^ V |l ft\\\y

Pump 1 delivers fluid through valve 2, controlled by lever 3,

to the lower ends of cylinders 4. The pressure of the fluid moves
the pistons and their rods 5 upward, clamping workpieces 6
by means of levers 7 and 8, At this, the pressure increases in
pipeline 9 and actuates button 12 which switches on the feed
of the machine tool. At the end of the machining operation,
lever 3 is turned so that pump / discharges fluid to the tank.
The pressure in pipeline 9 and in cylinders 4 drops, and piston
rods 5 are returned by springs 10 to the initial position. Fluid
from cylinders 4 is discharged to the tank and the workpieces
are released. Upon a drop in pressure in pipeline 9, button 12
is returned to its initial position, switching off the feed. The
system is protected by relief valve 11 against overloads.

603
 HYDRAULIC MECHANISM OF A MULTIPLE CHP
4291
CLAMPING FIXTURE GC

To switch on the first line, operating six cylinders, lever / of

three-position directional valve 2 is turned, and lever 3 of spool-
type directional valve 4 is put into the working position. Fluid
is delivered by pump 5 to the six cylinders of the first line, actuat-
ing their pistons and clamping the workpieces. After this, the
pressure in the first line increases and actuates buttons 6 and 7,
engaging the feed of the machine tool. At the end of the machin-
ing operation, lever 3 is turned, pump 5 begins to discharge
fluid to the tank, pressure in the first line drops and the feed is
disengaged. The pistons of the first line are retracted by springs
and the fluid is discharged to the tank. To switch on the second
lire, operating four cylinders, lever / of directional valve 2
is shifted to the second position, and the lever of spool-type
directional valve 8 is put into the working position. To switch
on both lines, lever / is shifted to the third position, and both
valves, 4 and 8, are put into the working position. Relief valves
9 and JO protect the system against excess pressure. Check
valves 11 and 12 prevent the fluid from being discharged during
operation.

604
 HYDRAULIC CLAMPING DEVICE MECHANISM CHP
4292
OF A BUTT WELDER GC

When pedal 1 is depressed, piston 2 moves downward and fluid

under pressure is delivered through check valves 3 and 4 and
pipeline 5 to servomotor 6 At this, piston 7 moves downward
.

and plunger 8 with a welding die descends onto the contact heads,
located on the base of the clamping devices. When pedal 9 is
depressed, piston 10 , of smaller diameter than piston 2 moves
,

downward, delivering fluid through valve 4 and pipeline 5 to

servomotor 6 , firmly clamping the components to be welded.
Check valve 11 is closed during operation of the damping de-
vices. To release the components and to raise the welding dies,
pedal 12 is depressed. This opens valve 11 and fluid is
discharged to tank 13 . The welding dies are raised by springs 14
.

Check valve 15 prevents the fluid from being discharged to the

tank while pressure is being developed. When pedal 1 is raised
by spring 16 , fluid from the tank is drawn in under piston 2 .
Check valve 3 is provided to prevent excess pressure in the
system for advancing the clamping devices. Check valve 4
prevents a possible reduction in pressure in the system of clamp-
ing devices when pedal 9 is released and piston 10 is moved
upward by spring 17 .

605
 PNEUMATIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4293
FOR REVERSING GEAR CLUTCHES GC

Vacuum pump 1, powered by a belt drive, creates a vacuum in

receiver 2. By means of directional valve 3, one of the ends of
servomotor 4 is connected to the atmosphere and the other to
receiver 2. Owing to the difference in pressure in the two ends
of servomotor 4 , its piston moves in the direction of lower pres-
sure. This motion is transmitted by lever system 5, 6, 7 and 8
to engage one of the clutches 12 and' disengage the other, thereby
operating reversing gear 9. The reversing gear can be manually
operated by turning lever 10, with its motion transmitted
through lever system 11, 5, 5, 7 and 8.

606
 8. BRAKE MECHANISMS (4294 through 4300)

CHP
4294 PNEUMATIC BRAKE MECHANISM OF A BUS

Compressor / delivers compressed air into tank 2. Relief valve

3 maintains a constant air pressure in the system. Braking is
performed by depressing the pedal of brake valve 5, connected
to the air tank and to brake chambers 6, which apply the rear
wheel brakes. Valve 5 is connected through rapid-release valve
7 to brake chambers 8 of the front wheels. The purpose of rapid-
release valve 7 is to discharge the air from the front brake cham-
bers as rapidly as possible to the atmosphere, by-passing brake
valve 5, When the brake pedal is depressed, compressed air
from the tank is directed to the brake chambers of the rear and
front wheels, braking the bus. When the pedal is released, air
from the rear brake chambers is discharged to the atmosphere
through brake valve 5; air from the front brake chambers is
discharged to the atmosphere directly through rapid-release
valve 7, Pressure regulator 4 switches the compressor over to
idle running.
 LINK WORK MECHANISM OF HYDROPNEUMATIC CHP
4295
AUTOMOBILE BRAKES Br

608
 L1NKW0RK MECHANISM OF HYDROPNEUMATIC CHP
4295
AUTOMOBILE BRAKES Br

Brake pedal 1 is linked through tie-rod 2 to lever 3, the upper

end of which is loosely Stted, with a large clearance, an pin A,
and the lower end is linked to piston 4. Piston 4 reciprocates in
vacuum cylinder 5. The position shown in Fig. a is the inopera-
tive state of the mechanism, in which pusher a of the pedal does
not contact the rod of piston 6 in hydraulic cylinder 7 and valve
8 connects vacuum cylinder 5 to the atmosphere. When pedal /
is depressed (Fig. 6), pusher a moves piston 6 to the right. At
the same time, the upper end of lever 3 is moved to its opposite
extreme position and valve 8 is closed. Further depression of
pedal 1 produces the working pressure in main hydraulic cylin-
der 7, and hydraulic fluid under pressure is delivered through
port d to the front wheel brakes and through port b to the rear
wheel brakes. This pressure is intensified by the opening of
vacuum valve 9, connected to the suction line of the engine.
As a result, the vacuum is increased in the vacuum pump and
piston 4 is moved to the right, turning lever 3 counterclockwise.
Holding the pedal at any position maintains a constant braking
force, because moving piston 4 of the vacuum cylinder moves the
upper end of lever 3 to its central position with respect to pin
A (see Fig. c). This closes both valves and the piston remains
in an equilibrium position.

39—0 1 14 609
 PNEUMATIC BUS BRAKE MECHANISM CHP
4296
WITH AN ACCELERATION VALVE Br

Compressor / delivers compressed air into tank 2. Relief valve

3 maintains a constant air pressure in the system. Braking is
performed by depressing the pedal of brake valve 5, connected
to air tank 2. Valve 5 is connected through rapid-release valve
7 to brake chambers 8 of the front wheels, and through accel-
eration valve 9 to brake chambers 6 of the rear wheels. In addi-
tion, acceleration valve 9 is connected to the air tank. The pur-
>ose of rapid-release valve 7 is to discharge the air from the
front brake chambers as rapidly as possible to the atmosphere,
by-passing brake valve 5. The provision of acceleration valve 9
shortens the path of the compressed air to the brake chambers.
Pressure regulator 4 switches the compressor over to idle running.

610
 PNEUMATIC BRAKE MECHANISM CHP
4297
OF A TRUCK-TRAILER COMBINATION Br

All the mechanisms controlling the operation of the system and

supplying the air are located on the truck tractor. The trailers
of the combination are equipped only with the mechanisms for
their own braking purposes. Compressor 1 delivers compressed
air to tank 2. Relief valve 3 maintains a constant air pressure in
the system. Tank 2 is connected by a pipeline to emergency
valves 9 of the trailers. Brake valve 5 , connected to tank 2, admits
compressed air to brake chambers 6 of the rear wheels, through
rapid-release valve 7 to brake chambers 5 of the front wheels and
to acceleration valves 10 of the trailers. When no braking action
is required, compressed air is delivered from the tank through
emergency valve 9 operating in conjunction with acceleration
,

valve 10 , to supplementary tank 11 When the pedal of brake

.

valve 5 is depressed, compressed air is delivered to the brake

chambers of the front and rear wheels of the truck tractor and,
simultaneously, to acceleration valves 10 of the trailers. Accel-
eration valves 10 admit air from supplementary tank 11 and
main tank 2 to brake chambers 12 of the trailers. The whole
truck-trailer combination is braked simultaneously. Air Is
discharged from brake chambers 12 of the trailers, when the
brakes are to be released, through acceleration valves 10 . Air
is discharged from the rear brake chambers of the truck tractor
through brake valve 5 air from the front brake chambers is
\

discharged to the atmosphere through rapid-release valve 7.

Pressure regulator 4 switches the compressor over to idle running.
If trailers break away from the combination, the pipeline lead-
ing to the acceleration and emergency valve is ruptured, cutting
off the air supply from the truck tractor. Then the trailers are
braked by the reserve air from supplementary tank 11 which ,

passes through the acceleration and emergency valves to the

brake chambers, performing the braking operation.

39 *
 hydropneumatic aircraft wheel brake CHP
4298
MECHANISM Br

Pumps i deliver hydraulic fluid from tank 2 to the hydraulic

system and to pressure accumulator 4. Under normal braking
operation, the brakes are applied by means of valve 3 When .

the brake pedal is depressed, fluid from the main hydraulic

system of the plane or from accumulator 4 is delivered through
valve <3 and switchover valves 5 to disk brakes 6, braking the
wheels. The system provides for braking both wheels at once or
for braking the right and left wheels separately. When the
brakes are released, the fluid is*discharged from the cylinders of
brakes 6 through valve 3 back~ to tank 2. Accumulator 4 has
relief valve 7. Valve 3 consists of two identical units in a single
housing. In addition to the hydraulic system, the brakes can
also be operated by an independent emergency pneumatic system.
When lever 8 is turned, compressed air from tank 9 passes
through valve 10 to switchover valves 5, which switch off the
hydraulic mains and admit the air to the cylinders of brakes 6 ,

performing the braking operation. When the brakes are released,

the air is discharged through the same pipelines and valve 10
to the atmosphere.

612
 CHP
4299 HYDRAULIC BRAKE MECHANISM Br

drakes

a' f t Tank
4 3 Fluid under
pressure

When pedal 1 is depressed, valve spool 2 is shifted to the left

and hydraulic fluid under pressure, delivered through port a,
passes through passage b to the right end of cylinder 3. This
moves piston 4 to the left. Fluid from the left end of cylinder 3
is delivered to the brake cylinders, performing the braking
operation. The rod of piston 4 is linked to body 5 of the valve.
As piston 4 travels, it moves valve body 5 to the left. When pedal
/ is released, body 5, in its motion, blocks off port a and stops
fluid delivery to cylinder 3. Piston 4 stops moving. The left end
of cylinder 3 is connected by axial passage d to the left end of
body 5 The working pressure of the fluid in the left end of cyl-
.

inder 3 resists motion of valve spool 2 with a force proportional

to the degree of braking action. When pedal 1 is released, valve
spool 2 is shifted to the right by the fluid pressure and connects
passage b to the tank. This enables piston 4 to move to the right.
At this, the brakes of the wheels are released.

613
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
4300
OF A BAND BRAKE Br

Hydraulic fluidfrom tank 1 flows by gravity into pressure cyl-

inder 2. When brake pedal 3 is depressed, cam 4 turns about
fixed axis A and moves piston 5 to the left. Fluid forced out of
the left end of cylinder 2 by piston 5 is delivered through pipe-
line 6 to operating cylinder 7, moving piston 8 to the right.
Through lever 9, this applies tension to the brake band which
brakes drum 10. When pedal 3 is released, spring 11 returns
lever 9 and piston 8 to the initial position. Fluid from cylinder
7 is returned to pressure cylinder 2 returning piston 9 and pedal
,

3. Leakage of fluid from the system is automatically replenished

by the flow of fluid from the tank through port a.

614
 ,

9. RELAY MECHANISMS (4301)

Port a of the pressure relay is connected to the delivery line so

that plunger ) exerts a force on plunger 2, which is subject to
the action of spring 3 Chamber d of the pressure relay is connect-
ed to a line of constant pressure, maintained by a relief valve.
In the position shown, chamber b and plunger 4 of the time relay
are subject to constant pressure, because chambers d and b are
connected together. Plunger 4 of the time relay, in its upper posi-
tion, compresses spring 5 and contacts stop 6. If the pressure
in the delivery line increases, plungers / and 2 are raised, cham-
ber b of the time relay is connected through holes f and e in
plunger 2 and pipeline 7 to the tank. Plunger 4 is moved down-
ward by spring 5 and presses pin 3, which transmits a signal to
the actuating mechanism. Adjustment of stop 6 sets the stroke
of plunger 4 and, consequently, the required time delay.
 ,

10. MECHANISMS OF OTHER FUNCTIONAL DEVICES

(4302 through 4310)

CHP
4302 PNEUMATIC BUS DOOR OPENING MECHANISM
FD
1 j

A
The door consists of two equal wings 8 and 9. Wing 8 is connected
by turning pair B to slider 7 which reciprocates along fixed
guides b. Wing 9 turns about fixed axis 0 and is connected by
turning pair A to wing#. Rigidly secured to wing 9 is lever 6,
which is connected by turning pair C to link 5. Link 5 is connect-
ed by turning pair D to rod a of piston 3. The left end of cylinder
! constantly connected to air tank 2 so that piston 3 is held
is

by compressed air in its extreme right-hand position in which

the door is fully open. At this, three-way valve 4 connects the
right end of cylinder 1 to the atmosphere. When the handle of
valve 4 is turned, the right end of cylinder 1 is connected to air
tank 2. The difference in effective areas on the sides of piston 3
moves it to the left, closing the bus door and holding it in the
closed position.
 CHP
4303 PNEUMATIC DOOR OPENING MECHANISM
FD

Compressed air from the tank is delivered through port / into cylinder 2
<see Fig. a) whose piston 3 is linked by tie-rod 4 to a lever mounted on the
door. When compressed air Is admitted by the door control valve to the
right end of cylinder 2 through port 5; piston J is moved to Us extreme
left-hand position in which the door Is closed* When the air is discharged
from the right end of cylinder 2 through the door control valve, piston 3
Is moved to Its extreme right-hand! position in which the door is open. Air
admitted into the cylinder Is divided into three streams* The first is admit-
ted Into the space In sleeve 6 through plug 7* When the air in the sleeve
reaches a certain pressure, greater than in front of the plug, ball 8 closes
the opening. This air cannot do any work because its pressure is the same in
all directions on the cylinder walls. The second stream passes through
channel a and applies pressure to piston 3* This pressure is negligible
because of the small diameter of the channel. The third stream applies
pressure to ring 9 and, compressing spring // Is gradually admitted into
t

the cylinder* As a result, the motion of the door begins slowly and grad-
ually increases fn speed. To regulate the speed of door motion, air Is
delivered from the control valve, not directly Into the cylinder, but through
special head IQ* whose design is shown schematically In Fig, b* Admis-
sion ot air from the valve to the cylinder is only along channel 12 through
check valve 13 and air discharge ts only along channel 14 through check
valve 15 By means oFregula ting screws 16, which change the clear open-
*

ing of the channels In the head, the velocity of air passage through the
channels can be varied, thereby varying the speeds of door opening and
closing Independently of each other*

617
 ,

HYDRAULIC LINKWORK MECHANISM CHP

4304
OF A SHIP’S RUDDER STOCK FD

Lever / is connected by turning pairs A, D

and B to lever 5 for
controlling reversible pump 2, to link 9 and to feedback link
7, Link 9 is connected by turning pair E to lever 10, turning
about fixed axis F. Link 7 is connected by turning pair O' to
rudder stock 5 of the ship. Rod a of pistons 4 has pin b sliding
in slot d of the stock. When point D
is displaced to point
and, consequently, point A of control lever / of reversible pump
2 to point A', the pump delivers fluid to right-hand working
cylinder 3. The fluid moves piston 4 to the left, turning rudder
stock 5 about fixed axis C until point B of feedback link 7
reaches point B' At this, point A of pump control lever 1 is
.

returned to its initial position at which pump 2 ceases to deliver

fluid. If point D
is displaced in the direction opposite to that
mentioned above, fluid is delivered to left-hand cylinder 3 and
the rudder stock is turned in the opposite direction. Relief
valves 6 protect the working cylinders against excess pressure.

618
 HYDRAULIC AIRCRAFT AILERON TURNING CHP
4305 MECHANISM FD

F 6

K 9 P
f / Y/S///1

8 e * d 0 5

Segment-shaped lever /, controlled from the steering wheel in

the pilot's cabin, turns freely on fixed axis A, as does aileron
lever 2, connected at axis B to a tie-rod from the aileron. Mount-
ed in aileron lever 2 is eccentric bearing 3 with two pins, c and
d, located eccentrically with respect to centre 0. Pin c is
connected by link 4 to pin e in segment-shaped lever 1. Pin d
is linked to piston rod 5 of hydraulic servocylinder 6. Through
tie-rod 8, axis F of segment-shaped lever 1 is linked to lever 7,
which is linked, through tie-rod 9, to point K of aileron lever 2.
Fork m of lever 7 engages a pin on the stem of the spool in di-
rectional valve JO, which controls fluid delivery to servocylin-
der 6. When segment-shaped lever / Is turned, its motion is
transmitted through link 4 and pin c to turn bearing 3. The
segment-shaped and aileron levers (and, correspondingly, points
F and K) are displaced with respect to each other, and lever 7
shifts the spool of valve JO. This directs fluid to servocylinder
6, moving the piston and piston rod 5, so that bearing 3 begins
to turn in the opposite direction. Turning of the aileron lever
operates the ailerons, the force required to turn the control lever
being considerably less than if the segment-shaped and aileron
levers were rigidly attached to each other.

619
 HYDRAULIC MECHANISM FOR OPERATING CHP
4306
AIRCRAFT FLAPS FD

Power cylinder 6 turns about fixed axis C and has piston 7,

connected by turning pair G to lever 8, which turns about fixed
axis E. Link 9 is connected by turning pairs F and K to lever
8 and to link 10, which is attached to segment gear 11, Gear
11 meshes with a gear rack of sleeve 12. Upon an increase in the
pilot pressure at the bottom of plunger /, the plunger is shifted
upward, turning lever 2 about axis A. Lever 2 shifts valve spool
8 upward, delivering fluid to the space above piston 4. This
shifts valve spool 5, rigidly attached to the piston, downward.
At this, high-pressure fluid, delivered from the main to spool
5, is directed to the right end of power cylinder 6, which con-
trols the flaps of the plane. From the left end of cylinder 6, fluid
is discharged through a groove of spool 5 to the tank. As spool
5 is shifted downward, it turns lever 2 about axis D, returning
spool 3 to its neutral position. Thus, the system is transferred
to a new state of equilibrium, determined by the magnitude of
the pilot pressure. As piston 7 moves to the left, motion is trans-
mitted through lever <?, links 9 and /0, and segment gear 11
to sleeve 12. As the sleeve is shifted, it blocks off the connections
between the ends of cylinder 6 and the high-pressure main and
tank. Upon a decrease in pilot pressure, the elements of the
system operate in the reverse direction.

620
 HYDRAULIC MECHANISM FOR TURNING CHP
4307
AN AIRCRAFT NOSE WHEEL STRUT FD

Strut 5 turns about fixed axis A and is connected by turning

pairs B and C to links 6 and 7 which, in turn, are connected by
turning pairs Dand E to cylinders / and 2. The lengths of the
links comply with the conditions: AB — AC and BD — CE.
When hydraulic fluid is delivered to the right end of cylinder J
and to the left end of cylinder 2, the former moves to the right
and the latter to the left, turning strut 5 of the nose wheel,
through links 6 and 7, clockwise. Rods 3 and 4 of pistons b and
a are attached to a fixed frame. Fluid from the exhaust ends of
the cylinders is discharged to the tank.

621
 HYDRAULIC DRIVE MECHANISM CHP
J4308 FOR AUTOMATIC WORKPIECE EJECTION FD

12 5 4

10 9

Pump 1 delivers fluid through valve 2 t controlled by lever 3,

to the right end of clamping cylinder 4. This moves piston 5
to the left, damping the workpiece (not shown). In this position
of valve 2, the right end oE ejector cylinder 6 is connected to
the tank. At the end of the machining operation, lever 3 is turned.
Then, valve 2 connects the right end of clamping cylinder 4
to the tank and the right end of ejector cylinder 6 to the pump
delivery line. Piston 7 and rod 8 move to the left, together with
disk 9, which carries pushers 10 that eject workpiece 14. Spring
11 returns the pushers to the initial position, and spring 12
returns piston 5. Relief valve 13 protects the system against
overloads.

622
 HYDRAULIC MOVABLE BLADE MECHANISM CHP
4309
FOR A SHEAR FD

Fluid under constant pressure is delivered through rotary di-

rectional valve 6 to operating cylinder /, and ram 2 together
1

with blade 3, moves downward until the blade contacts billet

1J. At this, ram 2 ceases to descend and cylinder 1, together
with crosspiece 4 and bottom blade 5, is moved upward by the
pressure of the fluid which continues to be delivered into cylin-
der 1. This motion shears billet It by blades 5 and 3. To reverse
blade 5, valve 6 is turned so that fluid is delivered into cylin-
ders 7. The pressure of the fluid moves plungers 8 upward with
crosspiece 9. Fluid is discharged from cylinder 1 to tank 10.

623
 HYDRAULIC MOVABLE BLADE MECHANISM CHP
4310
FOR A SHEAR FD

Fluid under constant pressure is delivered through rotary di-

rectional valve 7 to operating cylinder /, and ram 2 together
with shear head 3 and blade 4 descends, shearing billet 9 At .

this, fluid from cylinders 5 is discharged to tank 6. For the re-

turn stroke of blade 4, valve 7 is turned. Then fluid is delivered
to cylinders 5. This moves plungers 8 with shear head 3 and blade
4 upward. Fluid is discharged from cylinder 1 to tank 6.
 INDEX

Acceleration valve mechanism Air pressure regulation, auto-

with an elastic diaphragm, matic, link-gear mechanism
376 for, 432
Accelerometer, Air pressure regulator mechanism,
linkwork mechanism of, 395 carburettor output, 429
pneumatic linkwork mechanism Air temperature indicator, hy-
of, 394 draulic, lever-gear mecha-
Accumulator mechanism, nism of, 390
hydraulic, 448 Aircraft elevator, remote-con-
hydropneumatic, with a rub- trolled, lever mechanism for,
ber membrane, 447 299, 300, 301
hydropneumatic spherical, 44G Altimeter, two-hand, lever
pneumatic piston-type, 173 mechanism of, 281
spring-type, 448 Amplifier mechanism, bellows-
Actuating cylinder mechanism, type, 442
double-acting, 154 Aneroid capsule mechanism, 282
single-acting, 154 Angular velocity equalizer
Adding machine with two cylin- mechanism, hydraulic, 169
ders, lever-type, 388 Attachment for machining from
Aileron turning mechanism, hy- both ends of workpiece, hy-
draulic aircraft, 619 draulic, lever mechanism of,
Air blower, 322
diaphragm-type, lever mecha- Automatically stopping an en-
nism of, 439 gine, lever mechanism for, 318
gas-holder-type, manual, lever Autopilot mechanism, aircraft,
mechanism of, 313 534
swinging vane, linkwork
mechanism of, 181
Air blower mechanism, vane-type,
with distributor rotors, 332 Backlash eliminating mechanism,
Air hammer mechanism, wheeihead, 162
with piston air distribution, Barograph, lever mechanism of,
168 386
with slide-valve air distribu- Bearing-cap clamping fixture, le-
tion, 168 ver mechanism for, 324
with valve-type air distribu- Bleed-off valve mechanism, con-
tion. 167 stant-pressure-drop, 41

40 — 0114 625
Boiler feedwater deaerator re- By-pass valve, lever mechanism
gulator mechanism, 562 of, 297
Boil er water level regulator By-pass valve mechanism, 42
mechanism, Polzunov, 161
Booster mechanism, hydropneu- Carburettor, lever mechanism of
malic, 524 an automobile, with ac-
Bourdon tubes, mechanism of celerating pump, 561
instrument for determining Carburettor mechanism,
proportionality limit of, automobile, with an economiz-
397 er, 541, 560
Brake, simple, 172
band, hydraulic drive mecha- Cartridge mechanism, emergency,
nism of, 614 for lowering aircraft landing
hydraulic, with floating shoes, gear, 587
toothed mechanism of, Cataract mechanism,
363 piston-type hydraulic, 61
hydropneumatic, automobile, vane-type hydraulic, 62
linkwork mechanism of, 608, Check valve mechanism,
609 hall-type, 26
Brake application valve, lever disk-type, 25
mechanism of, 316 pilot-controlled pneumatic, 53
Brake control mechanism, hy- stream-lined, 26
draulic, 445 taper-seat, 28
Brake control valve, lever rrie;ii- two-bali, 28
anism of, 295 Chuck, hydraulic, wedge mecha-
Brake control valve mechanism, nism of, 231
48 Chuck mechanism,
emergency aircraft wheel, 46 four-jaw, hydraulic, 437
Brake drive mechanism, double hydraulic, for clamping bevel
hydraulic cylinder, 157 gears, 144
Brake mechanism, Chucking machine toolslide, semi-
elastic-link hydraulic, 155 automatic,hydraulic drive
hydraulic, 155, 613 mechanism of, 500
pneumatic, of a bus, 607 Clamping device,
pneumatic, of a truck-trailer double hydraulic, for recipro-
combination, 611 cal machining, lever mecha-
pneumatic bus, with accele- nism of, 220
ration valve, 610 floating-cylinder hydraulic, le-
pneumatic friction, 156 ver mechanism of, 218
Brake release valve mechanism, hydraulic, lever mechanism of,
rapid, with an elastic dia- 216, 238
phragm, 374 hydraulic, with floating cyl-
Brake valve with elastic dia inders, wedge-lever mecha-
phagm, lever mechanism of nism of, 234
37 2, 373 hydraulic, rack-and-pinion
Brake valve with elastic mem- mechanism of, '352
brane, lever mechanism of, hydraulic, with a rocking mem-
373 ber, wedge mechanism of,
Brake valve mechanism, emer- 230
gency aircraft pneumatic hydraulic, wedge-lever mecha-
wheel, 49
. nism of, 225-228, 232, 233
Butt welder, hydraulic clamping hydraulic eccentric, rack-and-
device mechanism of, pinion mechanism of, 353,
605 354
626
 Clamping device, Cylinder leakage testing mecha-
hydraulic multiple, lever-cam nism, 130
mechanism of, 223 Cylinder mechanism,
hydraulic multiple, lever me- hydropneumatic, 152
chanism of, 214, 224 pneumatic three-position, 153
hydraulic multiple-action,
le- stationary-rod hydraulic, 153
ver mechanism of, 219
hydraulic multiple-cylinder, le-
ver mechanism of, 223
hydraulic roller-type, lever
mechanism of, 217 Damper,
swivelling-cylinder hydraulic, piston-type, lever mechanism
wedge-lever mechanism of, of, 285
229 vane-type, lever mechanism of,
Clamping device with locating 285
pins, lever mechanism of, Damper mechanism,
215 piston-type hydraulic, with a
Clamping and feeding mechanism, ball check valve, 58
hydraulic, for alternate re- piston-type hydraulic, for
ciprocal machining fixtures, scales, 61
600 piston-type pneumatic, for
Clamping fixture, multiple, hy- scales, 60
draulic mechanism of, 603, Damper mechanism for eliminat-
604 ing pressure gauge hand os-
Clamping fixture mechanism, cillation, 60
hydraulic, 601 Damper for a pointer instru-
rotary hydraulic, 602 ment, piston-type, lever
Clamping mechanism, mechanism of, 285
hydraulic, 142, 436 Differential manometer, float-
hydraulic, for piston rings, type, with concentric vessels,
*145 rack-and-pimon mechanism
hydraulic, for thin-walled work of, 350
pieces, 143 Direct feedback in a regulator,
hydraulic multiple, 599 lever mechanism of, 257-260
hydraulic work, 598 Directional valve,
Clutch, hydraulic piston- type, poppet-type, lever mechanism
lever eccentric mechanism of, 269
of, 312 rotary, lever mechanism of
Collet chuck, hydraulic, wedge 261
mechanism of, 239 spool type, lever mechanism of,
Consistency and quantity regu- 262, 269, 270
lator mechanism, paper pulp, spool-type pilot-operated, le-
565 ver mechanism of, 265-268
Consistency regulator mechanism, Directional valve for the elevator
paper pulp, 563 of aircraft, spool-type, link-
Tyagunov paper pulp, 564 work mechanism of, 264
Counterrecoil mechanism, Directional valve mechanism,
hydropneumatic, for artillery cam-operated, 46
systems, 167 cam-operated ball-type, 71
pneumatic, for artillery sys- complex rotary, 73
tems, 166 double interlocking, 41
Counterrecoil mechanism with five-way three- position spool-
a valve-type recoil brake type pneumatic, 81, 82,
for artillery systems, 164 83
40 * 627
Directional valve mechanism, Door opening mechanism,
five-way two-position spool- pneumatic, 617
type pneumatic, 80, 84-89 pneumatic bus, 616
five-way two-position spool- Draught gauge, bell-type, lever
type pneumatic, with a three- mechanism of, 279
way pilot valve, 79 Drill, portable pneumatic, plane-
four-way three-position plun- tary gearing mechanism of, 366
ger-type pneumatic, 92 Drill mechanism, pneumatic, 170
four-way three-position spool- Drive, hydraulic, with a synchro-
type pneumatic, 90 nizing device, cam-gear
four-way two-position spool- mechanism of, 360
type, 69 Drive mechanism,
four-way two-position spool- hydraulic, with an accumula-
typepneumatic, 91, 93 tor, 526
pilot-operated five-way two-po- hydraulic, with automatic leak-
sition spool-type pneumatic, age compensation, 457
76, 77, 78 hydraulic, with automatic
pilot-operated spool-type, 74 pump unloading, 477
plunger-type pneumatic, 55 hydraulic, for automatic work-
rotary, 72 piece ejection, 622
spool-type, 70, 71 hydraulic, with a bleed-off
spool-type, for a turbine, 75 circuit, 455
three-position spool-type, for hydraulic, with cam-operated
aircraft landing gear, 263 poppet valves, 531
three-way two-position button- hydraulic, closed-circuit, 453
operated pneumatic, 95 hydraulic, with constant work-
three-way two-position poppet- ing pressure, 456
type membrane-operated hydraulic, with double fluid
pneumatic, 96, 97 throttling, 503
three-way two-position poppet- hydraulic, with feedback, 480
type palm-button-operated hydraulic, with leakage elim-
pneumatic, 99 ination, 458
three-way two-position poppet- hydraulic, with limit switch
type pilot-operated pneu- pump unloading, 476
matic, 100 hydraulic, with a locking de-
three-way two-position spool- vice, 479
type differential-pilot-operat- hydraulic, with a mechanically
ed pneumatic, 102 operated pilot valve, 528
three-way two-position spool- hydraulic, with a metering-in
type palm-button-operated circuit, 454
pneumatic, 94, 98, 104 hydraulic, with a metering-out
three-way two-position spool- circuit, 454
type palm-button-and-pilot- hydraulic, open-circuit, 452
operated pneumatic, 103 hydraulic, with pressure-relay
three-way two-position spool- pump unloading, 476
type pilot-operated pneu- hydraulic, with pump unload-
matic, 101, 105, 106 ing and time relay, 478
two-way diaphragm-type pneu- hydraulic, with spring-re-
matic, 107 turned valve spool, 527
two-way rubber-tube-type pneu- hydraulic, with swash plates,
matic, 107 525
Directional valve for radiator hydraulic, with synchronized
damper control, lever mech- motion of two pistons, 528,
anism of, 271 530, 532

628
 1

Drive mechanism, Feed mechanism, hydraulic, rack-

hydraulic, with two pumps, and-pinion, 359
506, 507 Feed regulator, two- impulse, le-
hydraulic, with unloading ver mechanism of, 256
valve and accumulator, 475 Feedback mechanism, flexible,
hydraulic, with a variable- in regulators, 415, 416
displacement pump and me- Flap operating mechanism, hy-
tering-out circuit, 455 draulic, aircraft, 620
hydraulic group, 484, 485, 486 Flow-control mechanism, jet
multiple-stage hydraulic, 482, valve, 45
483 Flow-control valve mechanism,
remote-controlted hydraulic, double, 67, 68
with mechanically operated grinder, 65
pilot valve, 529 needle-type, 64
sequential hydraulic, for three one-way, 66
operative members of a ma- sliding, 64
chine tool, 513 slit-type, 63, 65
three-stage hydraulic, 482 Flow detector mechanism, 1 1

two-pump hydraulic, with an Flow* and directional-control

automatic valve, 481 valve mechanism, 74
Drive mechanism with a flexible Flow-gauge, pneumatic, with auto-
link, 443 matic drive cut-out, rack-
Dynamograph mechanism with and-pinion mechanism of,
an elastic diaphragm, 392 347
Dynamometer, continuous-action, Flow-gauge instrument mecha-
lever mechanism of, 272, 273 nism,
Dynamometer mechanism, hy- pneumatic, for checking sur-
draulic,with an elastic dia- face roughness, 122
phragm, 392 pneumatic, for thread mea-
surement, 594
Flow-gauge profilometer mecha-
nism, pneumatic, for sur-
face roughness measurement,
Emergency valve mechanism, 119
truck-trailer combination, Fluid delivery regulator, lever
with an elastic diaphragm, mechanism of, 243
375 Fluid replenisher mechanism, hy-
Engine starting device, automo- dropneumatic, for artillery
bile, lever-cam mechanism systems, 171
of, 327, 328 Follow-up control mechanism,
Engine supercharger, aircraft, fluid, 150, 151
control mechanism for chang- Follow-up control system, lever
ing speeds of, 444 mechanism of, 289
Engine throttle, remote-con- Fuel pump,
trolled, lever mechanism for, diaphragm, lever mechanism
302 of, 440
Excavator bucket,pneumatic lever-cam mechanism of, 314
drive mechanism for dumping,
595
Expanding mandrel, hydraulic,
wedge mechanism of, 231 Gas analyzer, linkwork mecha-
External clamping device, hy- nism of, 282
draulic, lever mechanism of, Gas analyzer mechanism, auto-
221 , 222 matic, 125
629
 4

Gas analyzer mechanism with Gearbox, four-speed, gear-fric-

pressure regulator, 396 tion planetary mechanism of,
Gas balance for checking den- 364
sity, lever mechanism of, Gorodetsky, 113, 114
276 Grab bucket, pneumatic drive
Gas density mesuring mechanism, mechanism of, 596-597
131
Gas flow rate regulator mecha-
nism, 568 Hand pump, lever mechanism of,
Gas mean-pressure indicator, le- 315
ver mechanism of, 351 Hay pressing process, Pustygin
Gasoline gauge mechanism, hy- installation for investigating,
drostatic, for aircraft, 388 mechanism of, 398
Gasoline gauge pickup, lever Hinged-vane pump, link-gear
mechanism of, 282 mechanism of, 183
Gauge for measuring pressure Hoist mechanism, pneumatic, 110
difference, lever mechanism
of, 385
Gauge mechanism, Indexing mechanism, lever-type,
back-pressure pneumatic, 135 325
back-pressure pneumatic, for Indexing table, hydraulic drive
checking parallelism, 137 mechanism of, 5]8
back-pressure pneumatic, for Inside diameter gauging during
simultaneous external and grinding, lever mechanism
internal measurement, for,276
136 Instrument mechanism,
water-column back-pressure Linnick pneumatic, for mea-
pneumatic, 133 suring depth of surface irreg-
water-column back-pressure ularities in grinding glass,
pneumatic, for contact mea- 120
surement, 111 pneumatic, for surface rough-
water-column back-pressure ness measurement, 399
pneumatic, for direct hole water-columm back-pressure
measurement, 112 pneumatic, for surface rough-
water-column back-pressure ness measurement, 121
pneumatic, with two mea- In tensi fipr, hydraulic, lever
suring ranges, 134 mechanism of, 533
Gauging fixture mechanism, pneu- I ntensi Rer mechanism, fluid sec-
matic, for checking concen- ondary, 149
tricity of external and in- Internal clamping device, hy-
ternal diameters, 115 draulic, lever mechanism of,
Gauging instrument mechanism, 220 221
,

pneumatic, 379 Internal gauge mechanism, back-

pneumatic, for checking end pressure pneumatic, 136
face squareness, 1 1

pneumatic, with flow gauge in

parallel, 380 Jack, hydraulic, lever mechanism
pneumatic, with flow gauge in of,308
series, 380 Jack mechanism,
Gear clutch, reversing, pneu- double-acting hydraulic, 108
matic drive mechanism for, hydraulic telescope, 109
606
Gear shifting, lever-cam mecha-
nism for, 317 Ketov, 545
630
Landing flap control, lever Machine tool hydraulic drive
mechanism for, 303, 304 mechanism with a combina-
Landing flap and gear control, tion valve,490, 491
lever mechanism for, 305 Machine tool hydraulic drive
Landing flap and gear control mechanism with a pressure
with an emergency device, reducing valve, 492
lever mechanism for, 306 Machine tool hydraulic drive
Landing gear control mechanism, mechanism with a reversing
aircraft, 590-593 valve, 501
Landing gear locking device, Machine tool hydraulic drive
hydraulic, lever mechanism mechanism with a speed
of, 242 regulator, 493-496
Landing gear and skid mechanism, Machine tool table,
aircraft, with emergency closed-circuit hydraulic drive
lowering 588
feature, mechanism with a com-
of,
Lever-cam mechanism with a pensating pump, 487
hydraulic drive, 288 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
Lever-ratchet mechanism with 458-462, 497, 511
a hydraulic drive, 358 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
Linnick, 120 with automatic pump output
Liquid density recorder mecha- variation, 488
nism, automatic, 402 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
Liquid level regulator, lever with automatic reversal, 471
mechanism of, 254 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
Liquid level regulator mechanism with automatic reversal and
pneumatic, 566 a constant-displacement
Locating and clamping device, pump, 466
hydraulic, lever mechanism of, hydraulic drive mechanism of,
218 with automatic reversal and
hydraulic, rack-and-pinion a variable-displacement
mechanism of, 355 pump, 467
Locking mechanism, hydraulic drive mechanism of,
hydraulic, 147 with automatic stroke re-
hydraulic ball-type, for an versal, 509
aircraft landing gear, 146 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
with an automatic valve,
463, 464
hydraulic drive mechanism of,
Machine tool, with different forward and
combined drive mechanism of, reverse speeds, 473
452 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
hydraulic drive mechanism of, with double flow control, 465
with automatic stroke re- hydraulic drive mechanism of,
versal, 508 with double fluid throttling,
hydraulic drive mechanism of, 504, 505
with synchronized motion hydraulic drive mechanism of,
of two pistons, 512 with leakage compensation,
hydropncumatic drive mecha- 487
nism of, 515 hydraulic drive mechanism of,
rotary drive mechanism of, 451 with leakage compensation
tracer-controlled, hydraulic and pump output variation,
drive mechanism of, 522 489
Machine tool hydraulic drive hydraulic drive mechanism of,
mechanism, 499, 502 '

with[smooih valve action, 510

631
 1

Machine tool table, Press, hydraulic, lever mechanism

hydraulic drive machanism ol, of, 310, 31
with time relay, 498 Press mechanism, hydraulic, 585,
hydraulic drive mechanism of, 586
with travelling cylinder, 470 Pressure-control valve mechanism
hydraulic drive mechanism of, balanced-piston, 37
with a variable-displacement piston-type, 35
pump and different forward plunger-type, 32, 33
and reverse speeds of table Pressure-control valve mechanism
travel, 468, 469 with a coiled tube, 44
hydraulic drive mechanism of, Pressure-control valve mechanism
with variable travel speeds, with a damping orifice, 36
474 Pressure gauge, bellows-operated,
piston drive mechanism of, linkwork mechanism of, 382
451 Pressure gauge box mechanism,
Manometer mechanism, hydraulic membrane, 381
tilting-ring, 137 Pressure gauge mechanism,
Measuring head mechanism, differential, 400, 401
pneumatic, 18 1 membrane, 400
self-aligning pneumatic, 379 Pressure gauge testing mecha-
Metering device mechanism, nism, 127
main, of an engine, 546 Pressure indicator mechanism,
Metering pump, worm gearing of, pneumatic, 128
368 Pressure limiter mechanism with
Milling fixture, hydraulic, lever an membrane, 402
elastic
mechanism of, 323 Pressure reducer mechanism for
Milling machine, profile, hydrau- a compressed air cylinder
lic drive mechanism of, 521, of an aircraft emergency
523 system, 580
Pressure reducer mechanism with
an elastic membrane, 403
Pressure regulator,
Nose wheel turning mechanism,
cam-drive, lever mechanism of,
hydraulic aircraft, 621
247
lever mechanism of, 244, 245,
246
Pressure regulator with direct
Operating valve mechanism, re-
feedback, lever mechanism
mote-control, 42
of, 247, 248
Pressure regulator mechanism,
406, 430, 583
Periodic speed changing, cam- direct-action, 161
gear mechanism for, 365 steam, 581
Piston pump, Pressure regulator mechanism
hollow-shaft, link-gear eccen- with direct feedback, 407, 408
tric mechanism of, 198 Pressure regulator mechanism
link-gear mechanism of, 197 with flexible feedback, 409-
oscillating-cylinder, link-gear 413
mechanism of, 193 Pressure-relay mechanism for a
Polzunov, 161 pump drive motor, 159
Porti oner mechanism, throttling, Pressure stabilizer mechanism,
brake grids, 579
for aircraft 582
Power hammer, pneumatic, lever Pressure-vacuum gauge, lever
mechanism of, 309 mechanism of, 384
632
Protecting a turbine against axial boiler-type, 572
shift, lever mechanism for, flow-type, 573
319 membrane-type, 434
Pump, elastic-diaphragm, cam- safety, for aircraft brake grids,
gear mechanism of, 439 578
Pump with an eccentric in a steam turbine, with double
housing, lever mechanism of, safety cutoff, 542
209 steam turbine lubricating sys-
Pump mechanism, vane, 331 tem 547,

Pump volumetric efficiency mea- variable-pitch propeller, 576

suring mechanism, 129 Regulator mechanism with cas-
Pustygin, 398 cade amplification, 569
Regulator mechanism with de-
vice for limiting amount
regulating member is opened,
Rack-and segment gear mecha- 571
nism with a hydraulic drive, Regulator mechanism with tur-
359 bine speed-changing device,
Radiator flap thermostat mecha- 556, 557, 558, 559
nism, aircraft, 405 Regulator mechanism with two
Radiator ventilation regulator servomotors in series, 570
mechanism for an aircraft Relay mechanism for axial shift
engine, 430, 431 of a turbine, L60
Rate-of-climb indicator, lever Relief and drain valve mechanism
mechanism 387 of, for an aircraft accumulator,
Recoil brake and needle-type 47
counterrecoil brake mecha- Relief valve mechanism, 39
nism, groove-type, for artil- ball-type, 30, 31
lery systems, 166 sliding-sleeve, 29
Recoil and counterrecoil brake taper-seat, 32
mechanism, Relief valve mechanism with a
hydraulic, for artillery sys- damping orifice, 34
tems, 165 Relief valve mechanism with an
valve, for artillery systems, elastic diaphragm, 37!
165 Relief valve mechanism with a
Reducing valve mechanism with pilot, 34
an membrane, 378
elastic Relief valve testing outfit mech-
Regulating mechanism, steam anism, 128
turbine, with Ketov and Roots, 341
Arkin differential pistons, Rotary collar pump, lever-eccen-
545 tric mechanism of, 202
Regulating mechanism for ratio Rotary dynamograph, hydraulic,
of gasdelivered by two lever mechanism of, 274
pipelines, 435 Rotary free-disk-vane pump, link-
Regulator damper mechanism, gear mechanism of, 194
piston-type, 58 Rotary free-vane pump, link-
piston-type, with higher brak- gear mechanism of, 184
ing action at the beginning Rotary gear pump mechanism,
of the stroke, 56 333-337, 339, 342
piston-type, with variable brak- Roots, 341
ing force, 56, 57 Rotary-housing pump,
Regulator mechanism, link-gear mechanism of, 207 t
.back-pressure extraction steam 208 sliding-abutment, link-gea-
turbine, 544 mechanism of, 166
633
Rotary multiple-vane variable- split collar, link-gear eccentric
displacement pump, link-gear mechanism 200
of,
mechanism of, 185 triple hinged-abutment, lever-
Rotary piston pump, eccentric mechanism of, 178
double-crank, link-gear mecha- triple hinged-elastic-vane, le-
nism of, 192 ver mechanism of, 182
link-gear-cam mechanism of, triple vane, linkwork mecha-
191 nism of, 202
link-gear eccentric mechanism two-chamber double-abutment,
of, 196 lever-cam mechanism of, 345
Oilgear, link-gear mechanism weight-loaded sliding-abut-
of, 198 ment, lever-cam mechanism
two-cylinder, link-gear mecha- of, 344
nism of, 197 Rotary pump mechanism,
Rotary piston pump with a eccentric-rotor sliding-vane,
housing or special shape, 192 180
Rotary piston pump mechanism, free-vane, 194
fixed-cam, 346 hinged-abutment single-tooth,
Rotary piston pump mechanism 335
with automatically displace- sliding-abutment three-tooth,
ment, 437 337
Rotary purnp, three-tooth, with a distributor
axial piston, with pressure rotor, 338
springs, 438 two-tooth, with a distributor
collar-type, link-gear eccen- rotor, 340
tric mechanism of, 297 vane, with free cylinders, 179
collar-type, slider-crank mech- Rotary pump with an oscillating
anism of, 205 housing, lever mechanism of,
double hinged-abutment, lever 346
mechanism of, 177 Rotary radial-piston pump, link-
double hinged-vane, lever gear mechanism of, 195
mechanism of, 177 Rotary screw pump mechanism,
double-rotor split-collar, link- 343
gear eccentric mechanism of, Rotary sector-vane pump, link-
200 gear mechanism of, 187
double sector-vane, lever Rotary spring-loaded-vane pump,
mechanism of, 181 link-gear mechanism of, 184
four hinged-vane, linkwork Rotary swash-plate axial piston
mechanism of, 180 pump mechanism, 199
hinged-abutment, lever-eccen- Rotary three-vane pump, link-
tric mechanism 204 of, gear mechanism 190
of,
hinged-vane, with large angles Rotary vane compressor with a
of vane swing, lever mecha- stationary eccentric, link-
nism 179
of, gear eccentric mechanism of,
lever-eccentric mechanism of, 201
.
203 Rotary pump,
vane
link-gear eccentric mechanism link-gear-cam mechanism of,
of, 203, 205, 208 191
six hinged-vane, lever mecha- link-gear eccentric mechanism
nism of, 178 of, 201
slider-crank mechanism of, 206 link-gear mechanism of, 183,
207 186, 189, 190
sliding-abutment, lever-cam spiral-housing, link-gear mech-
mechanism of, 345 anism of, 187
Rotary vane pump with a cardi- Shock absorber mechanism, hy-
oid-shaped housing, link-gear dropneumatic, for aircraft
mechanism of, 189 wheels, 59
Rotary worm pump mechanism, Shutoff globe valve mechanism,
344 screw offset, 27
Shutoff valve, 393
Shutoff valve mechanism,
ball-type screw angle, 27
Scale mechanism, hydraulic, with cam-operated normally closed,
an diaphragm, 393
elastic 40
Self-centering clamping device, emergency - system - controlled,
hydraulic, wcdgc-lever mech- 36. 37
anism of, 235, 236, 237 emergency - system - controlled
Semirotary vane pump, air, 38
link-gear mechanism of, 182 Snap gauge mechanism, pneuma-
single-chamber, linkwork mech- tic, 116
anism of, 188 Solution density recorder mech-
two-chamber, linkwork mecha- anism, 132
nism of, 188 Solution density regulator mech-
Separator valve mechanism for anism, 427
exhausting moisture from Speed and blade-angle regulator
mains, 50 mechanism for a hydraulic
Sequence valve mechanism, pneu- turbine runner, 551
matic, 50, 54 Speed indicator, two-hand air-
Servomotor mechanism, craft, lever mechanism of,
differential-action, 149 280
membrane, 441 Speed and pressure regulator
piston-type, 148 mechanism,
Servosystem, back-pressure steam turbine,
amplifying, rack-and-p inion 537
mechanism of, 361 extraction steam turbine, 538,
rack-and-pinion mechanism of, 539, 540
362 steam turbine, 536
Shaft speed equalizing mechanism steam-turbine, with two steam
130 extraction units, 535 .

Shaper hydraulic drive

ram, Speed regulator, hydraulic tur-
mechanism for, with different bine, lever-friction mecha-
forward and return speeds, nism of, 550
472 Speed regulator with direct feed-
Shear, back, lever mechanism of,
flying, lever mechanism of, 252
326 Speed regulator mechanism, 567
hydraulic movable blade aircraft engine, 577
mechanism for, 623, 624 propeller, 574, 575
Shell case testing mechanism, steam turbine, 548, 549
hydraulic, 172 Speed regulator mechanism with
Ship’s rudder stock, hydraulic flexible feedback, 414
linkwork mechanism of, 618 Speed regulator mechanism of
Shock absorber for an automo- a hydraulic turbine with a
bile suspension, deflector, 555
double hydraulic, lever mech- Speed regulator mechanism of
anism of, 287 a hydraulic turbine with idle-
hydraulic, lever mechanism of, drain features, 552, 553,
286 .. 554

635
 Spindle feed mechanism, hydro- Tensometer, pneumatic, lever
pneumatic, 514 mechanism of, 272
Starting valve mechanism, 43 Thermoelement, lever mechanism
Steam turbine check valve with of, 251
a servomotor, lever mecha- Thermometer, recording, lever-
nism of, 298 gear mechanism of, 391
Stylus mechanism, pneumatic, Thermometer mechanism,
for surface roughness mea- gas, 389
surement, 117 pressure-spring, with tempera-
Supercharge regulator, aircraft ture compensation, 390
engine, lever mechanism of, Thermostat mechanism, 131
433 single-valve, for an automo-
Superfinishing head drive, lever bile, 405
mechanism of, 291 two-valve, for an automobile,
404
Thermostat mechanism with elas-
Table drive, hydraulic two-way, tic links, 428
rack-and-pinion mechanism Thread gauge mechanism, Go-
of, 358 rodetsky pneumatic, 113,
Tachometer, 114
pneumatic, with an impeller, Three-jaw chuck, hydraulic, gear
gearing mechanism of, 348, mechanism of, 357
349 Three-jaw internal damping de-
pneumatic, lever mechanism of, vice, hydraulic, wedge-lever
278 mechanism of, 235
Tachometer mechanism, Three-jaw self-centering chuck,
hydraulic, 124 hydraulic, lever-cam mecha-
Karnaukhov hydraulic, 123 nism of, 240
pneumatic, 124 hydraulic, lever mechanism of,
pneumatic centrifugal, 381 240
remote-reading hydraulic, 125 hydraulic, wedge-lever mecha-
Temperature regulator, lever nism of, 241
mechanism of, 249 Time relay and pressure relay
Temperature regulator with di- mechanism, 615
rect feedback, lever mecha- Tire gauge mechanism, 383
nism of, 250 piston-type pneumatic, 126
Temperature regulator mecha- Torpedo depth regulator, lever
nism, 317, 418 mechanism of, 255
narrow-range, 520 Torque regulator for a calculator,
Temperature regulator mecha- lever mechanism of, 253
nism with direct feedback, Tracer follow-up device, lever
422 mechanism of, 290
Temperature regulator mechanism Tracing device,
with flexible feedback, 424, hydraulic drive mechanism of,
425 517
Tensile and compression testing lathe, hydropneumatic driv
machine, lever mechanism mechanism of, 520
of, 283 three-dimensional, hydraulic
Tensile machine, lever
testing drive mechanism of, 519
mechanism of, 284 Transmission, servomotor piston
Tension dynamograph, hydraulic, to valve, lever mechanism
lever mechanism of, 273 for, 290
Tension dynamograph mecha- Turbine safety cutoff, lever mech-
nism, fiydraulic, 393 anism of, 320, 321
636
Twin vises, pinion-and-screw hydraulic universal-jaw, lever
mechanism of, 356 mechanism of, 211
Tyagunov, 564 multiple-action hydraulic, le-
ver mechanism of, 213
Vise with latch levers, hydrau-
lic, lever mechanism of, 212
Unloading valve mechanism, cam
Vise mechanism,
operated, 40
floating-cylinder hydraulic, 141
Unloading valve mechanism with hydraulic, 138, 139
a locking member, 43
hydraulic, with floating clamp-
ing pins, 140

Valve,
hydraulic, lever-cam mecha-
nism of, 292 Water level regulator mechanism,
hydraulic, lever mechanism of, boiler, 584
294 Wheel brake mechanism,
Valve face checking instrument, hydraulic friction-disk, 158
lever mechanism of, 275 hydropneumatic aircraft, 632
Valve lifter mechanism, hydrau- Wheel brake shoes, aircraft tail,
lic, 163 lever mechanism for con-
Valve mechanism, pneumatic dia- trolling 307
phragm-type, For rapid air Windshield wiper, pneumatic,
discharge to the atmosphere rack-and-pinion mechanism
52 of, 367
Valve mechanism with an elas- Wobble-plate pump, spherical
tic membrane, 377 mechanism of, 209
Vise, Wobble-plate pump with a parti-
hydraulic, with a hinged clamp, tion, spherical mechanism of,
lever mechanism of, 211 210
 To the Render

Mir Publishers would be grateful for your comments on

the content, translation and design of this book. We
would also be pleased to receive any other suggestions
you may wish to make.
Our address is:

USSR, 129820, 1-110, GSP

Pervy Rizhsky Pereulok 2
Mir Publishers

Printed in the Union of, Soviet Socialist Republics